Home

AnyMedia Access System Releases up to R1.6 and R1.13D ONU

1. for parallel operation to i si next rectifier al Di 7 f Thermal probe with cable 6 B Probe ENA a i al BK a z 5 2 2 5 ae Probe_RTN R n Bete Bd 4 1 E I BK Probe BK n 10 KQ at 25 C Note Internal connections for parallel operation 1 to Probe 4 and 2 to Probe_RTN 5 Figure 4 38 Connector and cabling of the thermal probe 4 7 2 4 AC mains connectors L1 N L2 contact PE contact protective earth N L2 L1 contact Front view looking onto the contacts of the IEC 60320 AC mains inlet Input on the power rectifier unit ee NG NN AL Pa Front view of the IEC 60320 plug of the AC mains power cord 848506820 BR se PE G Y BL Notch 3m Input 7 cross section gt 1 mm TA de lt 0 Note The IEC 320 plug is not equipped with the notch The rectifier can be equipped with an IEC 60320 or with an 1EC320 inlet Use the appropriate power cord 848506820 for IEC 60320 or 848471181 for the IEC 320 inlet Figure 4 39 IEC 60320 mains connector on the PRU and co
2. Front view z Side view 7 gd T s lt oa A SO PD DD DD _D DD _D _D SD DD loo EA Ay DO DO DID DD DDD loo ba PD DI DIS SS loo g 5A DO DIO DD DDPS SD LL DO WY Y kae DID DI DI DDD ele SP SP SP SS _S SD SD _S SD _S SD SS lOO VW SP SP SP SD SD SD SS SS SS _S OO IOS O DODODI DD DI DDD loo VA Open ig ASX od 38 A dmn i B Vy ff A o Ez wa 4 4 Ye DS DO SD DDD SD SD DS lbo Z EE es eae ica es aS n 1 53 I ag A PI SP SP SS SS DS SD SS _S _S SD S JOD SP SP SP SD SS SD SS _S DS _S SD S po 25 DID DIDDL DI DDD po fo DO DIO DICI I po fi atto e es e a SD PD DOD DDD DS Be po Ow L y S y 290 7 6 345 5 lt a 437 j n 399 ti j Top view Back view 7 na i E RE SPRCR RRC ECE CPR REE ner RSAC CERRRER EEE CFRRCERRALS che Mounting bracket i 3 S 3 I 1 ESS bet Re 127 ug dT LA I SIRO RRR RCE L PERRIN pe it i A 178 178 215 lt jt a a Ee we y Pa 127 127 i 74 y Ida z 4 Lagi Te 492 door 90 deg open fe 836 door 180 deg open Note Dimensions in mm rounded Note For wall mounting the ONU should be mounted about 900 up to 1200 mm above the ground level to ease installation and maintenance Figure 5 3 ONU mounting dimensions in mm and wall layout for mounting 5 12 Issue3
3. PFU RGU A B c D o e o S o o i Ge fida o o o o o o FAULT O MSE 8 CLF O 7579 e e re Positions to plug in olala alalala jaja Pack Position O L lt L L L I L POTS AP1 8 ISDN AP1 8 HDSL SHDSL AP1 8 01 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 TAP 100 1x AP1 8 xDSL AP1 8 OCP AP 1 AP 2 AP 3 AP 4 AP 5 AP 6 AP 7 AP 8 OCP OCP 1 Cable routing area Figure 10 1 Pack arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 7 With the latches in the open position swung out slide in the OCP until the faceplate reaches the metalwork of the shelf This means the top por tion of the upper latch is behind the upper lip of the shelf and the bottom 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 10 3 Equipping the ONU Subshelf portion of the lower latch is behind the lower lip of the shelf Lock the OCP in position by pressing firmly on the rounded indentation on both top and bottom latches simultaneously until they click into place see figure below CAUTION Destruction of LEDs by improper handling of packs The LEDs which protrude through the openings in the faceplate of the pack can be damaged by pressing on the LEDs during pack installation When installing a pack place your thumbs on the rounded indentations of the latches to lock the pack Take c
4. 8 al 9 Test jackets w 100 kQ B Battery GMT type fuse 15 A 38 B z Battery circuit breaker 15 A 38 i Battery connector J3 ss o_ a4 I Low voltage disconnect LVD J Fixing screws LVD ee ae LI Fixing screw PRU WES EE de Power rectifier unit PRU SANA DANA Thermal probe conn i ONU Subshelf empty o IEC 60320 AC mains inlet 01 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 ti BERREHAH s PITTI TIT ca Fixing screw PRU i NAZ ZA 4A 33 SZ SD LTD FD a EP Se z e g Batteries 1 to 4 Battery fixing bracket o o o o o o o o o Figure 8 2 ONU with batteries LVD PRU RGU and an empty ONU Subshelf 8 If the LVD is already installed switch the battery circuit breaker to OFF and disconnect the battery cable J3 If the LVD is not installed continue wi
5. Front view looking onto the Side view of contacts of cable connector J3 cable connector J3 m a 48RTN rectifier 1 m RTNBAT R Ce of battery string MIDPOINT for battery 2 MIDPOINT R 48V rectifier 3 48BAT BK of battery string BATTERY INPUT Figure 4 41 Pinning of connector J3 for the LVD and pinning of battery cable connector J3 4 8 Fan unit 7A The ONU is factory equipped with the 7A fan unit to ensure correct heat dissipa tion The fan unit is powered by the PRU The 4 wire cable is also used for alarming The cable is connected to the connec tor J203 on the backplane of the rectifier shelf The following figure shows the location of the J204 connector J i H sli lu ate UuUueou u o A o i eh hi dl o 2 8 a o PFN YN VFN i Mad Fan connector J204 n SZ SY SZ SZ o 0 O O 9 0000 0000 0000 0000 Figure 4 42 Position of the fan connector J204 4 52 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 15
6. PFU RGU A B c D Al B1 DI DI El o o fe o e z 2 5 Gl eG f 8 G O o o o el ao o FAULT O MISCO CLF O TEST CHAN MON o o DROP RMC Positions to plug in ial ao a a qa a Oa 0 O L I lt L I L lt lt Pack Position O POTS AP1 8 ISDN AP 1 8 01 01 02103 04 05 06 07 08 HDSL SHDSL APLE OCP AP 1 AP 2 AP 3 AP 4 AP 5 AP 6 AP 7 AP 8 TAP100 1x AP1 8 xDSL AP 1 8 Cable routing area OCP OCP 1 Figure 6 9 Plug In arrangement and connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf The testing should be done according to local regulations A recommended prac tice for the Lucent MDF is as follows Step Procedure 1 Use the ITE 6675 Streak Mate and ITE 7079 AIU Test Fixture to test the installed cables Requirement No open or shorted wires or tip ring reversals 2 Repeat step 1 for each a b cable AnyMedia Access System installations require a protected wire system which consists of gastube arrestors gas discharge tube GDT on all outside plant tele communications circuits primary protection Follow local regulations or regula tions specified by the network provider to install protector blocks Issue 3 June 2001 6 19 Cabling wiring and assembly eelasgzatcg e o FMSM _ _ 1h 6 5 8 Overview Marking the TAP100 cable option The TAP100 cable is only
7. ESD socket ae RGU rl LVD i wl Di A External a SC type fiber TAP B cable connector m PRU A OCP B i External a b cables to the MDF 8 application packs AP connectors Fiber to the a b cables to the termination box right cable outlet ONU Subshelf cabling arrangement for external cables Figure 6 1 6 3 General cable description 6 3 1 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables Factory cable as Standard wire color coding for the factory assembled cables is shown in the fol sembly wire color lowing tables Use of the color coding will facilitate both terminating operations at coding sequence the customer s cross connecting points and troubleshooting routines For color coding see Chapter 4 2 2 page 4 3 Issue 3 June 2001 6 3 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 3 2 Connector types and connector assembly The connectors employed in the system are generally of the following types m Application pack 68 pin connectors used for POTS ADSL HDSL ISDN in terface connections m D subminiature 3 pin connectors used for DC powering and ringing m Molex connectors with 2 pin 3 pin 4 pin and 6 pin arrangement used for connecting the fans the batteries and the thermal probe m D subminiature DB9 and DB37 pin arrangements used for alarming and the metallic test path For a short description of connector types used for the ONU see Chapter 4 2
8. DIP switch an SONU Subshelf identifier H Resistors for inventory data OCP Slot positions AP 1 to AP 8 for application packs AP1 to AP8 Figure 4 11 ONU backplane arrangement as viewed from front no pack in serted 4 16 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description The following table lists all backplane connectors and the DIP switch of the ONU Subshelf Table 4 4 ONU Subshelf backplane connectors Backplane Shelf connection designation Connector type Description panel designation J101 2 pin male D sub 48AE 1st power feeder Al J102 2 pin male D sub 48BE 2nd power feeder BI J103 37 pin male D sub TAP connector CI J104 9 pin female D sub Miscellaneous alarm inputs DI J105 2 pin male D sub Ringing with TRGO RRGE E1 P01 to P08 Metral Header 24x5 12x4 Application pack AP1 to AP8 Guide pin 18x4 P09 Metral Header 24x5 30x5 Optical controller pack OCP Guide pin 18x5 24x5 P10 Metral Header 42x5 Ringing generator unit RGU SIA filter unit PFU DI DIP Switch 8 fold ONU Subshelf identifier binary coded inverted 4 4 2 2 Inventory headers for backplane release 4 4 2 3 The backplane inventory data is factory set to the fixed value of 9 via two resistors on the backplane This va
9. 848456984 ONU Subshelf 848457008 Battery Rectifier backplane 848456992 848456950 for future parallel operation Batt Temp Probe 848471181 AC Mains Input ED7C818 36 Grlx 8xED7C818 30 Grlx 408267532 Battery Compartment Figure 6 4 363 211 150 Serial Cable for PC GSI Batt 1 Batt 2 Batt 3 Batt 4 Ring type thermal probe inserted between metallic case and battery Note For the first deliveries there are rectifiers with an IEC 320 AC inlet For this rectifiers the appropriate power cord 848471181 must be used ONU cabling complete Issue 3 June 2001 6 7 Cabling wiring and assembly Table 6 1 Destination 1 Destination 2 Cable connections for the ONU complete Equipment Code or Comcode Cable used for Internal cables connected at factory Rectifier shelf back ONU shelf male A1 848456984 Power cable for internal plane male J201 48 VDC Rectifier shel
10. Table 2 List of documents for the AnyMedia Access System CIC ordering Item Component Manual type Comcode number 11 AnyMedia Access System Description and Installation for the 640250308 92C International Indoor Electron in preparation ics Cabinet 12 Navis AnyMedia Element User Service Manual 363 211 495 Management System 30 D 363 211 496 Channel EMS Release Re Pee OND 1 9 13 WaveStar ADM 4 1 System Manual 108436312 365 312 550 14 LCS V4 1 V5 software Operation Manual 108608357 108608357 used in combination with the WaveStar ADM 4 1 15 WaveStar AM1 Applications and Planning Guide 365 372 2009 16 WaveStar AMI User Guide 365 372 201 17 WaveStar AM1 Plus Applications and Planning Guide 108989294 365 372 213 APG 18 WaveStar AM1 Plus Installation Guide IG 108948456 365 372 208 19 WaveStar AM1 Plus User Operations Guide UOG 109003798 365 372 210 20 WaveStar AM1 Plus Provisioning Guide PG 109003814 365 372 211 21 WaveStar AM1 Plus Message amp Trouble Clearing 109003806 365 372 209 Guide AMTCG 22 CPS2000 Cabinet Power Product Manual Issue 8 107934481 167 102 101 System J85582R 2 23 IR 30EC and IR 40EC Se Product Manual 107078859 157 622 020 ries Batteries KS 23815 24 AnyMedia Access System Customer Documentation on CD 108298787 363 211 1149 ROM comes with Acrobat Reader 3 01 or 4 05 a Forthe ordering address see How to order this document b Th
11. __ 04 9 oO not used RI GND 48RTN __ 05 ae Figure 4 15 RMC connector on the OCP 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 21 Parts description Connector RMC to The internal cable connections for connecting the PC GSI locally to the OCP PC GSI locally are Table 4 6 RS 232C cable ONU Subshelf connector RMC on OCP to PC GSI COM1 COM2 Male conn RMC DCE mode Female conn COM1 COM2 DTE mode AnyMedia from female RMC on OCP signal for from male COM1 2 on PC GSI 9 pin RS 232C Wire 9 pin 25 pin 1 internally not used DCD CD in 1 8 2 RxD RD out 2 3 3 TxD TD in 3 2 4 DTR in 4 20 5 Signal Ground 5 7 6 DSR out 6 6 7 RTS in 7 4 8 CTS out 8 5 9 not used RI 22 not used a Before making the cable the type of connector used must be checked 9 25 pin male female Depending on the PC used the connector type can differ from the type stated above When using PPP or Multiple NE mode the bridge DCD DSR may be re quired depending on the PC used 4 5 2 Application packs Application pack connectors as furnished on factory equipment are of the insula tion displacement ID type 4 5 2 1 Use of application pack connectors The 68 pin cable connectors of the APs and the a b cables are uniformly built up and connected Each AP uses the same uniformly constructed cable with 32 twisted pair wires connected to 64 pins of the cab
12. 0 8 840404 nMh M 3m mx 42x x 2n11liiiyiii amp i ili M m e POTS application pack connector Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Z port 32 Z port 31 Z port 30 Z port 29 Z port 28 Z port 27 Z port 26 Z port 25 Z port 24 Z port 23 Z port 22 Z port 21 Z port 20 Z port 19 Z port 18 Z port 17 R32 T32 R31 T31 R30 T30 R29 T29 R28 T28 R27 T27 R26 T26 R25 T25 R24 T24 R23 T23 R22 T22 R21 T21 R20 T20 R19 T19 R18 T18 R17 T17 Ring Orange binder BL Y Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BL R R BL SW W S BR W W BR G W W G O W W O BUW W BL Note Forthe AP Periodic Pulse Metering Figure 4 18 Pinning of the POTS AP connectors LPP 100B only 24 Z ports are used Wiring side Blue binder BL Y Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BUR R BL S W W S BR W W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL Ring R16 T16 R15 T15 R14 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 R11 Ti R10 T10 R9 T9 R8 T8 R7 T7 R6 T6 R5 T5 R4 T4 R3 T3 R2 T2 R1 TI Ring Tip Z port 16 Z port 15 Z port 14 Z port 13 Z port 12 Z port 11
13. Fiber fixed separately Figure 6 14 Cable routing outside of the ONU 5 Locate the cable access cover and insert the fixing noses of the cable ac cess cover into the 3 recesses two at the back one at the front Push to the left so that the noses slide in completely 6 Move the cable access cover about 0 5 cm to the back so that it becomes fixed by the noses 7 Thread and tighten the fixing screw on the right side inside the ONU housing 8 If the door has been hung out locate the door and hang in the door start ing with the upper hinge 9 Close the door 6 30 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 7 O sm M M Rj j PbL WM h Mn i tm N I 6 5 14 Special handling of the AC mains cable valid only for the first service ap plication FSA in 1999 For the FSA in 1999 the AC mains cord must be equipped with a ferrite toroidal core choke as shown in the figure below Two complete turns are required at least gt NOTE This choke may not be used anymore Figure 6 15 AC mains cable for FSA deliveries gt NOTE The AC mains cable and the strain relief clamp of the ONU housing must be removed temporarily If required the cable and the strain relief clamp must be replaced 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 6 31 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 32 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 en Mounting and installation of batteries
14. 2 n Ka n in on P da ee ia oO June 2001 8 I ua as Contents 8 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 System power up 8 1 General information for the initial power up This section contains the procedures for the first power up of the AnyMedia Opti cal Network Unit ONU The ONU is well prepared for ease of power up The ONU must be equipped with the power rectifier unit PRU and with the low voltage disconnect unit LVD in the rectifier shelf The ringing generator unit RGU must be inserted in the ONU Subshelf After that the AC mains can be powered and the batteries can be charged 8 1 1 Principle of power up sequences 363 211 150 The ONU is delivered with all internal cabling for the powering This chapter describes the power up procedures from supplying the ONU with the required packs to the first charging of the IR 30EC batteries The procedures below are required m Preparing the PRU for charging see Table 8 2 page 8 3 m Installing the PRU and the LVD into the rectifier shelf see Chapter 8 2 1 page 8 2 m Installing the RGU into the ONU Subshelf see Chapter 8 2 2 page 8 5 m Powering up the AC mains see Chapter 8 3 page 8 7 m Checking the rectifier and battery voltage see Chapter 8 4 page 8 8 m Connecting and charging the batteries see Chapter 8 5 page 8 10 Issue 3 June 2001 8 1 System power up 8 2 Mounting the packs for powering 8
15. 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 1 21 General safety information Weight WARNING A Risk of injury due to battery weight A battery can weigh up to 10 5 kg and can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked over or dropped This can also cause serious damage to the shelf batteries Explosion hazard WARNING Risk of explosion due to charging batteries Battery gases developing while charging the battery may ignite as a result of sparking during the disconnection or connection of cables This can cause con siderable damage and injuries Smoking fire sparking and naked light is therefore strictly forbidden within the proximity of the batteries lt 0 5m Also discharge all static electricity from your body before performing any work The ventilation of the batteries is therefore ensured via the ventilation openings in the ONU housing Never cover up these ventilation openings Never house the complete ONU in a sealed enclosure As always adequate ventilation must be provided Sulfuric acid WARNING Risk of corrosion to skin due to damaged battery housing First Aid The batteries contain sulfuric acid gel which may cause corrosion to skin gt Do not damage the battery housing In the event of electrolytic contact with the skin remove the electrolyte immedi ately by rinsing the affected area with large amounts of plain tap water In the event of electrolyte in the eye pour wate
16. 4 2 General cable description 4 2 1 Types of cables Types of cables There are two types of cables Internal cables External cables Prefabricated exter nal cables Customer made ex ternal cables Cables for future use m Internal cables wiring which connect all assembled parts within the ONU m External cables which connect to parts outside the ONU housing e g to main distribution frame MDF and to the mains All internal cables are factory assembled They are connected to the correct con nectors at delivery The external cables can be prefabricated equipped with at least one connector For other powering variants the power and the ringing cables have to be assem bled completely on site by the installer customer The external prefabricated cables and connectors must be ordered separately see Chapter 3 3 2 page 3 6 The external cabling consists of m a b cabling POTS lines ADSL lines ISDN lines HDSL lines for connec tions from the application packs AP to the main distribution frame MDF m TAP test pair connections from the test application pack TAP to the MDF for circuit subscriber testing facilities m Fiber cable with two SC connectors to the OCP and to the fiber termination box see Chapter 9 m Earthing connection to an approved earthing terminal not prefabricated gt NOTE Not all cables are required for each installation Refer to the regional equip ment engineering job specific
17. Contents 7 1 Overview of mounting batteries 7 2 General battery information 7 2 1 Safety 7 2 2 Required tools 7 2 3 Battery delivery 7 3 Mounting and connecting batteries 7 3 1 Handling 7 3 2 Storage considerations for IR 30EC batteries 7 3 3 Unpacking and completeness check 7 3 4 Battery inspection 7 3 5 Battery arrangement 7 3 6 Mounting batteries 363 211 150 Issue 3 a lie N J oo bs a Pa a pd D fa OD ihe Le N oO N an Sd ow N ow June 2001 7 I ua as Contents 7 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 1 Overview of mounting batteries This section gives the steps for unpacking inspecting and mounting the batteries into the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU The following information and instructions are contained in this section m General battery information such as general safety information for batteries see Chapter 7 2 1 page 7 3 required tools for installation and maintenance see Chapter 7 2 2 page 7 5 battery delivery see Chapter 7 2 3 page 7 5 required warranty and storage conditions for IR 30EC batteries see Chapter 7 3 1 page 7 6 and Chapter 7 3 2 page 7 7 gt NOTE An experienced installer familiar with the battery installation and the stor age charging and warranty considerations can jump to Chapter 7 3 3 page 7 10 and start with unpacking the batteries
18. 15 m to 91 5 m 6 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly Table 6 1 Destination 1 Destination 2 Cable connections for the ONU complete Continued Equipment Code or Comcode Cable used for Fiber cable prefabricated which have to be routed and to be connected during installation ONU shelf OCP SC connector Fiber termination box SC connector 408267532 Fiber jumper cable with SC SC connector External cable customer made not delivered which has to be make and has to be routed and to be connected during installation M6 stud on the right side panel of the ONU under the cable access cover via cable lug Earth approved earth termi nal green wire external cable lug for 6 mm M6 is re quired Earthing and grounding Not connected batteries and LVD will be mounted during installation b Can only be used with the S1 1 rectifier with the IEC60320 inlet The cable is not connected the S1 1 rectifier will be mounted during installation Connection to customer s mains after installation c Can only be used with the older rectifier with the IEC320 inlet The cable is not connected the rectifier will be mounted during installation Connection to customer s mains after installation Most of the ED Grx cables are orderable with the following length from 50 ft up to 300 ft from 15 m up to 91 5 m The fiber cable is
19. 848403937 1 Mounting bracket with 9 hexagonal or round E head wood screws DI 848487096 1 Drilling template 1 Packing list a Attached inside the door b 2 bridges are already assembled on the ONU Subshelf backplane positions PFU BYPASS and RING INT The bridges have to be reassembled on the backplane of the ONU Subshelf for other powering ringing variants during initial installation The ONU Subshelf must be removed from the ONU housing for reassembling c Already installed in the fan unit The replaceable Fan Filter FF 5X Class 2 324A Product Identifier 848456943 has to be re placed for maintenance cleaning replacing interval is about 3 to 6 months d Separately packed located in the lower battery compartment 3 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts lists and kits Internal cables already connected The following internal cables are provided with the 601 948 946 ONU assembly and are already connected to the correct positions inside the ONU Table 3 2 Internal cables already equipped for the ONU Connection between Equipment Code Qty Description Destination 1 Destination 2 848456984 1 Power cable for inter Rectifier shelf backplane ONU Subshelf male nal 48 V DC male J201 A1 848457008 1 Alarm in cable Rectifier shelf backplane ONU Subshelf female female J202 D1 848456950 1 Fan cable Rectifier shelf backplane 7A fan unit male J204 male J203 848
20. Fiber test equipment optical power meter 1310 1550 nm for example Reflectometer Wavetek MTS5100 optical time domain reflectometer Wavetek OLP 6 or OLP 15B optical power meter for fiber receiver Wavetek OLS 6 or OLS 15 optical light source for fiber transmission a Molex is a registered trademark of Molex Inc b Fluke is a registered trademark of Fluke Corporation c Wavetek is a registered trademark of Wavetek Wandel Goltermann Inc 2 34 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information 2 4 2 Principle of installation activities and test sequences Installation activity Installation and test operations for the AnyMedia optical network unit are outlined in this manual as sequential procedures For ease of operation it is recom mended that the format and sequence listed herein be followed gt NOTE Before starting with mounting or cabling activities the correct grounding must be done Installation The installation sequence for an AnyMedia optical network unit is as follows sequence The installation operation starts with the wall space preparation unpacking the ONU and checking the completeness of delivery m The next installation step consists of setting up and fastening the ONU to the wall grounding the ONU properly checking the factory assembled ONU and checking the internal functional wiring and cabling m The cable routing may begin either at the main distrib
21. Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Orange binder Ring BLIY R32 ISDN port 16 Tip Y BL T32 S BK R31 ADSL port 16 T31 BK S BR BK S BK BR ISDN port 15 T30 G BK Res BK G ADSL port 15 T29 O BK R28 ISDN port 14 BK O T28 BL BK R27 ADSL port 14 BK BL T27 S R R26 ISDN port 13 R S T26 BR R ADSL 13 jor pi T25 R BR R R24 Sl ISDN port 12 pi T24 R G O R R23 R O ADSL port 12 123 BL R R22 ISDN 11 R BL ISDN pori T22 1 SW R21 5 W ADSL port 11 T21 BRW R20 ISDN 1 W BR SDN port 10 T20 G W R19 WIG ADSL port 10 T19 O W ISDN port 9 Rig W O Te Ring BL W R17 ADSL port 9 Tip W BL TAF Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alert the circuit pack that the connector is attached Wiring side Blue binder BL Y Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BUR R BL S W W S BR W W BR G W W G O w W O BL W W BL Tip Ring R16 T16 R15 T15 R14 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 R11 T11 R10 R5 T5 R4 T4 R3 T3 R2 T2 R1 Tel ISDN port 8 ADSL port 8 ISDN port 7 ADSL port 7 ISDN port 6 ADSL port 6 ISDN port 5 ADSL port 5 ISDN port 4 ADSL port 4 ISDN port 3 ADSL port 3 ISDN port 2 ADSL port 2 ISD
22. Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used R32 T32 R31 T31 R30 T30 R29 T29 R28 T28 R27 T27 R26 T26 R25 T25 R24 T24 R23 T23 R22 T22 R21 T21 R20 T20 R19 T19 R18 T18 R17 T17 Ring Tip Ring Tip Orange binder BL Y Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BL R R BL SW W S BRW W BR G W W G O W W O BUW W BL Note For the HDSL AP only 4 HDSL copper pairs are used Each of them have a transport rate of 1168 kbit s Two copper pairs can be used in parallel for a bit rate of 2336 kbit s HDSLO HDSL1 pair or HDSL2 HDSL3 pair Figure 4 28 Pinning of HDSL connector 4 ports Wiring side Blue binder BLY Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BUR R BL S W W S BR W W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL Ring Tip Ring Tip R16 T16 R15 T15 R14 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 R11 T11 R10 T10 R9 T9 R8 T8 R7 T7 R6 T6 R5 T5 R4 T4 R3 T3 R2 T2 Ri TI not used not used not used not used not used
23. Figure 4 5 Connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf connection panel SCP 4 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 4 1 1 Power connectors A1 48A B1 48B Connector A1 Note shown is the contact side of connector A1 on the ONU SCP identical to soldering side of cable connector A1 1st 48 V feeder to pin A3 of J201 on the backplane of the rectifier shelf 48AE 48 V Return of 48 V to pin A1 of J201 on the backplane of the rectifier shelf 48RTN l Common olf di eb Note Cable colors are A1 R A3 BK Cable from the rectifier backplane is not 1 1 connected Figure 4 6 Powersupply connector A1 pin assignment 1st 48 V power feeder Connector B1 Note shown is the contact side of connector B1 on the ONU SCP identical to soldering side of cable connector B1 O m 48BE 2nd 48 V feeder 48 V 48RTN Return of 48 V L Common oe O e Figure 4 7 Powersupply connector B1 pin assignment 2nd 48 V power feeder 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 11 Parts description 4 4 1 2 TAP connector C1 TAP Connector C1 Note shown is the contact side of connector C1 on the SCP identical to soldering side of cable connector C1 0 lle Metallic test path for Equipment ep CAPS 32 13 ___ PB SEIZE from wired OR of ext test head TAPB_EQ_T1 _ a from TAP T00 Port 1 EQ rape FOT E 33 3 TAPB_ER_R1 Equi
24. Internal cable connections are Table 4 3 Alarm connections of the ONU for indoor applications Cable conn J202 from female J202 on the backplane of the AnyMedia Wire rectifier shelf signal color Alarm meaning 1 TLM1 BL W Battery Cell Failure BCF 2 TLM2 O W Power Rectifier Failure PRF 3 TLM3 G W_ ACF AC Mains Failure 4 TLM4 BR W BD Battery on Discharge 5 TLM5 S W FAN 7A Fan Unit Failure 6 TLM6 W BL TAMPER ONU Door Open 7 TLM7 W O MJF Major Fuse Alarm Monitoring 8 TLM8 W G not used provided for future use Monitoring AC mains 9 48RTN GND W BR Alarm Common 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 13 Parts description 4 4 1 4 Ringing connector E1 RING ConnectorE1 Note shown is the contact side of connector E1 on the SCP identical to soldering side of cable connector E1 Om Aa RRGE Ring wire for external ringing Ring wire O A3 O TRGO Ring RTN Ring Return wire for external ringing SL Ring Return wire Figure 4 10 Ringing connector E1 pin assignment 4 4 2 Connecting points of the ONU Subshelf backplane On the backplane of the ONU Subshelf the ONU Subshelf identifier and if required the powering and the ringing variant can be adjusted The following chapter shows the positions of the parts required for adjusting the ONU Subshelf identifier and changing the powering ringing variant Addressing Each ONU must have its own subshelf address
25. 1 317 322 6416 FAX worldwide 1 317 322 6699 USA Indianapolis IN 46219 a For ordering a purchase order number or charge card number is required with all orders Make checks payable to Lucent Technologies b Letter dialling LUCENT 582368 One time orders One time orders include the contents for the current document issue in effect at the time of order Standing orders You may request an update on the standing order list for all later reissues of any document The standing order list for each document provides automatic distribu tion for all reissues of the document 5 How to comment on this document Document The first sheet in this manual after the title page is the feedback form How Are comment We Doing procedure Please use this form to fax your comments and suggestions concerning the IM 363 211 150 to Lucent Technologies Network Systems GmbH Fax no 49 911 526 3545 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 XXXI About this document XXXII Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 nen __ _ __ General safety information Contents 1 1 Overview 1 2 Introduction 13 General notes on safety 1 4 General safety requirements 1 5 Appearance of the safety instructions 1 6 Classification of safety instructions 1 7 Warning symbols 1 8 Handling components sensitive to electrostatic discharge 1 8 1 ESD consequences 1 8 2 ESD safety guidelines 1 9 Necessary conditions for an EMC compliant installation 1 9
26. Don tlook into the end of an exposed fibre or an open connector as long as the optical source is still switched on Even for Class 1 lasers viewing with the unaided eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches will nor mally not cause eye injury m Under no circumstances shall lightwave lightguide operations shall be per formed by a technician before satisfactorily completing an approved train ing course Only authorized trained personnel shall be permitted to carry out service maintenance and restoration activities m Read the relevant descriptions in the manuals before taking equipment into operation or carrying out any installation and maintenance work on the op tical packs and follow the instructions Ignoring the instructions can result in exposure to dangerous radiation m Ifyou are not sure that the fiber is connected to a Laser Class product en sure that the optical source is switched off before disconnecting optical fi ber connectors m Under no circumstances shall any personnel scan a fiber with an optical test set without verifying that all lightwave sources on the fiber are turned off or the that test set is specially approved for this test m Inthe event of doubt check that the optical source is switched off by mea suring with an optical power meter m Ifthe fiber will be disconnected from the optical controller pack always put the protective cup on the optical connectors of the fiber and the optical co
27. Grounding to approved bonding ring conductor or to the next approved main earthing terminal Potential equalization to the neighboring ONUs only if required ONU housing metalwork Customer s cable grounding min gt 6mm2 lt 9 AWG Cable lug for 6mm gas proof crimped Earthing stud M6 on the right side of the ONU housing Cheese head screw with captive washer or only hexagonal nut torque about 2 Nm Tooth lock washer Unpainted metallic area factory prepared for good ground connection Figure 5 9 Set of parts for grounding the ONU After grounding the connection from the framework to the bonding ring conductor and to neighboring racks must be checked measured according to local regula tions Therefore before continuing the installation check the following Step Procedure 1 Verify that no AnyMedia packs are inserted 2 The connection from the framework to the bonding ring conductor must be measured according to local regulations June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures 3 Ensure the electrical continuity of the connections between FRMGND framework approved earth electrode terminal framework of adjacent ONU housings 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 5 25 Mounting and installation procedures 5 26 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly Contents 6 1
28. Note If the ONU is delivered with the LVD already installed the battery cable connector J 3 is connected see upper right corner of the figure Issue 3 June 2001 5 9 Mounting and installation procedures 5 4 Erecting and placement 5 4 1 Wall requirements Wall preparation Installation work for indoor applications can begin before the arrival of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU for wall mounted indoor applications The wall can be predrilled using a template derived from footprint figures in Chapter 5 4 3 Completion of other advance work before the arrival of the equip ment extensions for the cable rack aisle lighting and appliance outlets will fur ther reduce the installation duration gt NOTE For mounting to the wall ensure that the condition of the wall is able to bear the weight of the ONU Use only anchors fitting to the wall material condi tion For mounting to plywood board ensure that the board is about 25 mm thick at least and that the plywood board is fastened securely The delivered wood screws are for plywood mounting Weight and persons The weight of the empty ONU will be about 25 kg It is recommended that two per required sons lift the ONU The weight of the fully equipped ONU will be about 75 kg 5 4 2 Wall layout and drilling ONU wall layout To prepare the anchoring proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 If more than one ONU has to be mounted to the same wall plywood mark the name and
29. Step Procedure 1 Attach the electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap that is grounded on the ONU Subshelf Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge Ensure that your electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap is secure Handle all circuit packs by the faceplate or latch and by the top and bottom outer most edges Never touch the components conductors or connector pins Pay attention to the ESD safety guidelines in Chapter 1 8 2 page 1 8 2 Detach the a b cable connectors from the blank faceplates AP1 to AP8 which are specified in the engineering work order and let the discon nected a b cable hang out The connectors have a snap in fixing only 3 Pull out the blank faceplate from which the connectors have been re moved 4 Move the already installed a b cable aside to the left so that the AP posi tion in the ONU Subshelf is free for the AP Do not cut or remove the cable tie which connects the cable screen to the grounding finger 5 For equipping the slots AP1 to AP8 the following APs are available and you must have at least one of the APs specified below Table 10 2 Application packs available for AP1 to AP8 Apparatus Pack designation Comcode Code POTS AP without PPM 32 Z ports 108463241 LPZ100C POTS AP with PPM 24 Z ports 108134719 LPP100B POTS AP country specific 32 Z ports 108692971 LPZ120B without PPM redu
30. Testing methods 363 211 150 There are several different methods that can be used in testing the capacity of the string In general the more definitive the test the longer and more difficult it is to perform For example measuring individual battery voltages after 15 minutes on a plant load discharge will highlight batteries with only 25 capacity However it usually requires a 5 hour off line discharge test to spot a 5 fading in capacity Issue 3 June 2001 11 15 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Discharge Capacity Test Test selection If you decide that a discharge test should be part of the maintenance program try to carry out the test consistently from site to site and interval to interval In this way comparisons and trends can be easily noted In selecting a test the choices are as follows m Single battery or string Partial or full discharge Constant or variable load The easiest test to run is to shut off the AC power and let the plant load discharge the batteries until 20 to 50 of the capacity has been removed The disadvan tage of this type of test is that the current may not be constant throughout the dis charge from interval to interval or from site to site This disadvantage can be overcome by adding an external load to the bus This load can be adjusted throughout the discharge to maintain a constant current 11 4 13 2 Discharge test Routine maintenance test Discharge test In
31. Waterproof fine line marker Floor drilling equipment roto hammer or percussion drill with sintered carbide stone drills only if required 2 32 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information Table 2 5 List of tools and equipment Continued Use for Tools Remark Batteries Splash proof safety goggles Cleaning cloth Protective gloves Sandpaper or abrasive cloth Insulated slip joint pliers 6 1 2 inch 16 cm Only if re Insulated socket driver or nut driver set 1 4 inch through 3 4 inch sock quired ets Insulated combination wrench set 1 4 inch through 3 4 inch Insulated screwdrivers Special fiber Lifting and transport equipment hoists dolly trucks straps etc Cabinck se AOily Pinch bar claw type hammer and plate shears if required Crimp tool for various connectors of ID type D sub Cable crimpers for 0 5 to 6 mm for example for Molex connectors No 11 01 197 Splice equipment with accessories for example from Fujikura Heat shrink gun Soldering iron 70 W and 20 W or soldering station with temperature control solder tin and holder for soldering iron Wire replacement insertion tool for Molex Faston connector pins Fuse puller for GMT fuses for example from Hendry Telephone Prod ucts or from Lucent WP90247 Comcode 406420273 Multi layer tissues made from non recycled cellulose or optical quality Only if re tiss
32. 1 Overview XXIII 2 Conventions used in this document XXV 3 Related documentation XXVIII 3 1 Print copy hard copy XXX 3 2 CD ROM XXX 4 How to order this document XXXI 5 How to comment on this document XXXI _r__ 1 General safety information 1 1 1 1 Overview ti 1 2 Introduction 1 1 1 3 General notes on safety 1 3 1 4 General safety requirements 1 3 1 5 Appearance of the safety instructions 1 4 1 6 Classification of safety instructions 1 5 1 7 Warning symbols 15 1 8 Handling components sensitive to electrostatic discharge 16 1 8 1 ESD consequences 1 6 1 8 2 ESD safety guidelines 1 8 1 9 Necessary conditions for an EMC compliant installation 1 9 1 9 1 Cables 1 10 1 9 2 Internal powering via AC mains delivery variant IL 1 9 3 External 48V powering external ringing 1441 1 10 Handling components with lasers and fibers 1 12 1 10 1 General laser information 1 12 1 10 2 Laser safety guidelines 148 1 10 3 Classification of lasers 1 14 1 10 4 Handling fibers 1 16 1 10 5 Cleaning optical connectors and couplings 117 1 10 6 Handling the optical controller pack OCP 1 18 1 11 Handling batteries 1 18 1 11 1 General precautions valid for all battery types 1 18 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 II Contents 1 11 2 Special considerations for the Tyco IR 30EC batteries 1 20 1 12 Handling the rectifier shelf of the ONU 1 22 1 13 Transport and storage warnings 1 24 1 14 General installation warnings 1 26 1 15 General wiring warnin
33. Alarm GI aE Battery ele Temp ele Probe Figure 8 1 Position of the Margin switch Comment This 3 position switch adapts the charging voltage for dif ferent battery types The following adjustments are possi ble Table 8 2 Charging adjustments for the PRU via Margin switch YT Recommended Margin switch position Charging voltage V battery type MARG position 54 9 0 2 V MARG position 0 54 5 0 2 V MARG position 54 1 0 2 V IR 30EC a The voltage is valid for 25 C and the thermal probe is connected into the PRU If the thermal probe is not connected the voltage is fixed in the rectifier to 52 5 V b Factory setting as it is delivered 6 For the IR 30EC batteries used in the standard application adjust the Margin switch to position Comment If other batteries are used the engineering work order will specify the required setting 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 8 3 System power up 7 Slide the PRU into the lower position of the rectifier shelf push back and tighten the two fixing screws on the top and on the bottom of the face plate For positions of the packs see the figure below Ringing generator unit RGU
34. Ensure that the bending radius for the single fiber is not less than 30 mm Always use the special protective spiral wrap of the delivered fiber jumper on the ONU side 363 211 150 16 Mount the cable access cover Issue 3 June 2001 9 9 Fiber test and installation 9 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 esco Equipping the ONU Subshelf Contents 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 363 211 150 Installing sequence General information for installing the packs OCP installation at ONU Subshelf AP installation Issue 3 k mre ile an ina T N N June 2001 10 I ua as Contents 10 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 lecce eni Equipping the ONU Subshelf 10 1 Installing sequence For installing the OCP and the application packs into the ONU Subshelf it must be checked that the ONU is powered correctly and the engineering work order is available see Chapter 10 2 page 10 1 The installing order should be carried out as follows m Install the OCP and connect the already inserted fiber see Chapter 10 3 page 10 2 m Remove the a b cables and blank faceplates from the positions where packs have to be installed see page 10 7 m Install the APs in the positions as stated in the working order and reconnect the already installed a b cables see Chapter 10 4 page 10 7 10 2 General information for installing the packs This section describes the procedures for providing the ONU w
35. Quantity Comcode Or Item per code derable Item No Equipment description Remark 1 1 848403804 ONU door 2 1 848403796 Cable access cover 3 1 407667658 Door intrusion switch 4 1 n a f Door key 5 1 848456943 Removable fan filter FF 5X Class 2 324A 6 5 408026243 Set of GMT type fuses 15A 7 2 848461489 Power ringing bridge 8 1 408267532 Fiber Jumper Cable with SC SC connector 30 ft 10 m with protective spiral wrap of about 3 ft 1 m on the ONU side 9 1 AMP order No AMP 2 pin plug housing used for 14 AWG Only for re 1 480698 0 lead assembly for IR 30EC batteries placement of 10 1 AMP order No Crimp contact for the AMP 2 pin plug used in i do 350537 6 the 14 AWG lead assembly for IR 30EC bat 320 assembly teries plug a Call the local customer support for assistance 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 3 9 Parts lists and kits 3 6 Additional information In the AnyMedia Mainshelf the following packs are required to establish the optical link to the ONU Table 3 9 Packs required in the AnyMedia Mainshelf Quantity per AnyMedia Item Mainshelf Comcode Equipment description Apparatus Code 1 1 to 84 108489717 OAP LPF500 2 1 or 2 108597238 COMDAC COM501 3 1 108403197 CIUS DTP500 4 1 to4 108835018 lO_E1 FAC500B 5 1or2 108644402 IO_HDLC IDC500B 6 Oor 1 108348251 AFM_E39 LPA910 7 0 ori 108108275 AFMDS39 LPA900 gi Oor2 108875105 AFM_E39 duplex ready LPA911 o Oor2
36. alb Two Copper Wires for Subscriber Lines the same as Tip Ring AC Alternating Current ACF Alternating Current Input Power Failure 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 1 Abbreviations and acronyms ADSL Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line ADSL4 AP ADSL4p AP Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line AP with 4 ADSL Ports and 8 splitters for POTS Ports ADSL4i AP Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line AP with 4 ADSL Ports and 4 splitters for ISDN Ports ADSL8 AP ADSL8p AP Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line AP with 8 ADSL Ports and 8 splitters for POTS Ports ADSL16i AP Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line AP with 16 ADSL Ports and 16 splitters for ISDN Ports ADSL16p AP Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line AP with 16 ADSL Ports and 16 splitters for POTS Ports AFM ATM Feeder Multiplexer AFME1 ATM Feeder Multiplexer for E1 AFM_E3 ATM Feeder Multiplexer 34 Mbit s AFMDS3 ATM Feeder Multiplexer 45 Mbit s AFMO Optical ATM Feeder Multiplexer ALL Analog Leased Line ALMMSG Alarm Message ALMTYPE Alarm Type ALS Automatic Laser Shutdown AP Application Pack APOG Applications Planning and Ordering Guide AR Action Request ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode AWG American Wire Gauge AB 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Abbreviations and acronyms B BD Battery on Discharge BNC Bayonet Navy Connector coaxial connector
37. i inventory data 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9o A n O HR Q o o 6 GG GGG QO oe Gk Se Lo Li de OCP Slot positions AP 1 to AP 8 for application packs AP1 to AP8 Figure 2 9 ONU backplane arrangement as viewed from front no pack inserted This DIP switch uniquely identifies the ONU Subshelf in the system The setting of the DIP switch has to be in accordance with the provisioned value in the system software 2 3 2 3 Ringing generator unit RGU RGU500 Ringing generator The ringing generator unit RGU is inserted into the upper slot position of the unit ONU Subshelf The ringing generator output is 86 V ms superimposed due to the DC supply volt age of the PRU The ring return path TRGO is invisibly connected to the 48 return path 48RTN inside the RGU If the RGU is removed this connection does not exist anymore The ringing frequency is adjustable via two jumpers to 17 20 25 50 Hz The fac tory installed frequency is 25 Hz for adjusting see Figure 4 31 page 4 39 2 3 2 4 Optical controller pack OCP CPF500 Overview The optical controller pack OCP provides an interface between the ONU back plane and the optical link using a Class 1 Laser 2 24 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information The fiber of the optical link is connected to the OCP via an optical SC type con nector located on the OCP fac
38. not used not used not used not used HDSL3 copper pair for HDSL port 4 not used HDSL2 copper pair for HDSL port 3 not used HDSL1 copper pair for HDSL port 2 not used HDSLO copper pair for HDSL port 1 Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alert the circuit pack that the connector is attached The connector is used for HDSL cables of HDSL application pack LPS503 LPS504 with V5 V3 interface for 4 ports in positions AP 1 to AP 8 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description SHDSL AP connector for 8 RR Teer te ee ote Shown is the wiring soldering side of the SHDSL ports AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Orange binder Blue binder Ring BL Y BLY Ring ot used Ree Y BL Ti DA d not u i 732 Tip Y BL P_ qg Totuse R31 SBK R15 not used BK S BK S not used T31 T15 BR BK BR BK R30 R14 not used T30 BK BR BK BR not used G BK GBK T4 Res BK G BK G ce not used u E T13 O BK O BK R28 R12 not used BK O BK O not used T28 Tie BL BK BL BK R27 R11 not used BK BL BK BL not used T27 T11 S R S R not used mee R S R S Ho not used T26 T10 BR R BR R Bra na not used not used T25 T9 R R not used ied RIG RIG Ra HDSL8 copper pair T24 Tg for HDSL port 8 R23 O R O R R7 HDSL7 copper pair not used Tos R O R O q7 for HDSL port 7 aye BL
39. 11 4 2 11 4 3 11 4 4 11 4 5 11 4 6 11 4 7 11 4 8 11 4 9 11 4 10 11 4 11 11 4 12 11 4 13 General for maintenance Maintenance intervals for IR 30EC batteries Required tools Safety The correctness of the battery string float voltage Measuring the voltage of the battery string Measuring the string current Measuring the voltage of a single battery Measuring the battery temperature Cleaning and inspecting Acid spills and corrosion Retorquing inter battery connections Discharge capacity test option 11 4 13 1 General aspects 11 4 13 2 Discharge test 1 4 14 External charging 11 4 14 1 Charging voltage for IR 30EC batteries 11 4 14 2 Voltage ripple for external charging 1 4 4 15 363 211 150 Battery replacement Issue 3 a ja _ A fo sulle ja f fn j sk agli pa k EG s lo a a Io June 2001 i a Contents 11 5 Appendix for Installation and Maintenance Record 11 18 11 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 tras e e e s i Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries 11 1 General maintenance information 363 211 150 For the AnyMedia Optical Network Units ONU maintenance work is required on the batteries and on the fan unit IR 30EC batteries have a guaranteed lifetime of 5 years In accordance with the Product Manual for IR 30EC and IR 40EC batteries the batteries should be re placed after 5 years to ensure performance Depending on the workin
40. 110 45 R21 S W 021b ee TT 22 111 46 T22 R BL 022a 112 47 R22 BL R 022b Baal 23 113 48 T23 R O 023a 114 49 R23 O R 023b we 24 115 50 T24 R G 024a 116 51 R24 G R E 024b 5 25 117 52 T25 R BR 025a 118 53 R25 BRR 5 025b 26 26 119 54 T26 R S 026a 120 55 R26 S R 026b CA 27 121 56 T27 BK BL 027a 122 57 R27 BL BK 027b 280 28 123 58 T28 BK O 028a 124 59 R28 O BK 028b 29 29 125 60 T29 BK G 029a 126 61 R29 G BK 029b 30 30 127 62 T30 BK BR 030a 128 63 R30 BR BK 030b ait Tl 31 129 64 T31 BK S 031a 130 65 R31 S BK 0031b se 1 32 131 66 T32 Y BL 032a 132 67 R32 BL Y 032b aro 4 133 68 shorted to 34 no connection 4 42 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description Table 4 7 Channel numbering and connections to MDF example external cable ED 7C818 30 Gr 1x from ONU Subshelf APs to the MDF Continued Sub Circuit no Potential no of Pin of AP cable MDF scriber no AP no of the AP the AP conn connector Wire 10 pins row AP 02 1 1 shorted to 35 no connection 33 1 2 2 T1 Tip W BL 033a 3 3 R1 Ring BL W 033b 34 2 4 4 T2 W O 7 034a 0 5 5 R2 ow 034b Q 2 a 48 16 31 dah 6 Y BL 048a 32 3 R16 BL Y 048b 33 4 shorted to pin 68 no connection 100 e to pin 1 no connection 49 17 101 6 T17 W BL 4
41. 126 R S R S BR R BR R R25 not use 105 R BR R BR i R24 G R G R not use T24 R G R G O R O R j R23 n ot use Ta R O R O BUR BUR R22 not used R BL R BL T22 SW S W R21 not used W S W S T21 BRW BR W R20 not used W BR W BR T20 G W G W R19 not used W G W G T19 O W O W not used pig W O W O T18 Ring BLW BL W R17 not used Tip W BL W BL T17 Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alert the circuit pack that the connector is attached Note For the TAP 100 only 2 a b ports are used a Wiring side Figure 4 19 Pinning of TAP100 connector The connector is used for the TAP100 cable of the metallic test application pack TAP100 in one of the positions AP 1 to AP 8 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 27 Parts description 4 5 2 6 ISDN application pack connector ISDN AP connector Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Orange binder Blue binder Ring BLIY BLY Ring R32 R16 not used Y BL Y BL ISDN U port 16 T32 SBK S T16 BK R31 R15 B not used 131 K S BK S Tis ISDN U port 15 BR BK BR BK R30 i R14 not used T30 BK BR BK BR ISDN U port 14 G BK G BK Ts nee BK G BK G bia ISDN 13 not used T29 113 SDN U port 13 O BK O BK R28 R12 not used BK O BK O ISDN U port 12 T28 Ta BL BK BL BK R27 R11 not used BK BL BK BL ISDN U port 11 T27 T11 S R S R R26
42. 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 363 211 150 Cabling overview 6 2 1 General wiring information Principle of ONU cabling and cable routing General cable description 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 6 3 4 6 4 1 6 4 2 6 4 3 6 5 1 6 5 2 6 5 3 6 5 4 6 5 5 6 5 6 6 5 7 6 5 8 6 5 9 6 5 10 6 5 11 6 5 12 6 5 13 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables Connector types and connector assembly Connecting the AP connector Shielding of the AP cables Cabling overview Schematic drawing for all cables Internal delivered cables External cables Installation and wiring Preparing the ONU for cabling Checking earthing and grounding Checking internal delivered cabling Inventory data of the ONU Subshelf Preparing the ONU with the ONU Subshelf identifier Installing the TAP B cable option Installing a b cables Marking the TAP 100 cable option Interconnections of test application paths option Rerouting for the ADSL cables Installing the AC mains cable Installing serial cable for the PC GSI Finishing the cabling Issue 3 P p MS Jo Sh n Si oo ee oo di A D LS i a hag cop SI D hid L 1 mra 1 e2 a la 1 rale 4 m da ro ca n 7 L oo P LA D P EA D co nm a N Ichi DO a no DI DD B DS June 2001 6 I Contents 6 5 13 1 Mounting the cable access cover 6 29 6 5 14 Special handli
43. Any fully charged IR 30EC bat tery at float that reads less than 13 V at 25 C is consid ered to be shorted and must be replaced 4 Connect the battery connectors Batt1 to Batt4 5 Switch the battery circuit breaker on the LVD to ON 11 4 9 Measuring the battery temperature Battery temperature Elevated battery temperatures The batteries are affected by their ambient temperature The temperature that has the most direct effect is the battery s internal temperature All valve regulated lead acid batteries use oxygen recombination technology which generates more heat than conventional flooded batteries Therefore the battery temperature is of ten higher than the ambient temperature Always ensure that the thermal probe is correctly inserted between the metallic case and the plastic housing of battery 3 For position of the thermal probe see Figure 7 6 page 7 15 The batteries can tolerate extreme temperatures up 65 C for short infrequent periods Nevertheless make every effort to prevent the battery from being ex posed to extreme temperatures Elevated battery temperatures greater than 25 C decrease battery life Temper atures below 25 C result in lower battery capacity Applications should allow for battery temperatures within the same string to be within 5 5 C of one another The PRU adapts the charging voltage in the range of 5 C to 53 C automatically with 72 mV per 1 C if the battery temperature probe is conn
44. Be sure to know and to observe the safety precautions and the warranty conditions Always fill out the Installation and Maintenance Record m Checking the required charging date for IR 30EC batteries see Chapter 7 3 2 page 7 7 m Handling and uncrating the batteries see Chapter 7 3 3 page 7 10 m Inspecting and physically verifying the condition of the batteries see Chapter 7 3 4 page 7 11 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 7 1 Mounting and installation of batteries m Mechanical installation of the batteries in the battery compartment of the ONU see Chapter 7 3 5 page 7 13 Arcing batteries and short circuit DANGER A Arcing of batteries destruction of batteries and risk of fire in the event of a short circuit A short circuit of the batteries will cause arcing on batteries A short circuit in the batteries will cause destruction by arcing of batteries and ca bles and thus malfunctioning of the complete system Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes Never short out the battery s terminals Be aware of potential hazards before servicing battery equipment A metallic ob ject causing a short of the battery terminals may be thrown or vaporized due to the battery energy Always use properly insulated tools and test equipment When working on batteries always wear splash proof safety goggles acid resis tant gloves rubber overshoes and an apron 7 2 7 2 Issue 3 The connecting of
45. Do not place the shelves or the wall mounted enclosure on an unsta ble cart stand or table The product may fall causing serious damage to the equipment Never push objects of any kind into the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit through enclosure slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a risk of fire or electrical shock Never spill liquid of any kind on the product The batteries are connected in parallel with the output of the power rectifier unit PRU via the low voltage disconnect unit LVD Removing the PRU alone or disconnecting the AC power cord or switching off the LVD alone will not necessarily remove the power to the ONU equipment For deenergizing power completely the switch on the LVD must be switched to OFF and the AC power cord must be disconnected from the PRU To disconnect the batteries completely also on the LVD the battery fuse must be removed or the battery connector J3 must be disconnected after the LVD has been switched off 1 5 Appearance of the safety instructions All safety instructions include a signal word that classifies the danger and a text block that contains descriptions of the type and cause of the danger the conse quences of ignoring the safety instruction and the measures that can be taken to minimize the danger In some safety instructions a warning symbol is placed un derneath the signal word see also Chapter 1 7 Example 1 DANGER Arcing
46. F Grounding stud M6 under the cable access cover 0000000 leooceea Cable access cover Figure 4 2 Earthing and grounding points and door switch of the ONU The approved earth electrode must be connected by the installer to the M6 earth ing stud For earthing procedure and the parts of the earthing stud see Figure 5 9 page 5 24 Issue 3 June 2001 4 7 Parts description 4 3 3 Door intrusion switch The door switch is located on the upper right corner of the ONU housing The switch is factory cabled to the blade terminals E2 E3 on the rectifier back plane The switch is cabled to issue an alarm as long as the door is open using the NC contact break Note shown is the wiring side of the door switch View from the bac E2 TLM6 TAMPER ONU door open E3 Common Figure 4 3 Terminal arrangement of the ONU door switch The alarming can be changed to issue an alarm as long as the door is closed when the wire of the middle door switch contact E2 is connected to the upper door switch contact E1 instead 4 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts descriptio
47. For the wall mounted ONU for indoor applications as it is described in this Installation Manual they are connected at delivery already m The housing has to be connected to the protective earth PE and to the bonding wire approved earth electrode terminal during installation 1 Meshed bonding network 2 Meshed isolated bonding network 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 1 9 General safety information m FRMGND and the 48 V return path 48RTN of the ONU have to be con nected together For the wall mounted ONU for indoor applications as it is described in this Installation Manual they are connected with a single wire at delivery already m The ring return path tip wire TRGO of the ringing voltage has to be earthed at the ringing source side and is therefore connected to the 48RTN For the wall mounted ONU for indoor applications using the ring ing generator unit RGU as it is described in this Installation Manual they are invisibly connected inside the RGU at delivery already Earthing WARNING A Risk of injury due to disconnected ground The installation must have an independent ground connection to an approved earth electrode for outdoor applications Grounding circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit The minimum size of the independent ground connection should be 216 mm or lt AWG 6 For grounding also the ITU recommendation ITU K 35 should be consid
48. OAP the COMDAC and the CIU are required c Only the new Issue S2 3 OCP may be used d This rectifier requires the power cord 848471181 with the IEC320 plug Not used for newly deployed ONUs e This rectifier requires the power cord 848506820 with the IEC60320 plug Delivered for all newly deployed ONUs this rectifier and power cord combination is recommended for replacement f Must be equipped with 1 GMT type fuse of 15 A 408026243 Five GMT type fuse of 15 A 408026243 are packed separately for spare gt NOTE The ringing generator unit can be used for internal ringing if the ONU is in ternally powered with 48 V via the power rectifier unit Using the RGU is the standard application For packs required in the AnyMedia Mainshelf see Chapter 3 6 page 3 10 3 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts lists and kits The following packs can be ordered separately also but type and number are cus tomer dependent and dependent on the services to provide Table 3 4 Orderable packs site dependent Item Qty Shelf Comcode Equipment Description App Code 1 Oori 108045360 Test Application Pack for the metallic test path TAP100 2 0 to 3 108463241 POTS AP without PPM 32 Z ports LPZ100C 3 0 to 4 108134719 POTS AP with PPM 24 Z ports LPP100B 4a 1 to 3 108692971 POTS AP country specific 32 Z ports LPZ120B 4b 1 to 39 108692989 without PPM redu
49. Reverse polarity Defined as the opposite of the normal polarity that means the feeding polarity is reversed RMC Remote Maintenance Channel A remote connection located at the OCP for craft personnel with similar functional ity as the CIT interface of the CIU ROC Remote Operations Channel A bearer channel over a 2 048 Mbit s leased line link that conveys management in formation for a remote system AnyMedia Access System The ROC is expected to be used when the system is installed at locations where no separate network e g LAN Ethernet exists Router A network layer device that forwards packets from one network to another based on network layer information OSI layer 3 The term bridge router is used for a bridging router that combines the functionality of a multiprotocol router with the functionality of a bridge GL 12 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Glossary RTU Remote Test Unit An RTU is a testing equipment for subscriber lines An RTU 2 is collocated to the system and performs test functions application of test signals and measurements under the control of a test system controller An RTU 1 is collocated to the central office and not used in the 30 channel market S SC Station Clock An external 2048 kHz synchronization signal according to ITU T G 703 Semi permanent leased line A V5 x service where bearer channels for certain user ports are pre connected on a provisioning basis Semi per manent leased
50. Subscribers can t be operational if connected Protector blocks PFU RGU a b cable TAP 100 cable CHAN MON DROP L 0 TAP100 Il oO O a a oO Ol a z lt 01 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 I i 12 I ee ee ea Cable routing area Figure 6 11 Cabling for integrated testing with TAP100 inserted in slot posi tion AP 8 for an outside cross connect 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 6 23 Cabling wiring and assembly TAP100 specific cabling on the MDF Table 6 4 The following 4 connections have to be made via the MDF if a TAP100 is used in the ONU Subshelf slot position AP 8 TAP B cable ED 7C818 36 Gr 1x ONU Subshelf C1 to MDF example for TAP100 using AP8 TAP B Cable ED7C818 36 Gr1x from ONU Sub alb cable ED7C818 30 Gr1x from the TAP100 to the shelf connection panel to the MDF MDF Female MDE MDE Female TAP100 conn C1 TAP B TAP100 connector from male AnyMedia sig side side from male AP8 AnyMedia sig C1 on ONU nal for TAP B Wire example example Wire connector nal for TAP100 1 12 not used not used not used connected 13 TAPB_SEIZE BL W 257b but not used not used multiple testing 14 TAPB_EQ RI O W 258b 15 TAPB_EQ_R G W 259b 224b BL W 3 TAP_EQ R Ring b wire Equipment b wire port1 16 TAPB_FAC_R BR W 260b
51. System power up Fuse 2 A time lag so 0 0 0 so 8 a porco o a MP1 jumper setting for header P1 and MP2 jumper setting for I I header P2 to adjust the ringing frequency vi i DA Ringing fre Jumper Jumper Remarks A RE RE quency MP1 MP2 1 XK o 0 3 1 17 Hz 2 3 2 3 i PIER ai 20 Hz 2 3 1 2 ne eas f 25 Hz 1 2 1 2 Default frequency factory setting 50 Hz 1 2 2 3 Figure 8 3 Location and settings of the jumpers MP1 MP2 on the RGU 3 Verify that the latch is swung out OPEN position otherwise swing the latch upwards about 90 degrees 4 Slide the RGU into the upper position of the ONU Subshelf with the printed board to the right and push back Lock the RGU in position by pressing firmly on the rounded indentation on the top latch until it clicks into place For the position of the RGU see Figure 8 2 page 8 4 8 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 System power up 8 3 Powering up the AC mains 363 211 150 The AC mains has been connected to the customer s mains already see Chapter 6 5 11 page 6 26 but the AC plug may not be inserted gt NOTE The installation must have an independent ground connection to an ap proved earth electrode for indoor applications Grounding circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit The mini mum size of protective bonding conductor should be g
52. Telefax to Lucent Technologies Network Systems GmbH How are we doing Fax no 49 911 526 3545 Lucent Technologies welcomes your feedback on this document Your comments can be of great value in helping us improve our documentation Please use a copy of this page for your comments 1 Please rate the effectiveness of this document in the following areas Excellent Good Fair Poor Ease of Use Clarity Completeness Accuracy Organization Structure Appearance Examples Illustrations Overall Satisfaction 2 Please check the ways you feel we could improve this document Make it more brief concise Add more step by step procedures tutorials Add more troubleshooting information Make it less technical Add more better quick reference aids Improve the index Improve the overview introduction Improve the tables of contents Improve the organization structure Include more figures Add more examples Add more detail aaan aaan Please provide details for the suggested improvement Name 0 Telephone Number 2 2222222222222222 Company Organization 0 Date 0 22222222222 Addres Seon re a aa nre nn When you have completed this form please fax it to the address on top of this page Title AnyMedia Access System ONU Installation Manual for Outdoor Applications 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 Contents About this document XXIII
53. an alligator clip adapter enables connection to the housing frameground FRMGND gt NOTE Inside the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit an ESD earth socket and an ESD sticker are supplied On the right side of the ONU Subshelf an ESD bonding point for an ESD wrist strap is present It is mounted so that it is al ways accessible for installation normal operation and maintenance activity The wrist strap ESD strap must be worn and connected to the ESP bonding point when opening the ONU door The wrist strap must have a resistance between 250 kQ and 1 5 MQ Electrostatic discharge ESD Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge The wrist strap used must be checked periodically for a resistance between 250 kQ and 1 5 MQ to avoid electrostatic discharge Therefore before using the wrist strap check the wrist strap for shorts opens and proper resistance value For checking follow local regulations or regulations given by the network provider Do not use a wrist strap that does not pass these checks The following figure shows an ESD wrist strap Issue 3 June 2001 1 7 General safety information EOL bb To Ground Connection or to ESD socket on the ONU Subshelf ET Figure 1 2 ESD wrist strap 1 8 2 ESD safety guidelines Observe the following ESD instructions to avoid damage to components sensitive to electrostatic di
54. setting of the functionality requested by a customer separately as opposed to the complete functionality the system can provide Function code The function code sometimes called entity type is the pet name of a pack It is a set of 11 characters stored in the nonvolatile data storage NVDS of a pack and identifies a pack backplane or a software package e g COM DAC CIU G GPB General Purpose Bus The general purpose bus is an AnyMedia Access System internal 12 wire connection be tween any of the APs in the AnyMedia Mainshelf and the CIU Each AP can connect any of its circuits to the GPB via relays The GPB is situated on the backplane of the AnyMedia Mainshelf GSI Graphical System Interface A user friendly front end for communicating with a system In the AnyMedia Access System the GSI is installed on a Windows 95 personal computer and used for entering and receiving TL1 Transac tion Language 1 messages The GSI provides support for managing the AnyMedia Access System in the following functional areas m Configuration management Fault management Performance management Security management Inventory management H HDSL AP High Bit Rate Digital Subscriber Line Application Pack An application pack containing HDSL ports that provide service to ISDN PRA subscribers and n x 64 kbit s digital leased lines subscribers 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 GL 5 Glossary HDSL application mode The mode in whi
55. system status This is the message protocol used on the AEM and CIT interfaces TL1 defaults Transaction Language 1 defaults TL1 defaults are the parameter values built into the AnyMedia Access System when itis shipped from the factory One TL1 default parameter for instance stands for no given TL1 parameters T R cable The same as a b cable TRAP An autonomous report in the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP sent out by a network element to wards an SNMP network manager indicating an exceptional event TS Timeslot Any cyclic time interval that can be recognized and defined uniquely E g a 64 kbit s channel of a V5 in terface that can be used either as a bearer channel carrying subscriber payload information or as a communica tion channel carrying both subscriber and network element signaling information TSI Timeslot Interchanger This is a switch able to route any timeslot on the subscriber side to any timeslot on the feeder side and vice versa There is a limited loopback capacity for cross connections on either subscriber or feeder side Turn up The process of bringing the system or a system component to an operational state it includes hardware and soft ware installation as well as self diagnostics After that the system can be provisioned for service and other opera tional functionality U U interface A 2 wire digital subscriber interface It is used for connection of NT equipments and carries digit
56. 1 page 4 2 6 3 3 Connecting the AP connector The figure below shows how to insert or to remove an application pack connector at the application pack gt NOTE If the AP connector is attached to a blank faceplate a normal snap in fixing is used No ejector must be lifted or pushed down IMPORTANT Disconnection of faceplate connector during connector insertion Do not press down on the rounded indentation on the top of the slider ejector af ter connector insertion Pressing down on the rounded indentation on the top of the slider causes the faceplate connector to disconnect This action affects customer service 1 Molex is a registered trademark of Molex Inc 6 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 3 4 Shielding 363 211 150 y x lt gt Connector insertion Connector removal 1 Lift ejector slider 1 Push down on ejector slider 2 Insert connector 2 Remove connector Figure 6 2 Insertion and removal of an application pack connector Shielding of the AP cables The a b cable is partly shielded A braided shield is provided from the application pack connector upward to a length of about 0 6 m and is fixed with shrink tubing or by means of cable ties In this cable area also ferrite core elements ferrite beads are pushed over the braided shield for better EMC shielding If any other cables connected to APs have a
57. 1 Cables 1 9 2 Internal powering via AC mains delivery variant 1 9 3 External 48V powering external ringing 1 10 1 10 Handling components with lasers and fibers al General laser information 1 10 2 Laser safety guidelines 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 11 1 11 1 11 1 12 363 211 150 3 Classification of lasers 4 Handling fibers 5 Cleaning optical connectors and couplings 6 Handling the optical controller pack OCP Handling batteries 1 General precautions valid for all battery types 2 Special considerations for the Tyco IR 30EC batteries Handling the rectifier shelf of the ONU Issue 3 June 2001 1 I Contents 1 13 Transport and storage warnings 1 24 1 14 General installation warnings 1 26 1 15 General wiring warnings 1 28 1 16 Warnings for taking the power supply into operation 1 32 1 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 ne _e _iii General safety information 11 Overview Safety The AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU for wall mounted indoor applications requirements has been developed in line with the present state of the art and fulfils the current compliance national and international safety requirements It is provided with a high degree of operational safety resulting from many years of development experience and con tinuous stringent quality checks in our company CE marking The AnyMedia Optical Network Unit fulfills the requirements of the following Euro pean directives a CE
58. 2 1 Equipping the rectifier shelf for powering The rectifier shelf must be equipped with the PRU and with the LVD which are de livered separately for ordering see Chapter 3 3 1 page 3 4 gt NOTE The LVD is installed at delivery Only for the first deliveries the LVD has been delivered separately For the positions of the packs which have to be inserted see Figure 8 2 page 8 4 Proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Use the wrist strap always observe the ESD safety guidelines see Chapter 1 8 page 1 6 2 Move the AC mains cord aside so that the rectifier shelf inside the ONU is freely accessible 3 Locate the following packs Table 8 1 Packs of the rectifier shelf for powering Pack designation Comcode Apparatus Code Power rectifier unit 540 W PRU 108595844 RS0540 Issue 1 1 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD 108784109 LVD500 Issue 2 2 a Can be installed already Only LVDs with Issue S2 2 or later may be used Any LVD marked S1 1 for series and vintage should be replaced with the new version marked S2 2 or later 4 Unpack the PRU and check that the rectifier is equipped with an IEC 60320 AC inlet Issue 1 see Figure 6 13 page 6 28 5 Locate the 3 position switch Margin on the top of the rectifier for the posi tion of the Margin switch see the figure below 8 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 System power up DEVA Normal Operation Warning
59. 2 19 General ONU information ONU Subshelf connection panel Door switch Test jacks w 100kQ GMT type fuse 15 A for battery Battery circuit breaker 15 A Battery connector J3 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD Fixing screws LVD Fixing screw PRU Power rectifier unit PRU Thermal probe conn IEC 60320 AC mains inlet Fixing screw for cable access Batteries 1 to 4 Earthing stud Cable access cover Fixing screw PRU Fan filter replaceable Fixing screw fan unit Fan connector J204 Fan unit FU Battery fixing bracket ONU Subshelf with Ringing e OCP and 8 APs at maximum generator un
60. 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Hydrogen gas Battery terminals Taking voltage readings Acid spillage 363 211 150 m Remove all metallic objects key chains glasses rings watches or any other jewelry m Wear safety glasses acid resistant gloves rubber overshoes and apron m Test circuits before touching m Lock out and tag any circuit breakers fuses when possible to prevent acci dental turn on Be aware of potential hazards before servicing equipment A tool or other metallic object causing a short of the battery terminals may be thrown or vaporized due to the battery energy m Identify exposed hazardous electrical potentials on connectors wiring etc Note the condition of these circuits especially any wiring m Always verify the polarity before connecting cables to the batteries m Use care when removing or replacing any covers avoid contacting any cir cuits While unpacking and or installing the batteries you must m NEVER place metal objects including tools on top of a battery m NEVER short out the battery s terminals m NEVER tamper with or block the battery vent caps if equipped m NEVER use an open flame near batteries m NEVER smoke near batteries m NEVER stack batteries in or out of their shipping cartons All lead acid batteries generate hydrogen gas even under open circuit conditions If not permitted to escape this gas can build up to explosive concentrations
61. 25 Return of the 48 V_ 2 9 5 19 Return of the ringing source 2 9 Return paths 2 9 Ringing ONU 5 20 Ringing connector 4 14 Ringing frequency adjustment 4 39 8 6 Ringing generator unit 2 14 2 24 4 39 RMC connector 4 21 S Shielding the a b cable 6 5 Shorten the heat shrinking tube of the a b cable 6 6_ Subscriber numbering 4 40 Support labs A 3_ T TAP principle 6 21 TAP100 cable 4 27 TAP100 cable installation and marking 6 20 TAP B cable 4 44 6 24 TAP B cable considerations 6 14 TAP B cable crossconnections 6 24 TAP B cable crosswiring 6 22 TAP B cable installation 6 15 TAP B cabling 4 12 TAP B connector 4 12 363 211 150 Index TAP B crossconnections 4 44 Test jacks 2 29 4 51 Thermal probe cable 4 50 Thermal probe connector 4 50 Tools and test equipment 2 32 Torque values Electrical connections 5 2 Grounding connections 5 23 Trademarks XXVII Training courses A 1_ U Uncrating the ONU 5 4 Unpacking the batteries 7 10 V Visual inspection of the ONU 5 5 W Wall layout 5 10 Wall requirements 5 10 5 12 Wall mounting 5 11 Warnings AC mains 1 32 Battery handling 1 18 7 3 Classification 1 5 Earthing and high voltages 1 22 Fiber inspection with a microscope 1 18 9 6 Installation 1 26 Laser 1 12 Powering 1 32 Ringing voltage 1 32 Symbols 1 5 Taking into operation 1 32 Transportation 1 24 Wiring 1 28 Z Z interface XXVI 363 211 150 Issue 3 Ju
62. 32 33 blue yellow blue blue yellow Y BL BL Y 17 36 37 orange white blue blue white W BL BL W 18 38 39 orange white orange orange white W O O W 19 40 41 orange white green green white W G G W 20 42 43 orange white brown brown white W BR BR W 21 44 45 orange white slate slate white W S S W 22 46 47 orange red blue blue red R BL BL R 23 48 49 orange red orange orange red R O O R 24 50 51 orange red green green red R G G R 25 52 53 orange red brown brown red R BR BR R 26 54 55 orange red slate slate red R S S R 27 56 57 orange black blue blue black BK BL BL BK 28 58 59 orange black orange orange black BK O O BK 29 60 61 orange black green green black BK G G BK 30 62 63 orange black brown brown black BK BR BR BK 31 64 65 orange black slate slate black BK S S BK 32 66 67 orange yellow blue blue yellow Y BL BL Y June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 2 3 Connector types and connector assembly The connectors employed in the system are generally of the following types m Application pack 68 pin connectors used for POTS ADSL HDSL ISDN in terface connections m D subminiature 3 pin connectors used for DC power connectors and ring ing m Molex connectors with 2 pin 3 pin 4 pin and 6 pin arrangement used for connecting the fans the batteries and the thermal probe m D subminiature DB9 and DB37 pin arrangements used for alarming and the metallic test path 4 2 3 1 D typ
63. 35 Pinning of the power connector J201 363 211 150 48V 1st 48 V feeder to pin A1 of connector A1 Return of 48 V to pin A3 of connector A1 Note Cable colors are A1 BK A3 R Cable to the ONU Subshelf is not 1 1 connected Issue 3 June 2001 4 47 Parts description 4 7 1 3 4 pin fan connector J203 Connector J203 Front view of the fan connector J203 on the backplane of the rectifier shelf looking onto the contacts J203 on the backplane m 48RTN to pin 1 of J204 Z 4 m n Common ni Mo UNE iena TLM5 FAN Fan unit failure R 2 BK 3 0 4 BL 48 V to pin 2 of J204 Cable to the fan unit J203 is not 1 1 connected Figure 4 36 Pinning of the fan connector J203 4 7 2 Power rectifier unit PRU RS0450 Rectifier The power rectifier unit is fed by AC mains 93 V up to 264 V 47 Hz up to 63 Hz via an IEC 60320 AC power inlet receptacle The rectifier is buffered via 4 IR 30EC batteries which are connected to the PRU via the internal low voltage disconnect unit LVD This rectifier must be connected with the AC power cord 848506820 The voltage of the rectifier can be adjusted via a 3 position Margin switch to 54 5 V 0 4V for compensation see Figure 2 5 page 2 13 for the characteristic of the rectifier see Figure 2 4 page 2 11 The following figure shows the location of the connector for
64. 4 2 2 Inventory headers for backplane release 4 4 2 3 Eightfold DIP switch for ONU addressing 4 5 Connectors of the packs for the ONU Subshelf 4 5 1 OCP pack 4 5 1 1 Faceplate of the OCP 4 5 1 2 CHAN MON DROP connector 4 5 1 3 RS 232C connector RMC 4 5 2 Application packs 4 5 2 1 Use of application pack connectors 4 5 2 2 Faceplate of APs 4 5 2 3 Faceplate of the single pair high bit rate DSL AP 4 5 2 4 POTS application pack connector 4 5 2 5 Test application pack connector 4 5 2 6 ISDN application pack connector 4 5 2 7 xDSL application pack connector 4 5 2 8 HDSL SHDSL AP connectors 4 5 3 Ringing generator unit RGU RGU500 4 5 3 1 Adjusting the ringing frequency 4 6 Example of subscriber numbering and MDF assignment 4 7 Rectifier shelf 4 7 1 Backplane of the rectifier shelf 4 7 1 1 9 pin alarm out connector J202 VI Issue3 June 2001 ra Lp iP 2i T P n LE oO P LS in IO T pey oo ee h an A ca ni sia N A bR Sal T oo sn oo in N N in IO N T IO N P N oo N A T no DVI N sm n T nN 7 do a P do T Ww 5 EN ES I D I 5 A O 363 211 150 Contents 4 7 1 2 3 pin 48V power connector J201 4 7 1 3 4 pin fan connector J203 4 7 2 Power rectifier unit PRU RS0450 4 7 2 1 Rectifier Margin switch 4
65. 5 Application packs for the ONU Subshelf 2 3 3 Rectifier shelf 2 3 3 1 Rectifier shelf backplane 2 3 3 2 Power rectifier unit PRU RS0540 2 3 3 3 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD LVD500 363 211 150 Issue 3 PH de do Pa A fa D da D mv oS in as h NM i A N i oa N mk Co dal eg Y Y N IN h h June 2001 2 I Ri Contents 2 3 4 7A fan unit 2 3 5 IR 30EC batteries 2 3 6 Labeling and numbering 2 3 6 1 Door label of the ONU housing 2 3 6 2 Identification and marking of cables and connectors 2 3 6 3 Battery label 2 4 General installation information 2 4 1 Tools and measurement testing instruments 2 4 2 Principle of installation activities and test sequences 2 4 2 1 Cabling directions for the ONU Subshelf 2 4 3 Tests 2 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information 2 1 General System features The features and benefits of the Lucent Technologies AnyMedia Access System and benefits demonstrate the cost effective practical and flexible solution it provides to today s growing telecommunication demands m Wide range of supported services from plain old telephony service POTS up to ADSL broadband services Competitively priced telephony deployment for first installations and for later network extensions in the event of increasing needs for additional lines m Service independent access solution by means of a comm
66. 7 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 8 ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON OCP position Figure 4 12 DIP switch for ONU addressing on the OCP position Connectors of the packs for the ONU Subshelf The following chapter details the connector information for the packs which can be inserted into the ONU Subshelf OCP pack Issue 3 The OCP is equipped with the RMC connector to connect to the PC GSI and with the CHAN MON DROP connector for testing monitoring For connecting the fiber an SC type connector is used gt NOTE The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature com pliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 5 1 1 Faceplate of the OCP Faceplate 363 211 150 gt NOTE The OCP CPF500 may only be used with the Comcode 108741265 this is Issue 2 3 FAULT O TC O MISC O CLF O LED TEST CHAN MON o DROP 00000 oooo D lt O O LED Button LED indicators on the OCP faceplate LED Function Color FAULT Pack out of order Error Red Litwhen a faultis detected on the OCP Flashes ata rate of approximately 1 Hz when the pack executes built in self tests TC Lit when metallic test access is provided at TAP B inter Gr
67. 7 2 2 Faceplate of the PRU 4 7 2 3 Thermal probe connector 4 7 2 4 AC mains connectors 4 7 3 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD LVD500 4 51 4 7 3 1 Faceplate of the LVD 4 51 4 7 3 2 Test jacks of the LVD 4 51 4 7 3 3 Pinning of the battery connector J3 4 51 4 8 Fan unit 7A 4 52 4 9 IR 30EC batteries 4 53 e cca 5 Mounting and installation procedures 5 1 5 1 Overview of uncrating mounting and grounding 5 1 5 2 General installation information 5 1 5 2 1 Tools and measurement testing instruments 5 3 5 3 Installation procedures 6 3 5 3 1 Handling 5 3 5 3 2 Uncrating 5 4 5 3 3 Visual inspection and completeness check 6 5 5 3 4 Checking the delivered internal cabling 5 8 5 4 Erecting and placement 5 10 5 4 1 Wall requirements 5 10 5 4 2 Wall layout and drilling 5 10 5 4 3 Mounting and securing the ONU housing to the plywood 5 13 5 5 Grounding the ONU 5 17 5 5 1 Grounding overview 5 17 5 5 2 General considerations 5 17 5 5 3 Grounding points and ESD sockets 5 21 5 5 4 Connections 5 22 5 5 5 Checking 5 24 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 VII Contents 6 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 1 6 1 Cabling overview 6 1 6 2 General wiring information 6 2 6 2 1 Principle of ONU cabling and cable routing 6 2 6 3 General cable description 6 3 6 3 1 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables 6 3 6 3 2 Connector types and connector assembly 6 4 6 3 3 Connecting the AP connector 6 4 6 3 4 Shielding of the AP cables 6 5 6 4 C
68. An explosion could occur when sparks are created near the battery string Therefore do not install batteries in totally sealed enclosures Overtightening of the inter battery connectors could strip the bolt and or nut threads resulting in loose connections Always consider the maximum torque specified by the battery manufacturer Be very careful when taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measuring operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never re move connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery Remove test lead connections at the battery immediately after each reading is taken Review the safety precautions If large acid spillage occurs use agricultural or industrial lime instead of soda for neutralization before clean up If lime is not available you may use baking soda Wear eye protection devices and rubber gloves when using lime on electrolyte spills Sprinkle the lime on the spillage allow it to absorb the electrolyte and then sweep it up and dispose of it in the proper manner Wash hands and face thor oughly after clean up Issue 3 June 2001 1 19 General safety information Short circuit WARNING A Risk of a short or arcing due to battery cabling without fuse protection The battery cabling is normally not fuse protected for the battery interconnec
69. Chapter 1 11 page 1 18 7 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 2 2 Required tools Tools 7 2 3 Battery delivery Battery set You will need the following tools and materials to install and test the battery string Splash proof safety goggles acid resistant gloves rubber overshoes and apron Cleaning cloth Lime and or soda sodium bicarbonate or sal soda Insulated socket drive or nut driver set 1 4 inch through 3 4 inch sockets and torque wrench 0 to 60 in lbs 6 Nm for maintenance replacement Sandpaper or abrasive cloth for cleaning the battery compartment only DMM Digital Multimeter for example Tek DM254 or Fluke 8060A or equivalent The accuracy of an equivalent meter should be 0 05 percent on the DC scale Current converter or current probe 1 10 for multimeter used for up to 20 A Thermometers for measuring the ambient temperature and the battery temperature contact type Waterproof fine line marker for marking batteries and the connectors also required to write the installation date onto the batteries For safety a Class C fire extinguisher should be reachable The batteries will be delivered as a set separately packed in a wooden box with the following components Table 7 1 Delivered batteries Qty Comcode Type Consisting of 4 407928761 IR 30EC 12 volt valve regulated lead acid IR Series battery with 14 AWG lead assembly termin
70. Comcode Type Consisting of Comment 4 40792876 IR 30EC 12 volt valve regulated lead acid IR Dimensions WxDxH 1 Series battery 25 Ah lifetime 5 years 17 2 x 13 0 x 17 8 cm at 25 C equipped with 14 AWG lead assembly terminating with keyed pre Weight 10 9 kg connected 2 pin plug 1 10707885 157 622 020 Product Manual IR 30EC and IR 40EC 9 Series Batteries KS 2381 Battery type label Sticker attached already at delivery a Replacement parts for the plug see Table 3 8 page 3 9 items 9 and 10 IR Series batteries are flame redundant non halogenated meet UL 94 V 0 and exhibit an oxygen index greater than 28 They comply with the requirements for sealed battery cell pressure release test of UL1989 Standard for Standby Batter ies gt NOTE The 14 AWG lead assembly was designed to be compatible with Tyco ap plications where reserve power of 5 hours or longer duration is required The assembly may not be suitable for applications or boost charging where the battery load charge exceeds the 5 hour rate and may fail catastrophi cally at battery charge discharge currents exceeding 18 A 3 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts lists and kits 3 5 Components of the ONU for replacement The following components of the ONU housing can be ordered additionally for re placement Table 3 8 Orderable components of the ONU housing for replacement
71. Each plug and jack connector has terminal numbers embossed on the pin and wiring sides of the assembly but these numbers are only visible if the hood is re moved gt NOTE Four pins on this 68 pin connector are shorted so that the AnyMedia Access System can verify whether an application pack cable is connected or not How to insert or to remove an application pack connector is shown in Figure 6 2 page 6 5 For a b cable shielding see Figure 6 3 page 6 6 4 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 3 4 3 1 4 3 2 363 211 150 Connectors in the ONU housing The earthing grounding and ESD points and the door switch are located in the ONU housing Grounding connecting points M6 Earthing The figure below shows the positions for earthing grounding and for the door switch Grounding point for inter connection 48RTN to FRMGND pm z vf DI pee n Door switch EEEN m A Gdr test 9000000 9900000 gt a A HEE RRR ALA ESD socket Fixing screw for the cable access cover inside the ONU HHEHHHHEE ER TZ Die Wai BAYA
72. Issue 3 June 2001 GL 7 Glossary L LE Local Exchange Link In the V5 context a 2 048 Mbit s interface to the local exchange whose physical and electrical characteristic comply with ITU T Recommendation G 703 and whose functional characteristics are according to ITU T G 704 and G 706 LL Leased Line A permanent connection between a user port and a separate permanent leased line service net work Leased lines bypass the LE Local powering The AnyMedia Access System and or the ONU are fed by a power supply which covers 48V DC power and ring ing generator delivered with the AnyMedia Access System or with the ONU LOF Loss Of Frame A LOF condition is declared when an out of frame OOF condition persists for t seconds LOF on ADSL line ADSL frame synchronization has been lost at the ADSL for at least 2 5 seconds Loop timed The AnyMedia Access System is synchronized by the clock derived from the E1 feeder LOS Loss Of Signal The E1 LOS condition is declared if N consecutive no pulses are received The station clock SC LOS condition is declared if N consecutive no pulses are received LOS on ADSL line Received power has dropped to 6 dB below the reference power The timing threshold is as follows m Downstream 1 5 seconds m Upstream 2 5 seconds LPU112 An ISDN application pack with 12 line circuits per pack It supports 12 U interfaces with 2B1Q line coding and re mote power feeding LPU430 An ISDN applic
73. June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures 593 584 Mounting bracket Holes to drill e diameter different for i wall mounting i or plywood mounting 127 i gt lt T iti oO a a 399 a 2 oO O D 5 8 0 Note Dimensions in mm rounded 7 around level Figure 5 4 Drilling template for wall mounting plywood mounting 5 4 3 Mounting and securing the ONU housing to the plywood A set of accessories delivered with each ONU enables the ONU to be affixed to the plywood board which must have been mounted to the wall already 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 5 13 Mounting and installation procedures The following table lists the delivered parts for plywood mounting per ONU Table 5 2 Delivered parts for plywood mounting Item Qty Description Remark 1 1 Mounting bracket 848403937 For plywood 2 1 Drilling template 848487096 mounting only 3 9 Hexagonal or roundhead wood screw gt NOTE For lifting the ONU two persons are required The following table lists the parts recommended for wall mounting or rack mount Description Recommended Parts for wall mounting and rack mounting Remark Mounting bracket Drilling template Delivered parts Washer 6 with 12 mm outer diameter If required Plastic straddling anchor 8 x 50 Hexagonal or roundhead wood screw M6x60 Washer A6 F
74. Lift out the ONU housing and bring it to an upright position Two persons are required 5 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures gt NOTE The ONU without the packaging weighs up to 25 kg WARNING Risk of injury due to unsecured ONU The ONU can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked over or dropped This can also cause serious damage to the already installed shelves Secure the ONU against being dropped At least two persons are required for taking the ONU out of the packaging 9 Make a first visual check and verify that no damage is visible 5 3 3 Visual inspection and completeness check Inspection and For visual inspection proceed as follows physical verifica tion of the ONU Step Procedure 1 Open the door of the ONU housing 2 Make a first visual check and verify that no transportation damage is visi ble that the fan unit and the two factory installed shelves inside the ONU are secured and that there are no loose parts in the ONU Verify that no packs are installed 3 Inside the ONU locate the loose parts delivered with the ONU You must find the following ONU mounting bracket with 9 hexagonal or roundhead wood screws Packing list Drilling template Packing with 5 GMT type fuses 15 A Comcode 408026243 4 If required take out these parts and put them in a place where they cannot get lost 5 Verify that the 8 blank faceplates are in
75. MJF Major fuse alarm monitoring TLM7 MN submc 1 8 7 m Battery circuit breaker on the LVD open or tripped Blown output GMT type fuse F1 15 A on the LVD NONE Contact not provisioned TLM8 MN submc 1 8 8 provided for future use monitoring fuse cir cuit breaker for AC mains alarm severity CR a For the wall mounted ONU the alarm inputs TLM1 to TLM7 are factory crossconnected on the rectifier shelf backplane as de scribed in the table b All TLM inputs are provisionable for alarm severities Major MJ Minor MN and Critical CR all alarm types ALMTYPE and alarm messages ALMMSG for the AIDs submc 1 8 1 8 corresponding to the alarm inputs TLM1 to TLM8 must be provi sioned by the operator via the PC GSI Fault Management command SET ATTR ENV For provisioning the alarm messages to the AIDs subm 1 1 8 the operator can assign the predefined ALMTYPE e g BD or MJF using the predefined unchange able alarm messages or the operator must create a new alarm message in the ALM Message input line using the ALMTYPE MISC1 to MISC8 c Note for setting submc 1 8 1 8 where the first is the ONU Subshelf number the second is the alarm input number corresponding to TLM1 to TLM8 Red Alarm LED on the power rectifier unit flashes e Consider the alarm monitoring interval of 5 seconds f NONE is used for a not provisioned alarm input the alarm severity is MN for the ALMTYPE NONE 2 18
76. Miscellaneous alarms MJ Major Alarm MJF Major Fuse Alarm AB 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Abbreviations and acronyms MM Mechanical Ground MN Minor Alarm Modem Modulator Demodulator MON Monitor MOV Metal Oxide Varistor MPT Mass Provisioning Tool MPT USM Mass Provisioning Tool for V5 Services User Manual MPI V5 Mass Provisioning Tool for V5 Services MSP Multiplex Section Protection N N Neutral Wire of the AC Mains N A Not accessible NAR North American Region Market NE Network Element N C Not Connected Wire NC Normally Connected Relay Contact Break NO Normally Open Relay Contact Make NRZ Non Return to Zero NSA Non Service Affecting NTU Network Termination Unit 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 11 Abbreviations and acronyms N x Test Remote test Head device O OAM amp P Operations Administration Maintenance and Provisioning OAP Optical Application Pack in the AnyMedia Mainshelf OCP Optical Controller Pack for the ONU in the ONU Subshelf OI No Orderable Item Number OMC Operation and Maintenance Center QMS Quality Management System OOS Out Of Service P PC Personal Computer PC GSI Personal Computer for Graphical System Interface PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect PDF Portable Document Format Acrobat Reader File Extension File Characterization PDH Plesiochronous Digital Hi
77. Note If the ONU is delivered with the LVD already installed the battery cable connector J 3 is connected see upper right corner of the figure Figure 6 5 Empty ONU with delivered cabling 6 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 4 3 External cables The external cables which the installer has to insert and to connect are the cables which are routed to the right side in Figure 6 4 page 6 7 The grounding connec tion has already been made see Chapter 5 5 4 page 5 22 6 5 Installation and wiring The following section describes the installation of the cables from checking the in ternal cables to installing AC mains If not yet done already the grounding and the delivered cabling should be checked 6 5 1 Preparing the ONU for cabling At the start of the cabling procedure the ONU door must be opened and the cable access cover on the right side of the ONU housing must be removed temporarily Step Procedure il Open the door of the ONU If desired the door can be lifted up and re moved 2 If the cable access cover is already removed go to Chapter 6 5 2 page 6 11 and proceed 3 Locate the fixing screw for the cable access cover inside the ONU on the right side and loosen 4 Move the cover about 0 5 cm to the front so that the fixing noses of the cover become free Now the cover can be removed to the right 5 Put the cover aside for later installation 6 5 2 Checking earthing and g
78. O 002a 4 5 R2 O W 002b 3 3 5 6 T3 W G 003a 6 7 R3 G W 003b 4 4 7 8 T4 W BR 004a 8 9 R4 BR W 004b 5 5 9 10 T5 W S 005a 10 11 R5 S W 005b 6 6 11 12 T6 R BL 006a 12 13 R6 BL R 006b 7 7 13 14 T7 R O 007a 14 5 R7 O R 007b 8 8 15 6 T8 R G 008a 16 7 R8 G R 3 0o8b 9 9 17 8 T9 RBR 009a 18 9 R9 BR R 009b 10 10 19 20 T10 R S 010a 20 21 R10 S R 010b 11 11 21 22 T11 BK BL 011a 22 23 R11 BL BK 011b 12 12 23 24 aro BK O 012a 24 5 R12 O BK 012b 13 13 25 BK G 013a 26 7 R13 G BK 013b 14 14 27 8 T14 BK BR 014a 28 9 R14 BR BK 014b 15 15 29 30 T15 BK S 015a 30 31 R15 S BK 015b 16 16 31 32 T16 Y BL 016a 32 33 R16 BL Y 016b 33 34 shorted to pin 68 no connection 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 41 Parts description Table 4 7 Channel numbering and connections to MDF example external cable ED 7C818 30 Gr 1x from ONU Subshelf APs to the MDF Continued Sub Circuitno Potential no of Pin of AP cable MDF scriber no AP no of the AP the AP conn connector Wire 10 pins row AP 01 100 35 shorted to pin1 no connection a7 17 101 36 T17 W BL 017a 102 37 R17 BL W 017b 8 18 103 38 T18 w O 018a 104 39 R18 O W 018b 19 19 105 40 T19 W G 019a 106 41 R19 G W 019b mo 20 107 42 T20 W BR 020a 108 43 R20 BR W 020b 210 21 109 44 T21 W S 021a
79. O W W O BL W W BL Ring Tip Ring Tip R16 T16 R15 T15 R14 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 R11 Ti R10 T10 R9 T9 R8 T8 R7 T7 R6 T6 R5 T5 R4 T4 R3 T3 R2 T2 R1 TI Z port 8 ADSL port 8 Z port 7 ADSL port 7 Z port 6 ADSL port 6 Z port 5 ADSL port 5 Z port 4 ADSL port 4 Z port 3 ADSL port 3 Z port 2 ADSL port 2 Z port 1 ADSL port 1 Note 4 means cabling from MDF switch side means cabling to MDF subscriber side Figure 4 22 Pinning of ADSL connector 8 ADSL ports 8 POTS splitter The connector is used for ADSL cables of ADSL8p application pack LPA408 in positions AP 1 to AP 8 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description ADSL16p connec tor for 16 ADSL 16 POTS splitter 363 211 150 Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Z port 16 ADSL port 16 Z port 15 ADSL port 15 Z port 14 ADSL port 14 Z port 13 ADSL port 13 Z port 12 ADSL port 12 Z port 11 ADSL port 11 Z port 10 ADSL port 10 Z port 9 ADSL port 9 Note The top pair 34 amp 68 R32 T32 R31 T31 R30 T30 R29 T29 R28 T28 R27 T27 R26 T26 R25 T25 R24 T24 R23 T23 R22 T22 R21 T21 R20 T20 R19 T19 R18 T18 R17 T17 Ring Ring Tip and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alertthe circuit pack thatthe connec
80. POTS AP with 32 Z interfaces country specific POTS AP without TAP capability see LPZ12xB AB 18 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 DD IRE gEe Glossary OdBr Point OdBr Point is a defined digital reference point This point is located on the digital signal side in a local exchange LE 1N 3N Formats of packs which define the height according to the OneGPN standard hardware requirement 1N is 96 mm high 3N is 336 mm high A a wire One of the two wires of an a b copper pair The a b copper pairs are used for subscriber lines connected with e g Z interfaces U interfaces HDSL interfaces or ADSL interfaces The a wire is sometimes called tip wire a b Cable Copper cable for 32 Subscribers with two wires each copper pair consisting of the a wire and the b wire The ca ble is connected to the APs Sometimes the a b cable is also called Voice frequency VF cable or the T R cable Tip Ring cable ADSL subscriber Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line An ADSL line carries POTS ISDN and broadband data AEM AnyMedia Element Manager Represents computing facilities specialized software and data storage facilities used to administer and maintain multiple network elements NEs distributed over a wide geographical area from a centralized location Communication in both directions is accomplished via TL1 messages AID Access Identifier AID is the address within a TL1 command that is used to identify the physical or logica
81. POTS splitter The connector is used for ADSL cables of ADSL 4 application pack LPA400 LPA400B in positions AP 1 to AP 8 Issue 3 June 2001 4 29 Parts description 0 0 0 1 nm pM IM1l_rmc lt lt x x lt i YrwR R ADSL8p connector for 8 ADSL 8 POTS splitter 4 30 Issue 3 Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Note The top pair 34 amp 68 no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no no used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used R32 T32 R31 T31 R30 T30 R29 T29 R28 T28 R27 T27 R26 T26 R25 T25 R24 T24 R23 T23 R22 T22 R21 T21 R20 T20 R19 T19 R18 T18 R17 T17 Ring Tip Ring Tip and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alert the Orange binder BL Y Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BL R R BL SW W S BRW W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL circuit pack that the connector is attached Note For the ADSL8 AP only 16 ports are used Wiring side Blue binder BLY Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BUR R BL S W W S BR W W BR G W W G
82. Record the string voltage in the installation record Comment 8 5 Connecting and charging batteries Between the middle pin MIDPOINT and the outer 48BAT pin black wire you will measure the string volt age of batteries 4 and 3 between the middle pin MID POINT and the outer RTNBAT pin red wire you will measure the string voltage of batteries 1 and 2 Before the batteries are connected it is strongly recommended to switch the bat tery circuit breaker to OFF If the batteries are connected to a working rectifier the charging current can be about 13 A and cause arcing When connecting the bat teries to a working rectifier the allowed difference between the battery and rectifier voltage must be lt 0 05 V 8 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 System power up Arcing batteries WARNING A Arcing of batteries and risk of fire in the event of a short circuit A short circuit of the batteries will cause arcing on batteries Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes Be aware of potential hazards before servicing battery equipment A metallic object causing a short of the battery ter minals may be thrown or vaporized due to the battery energy Never short out the battery s terminals Always verify the polarity before connecting cables to the battery poles when ser vicing The keyed 2 pin cable connector of the IR 30EC battery is protected against confusing poles 363 211 150 For co
83. TAP B cable can be made Finally the AC mains cord can be permanently connected to the customer s mains Cable routing The figure below shows the cable routing to the ONU shelf All external cables are routed to the right side of the ONU housing Protector blocks AnyMedia Access System installations require a protected wire system which consists of gastube arrestors on all outside plant telecommunications circuits pri mary protection Connecting cables and primary protection protector blocks CAUTION Destruction of components due to installed cables without protection All a b cables E1 E3 DS3 xDSL cables and the alarming cabling should not leave the building premises unless connected to telecommunication devices providing primary protection e g protector blocks with gas discharge tubes as applicable 6 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly e Ss Follow local regulations or regulations specified by the network provider to install protector blocks Lucent Technologies delivers for example standard circuit 4C1E W black or special circuit 4C3E W red protectors for the Lucent MDF ONU Subshelf Connection Panel SCP Internal power and alarm in cable to the rectifier shelf backplane Rectifier shelf
84. TAP B cable connector Wire 10 pins row OU dt 12 notused e not used 31 not connected W BL 257a TAPB_SEIZE 13 BL W 257b TAPB EQ T1 32 W O 258a TAPB EQ R1 14 O W 258b 225a W BL Equipment TAPB EQ T Tip 1 of TAP100 33 W G 259a 225b BLW POC TAPB EG R Ring 1 of TAP100 15 G W 259b 226a W O Facility TAPB FAC T Tip 2 of TAP100 34 W BR 260a 226b O W port TAPB FAC R Ring 2 TAP100 16 BR W 260b TAPB FAC T1 35 W S 261a TAPB FAC R1 17 S W 261b TAPB FAC E 36 R BL 262a TAPB FAC M 18 BL R 262b TAPB EQ E 37 R O 263a TAPB EQ M 19 O R 263b 20 to 30 not used a Cable colors valid for the ED7C818 36 Gr1 1A 1B 1C cable b For testing currently not supported MDF assignment The figure below shows an example of the MDF assignment for an MDF with 10 a b terminals per connector block corresponding to the tables above 4 44 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 10 a b terminals per connector block E 0 190 AP1 p AP7 40 50 60 70 M AP2 AP8 TAP100 TAP B AP3 270 o Oo AP4 APS a 50 HE ico Example for MDF with 10 a b terminals per connector block AP6 170 Figure 4 32 MDF wiring for the system side 4 7 Rectifier shelf Into the rectifier shelf the power rectifier unit PRU and the low voltage disconnect unit LVD will be inserted
85. VAC The ONU is delivered with an AC mains cord of about 3 m which is already in serted in the ONU housing The cable is rolled up and attached on the outer right side of the ONU housing The cable is equipped with the IEC 60320 plug on the ONU side and has open ends on the customer side The AC power cord 848506820 for the IEC 60320 inlet must be used gt NOTE For the first deliveries the rectifier is equipped with an IEC 320 AC inlet These rectifiers require the appropriate power cord 848471181 for the IEC 320 inlet The connection on the customer s side should be permanent The PE green wire of the customer s AC source wire must have a proper connec tion to the central approved earthing point according to local regulations The customer s mains must be fuse protected Inside the ONU there are no field replaceable fuses for the AC mains For ease of maintenance a circuit breaker or a main breaker is recommended The following fuse circuit breaker values are allowed Table 6 5 Fusing values for AC mains Nominal AC Conventional Trip Voltage Fuse Value for cross section gt 1 mm ping Current 120 VAC 13 Ato 16A lt 1 4 x nominal fus 220 240 VAC 10Ato 16A ing value For connecting bear in mind the local regulations gt NOTE The 540 W power rectifier unit for the indoor ONU is situated for operating in over voltage category 2 according to IEC 60664 1 locations only Mains transients may never
86. ar connector N Oo gt Figure 4 33 Backplane of the rectifier shelf in the LVD area 4 7 1 1 9 pin alarm out connector J202 The pinning of the alarm connector is the same as described for the ALARM con nector D1 of the ONU Subshelf see figure below For pinning of the ONU Sub shelf connector D1 ALARM see Figure 4 9 page 4 13 4 46 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description Connector J202 Note shown is the contact side of connector 202 on the backplane of the rectifier shelf identical to soldering side of cable connector 202 lo o Battery cell failure BCF TLM1 Power rectifier failure PRF TLM2 ACF AC mains failure TLM3 BD Battery on discharge TLM4 bo ba de Jp Pea FAN Fan unit failure TLM5 of Figure 4 34 Pinning of alarm out connector J202 4 7 1 2 3 pin 48V power connector J201 TLM6 TAMPER ONU door open TLM7 MJF Major fuse alarm TLM8 notused Common for alarming The pinning of the power connector is the same as described for the 48V connec tor A1 of the ONU Subshelf see figure below For pinning of the ONU Subshelf connector A1 48V see Figure 4 6 page 4 11 Connector J201 Note shown is the contact side of connector J 201 on the backplane of the rectifier shelf identical to soldering side of cable connector 201 O m e 48AE O 48RTN L Common Kg Figure 4
87. between 1 to 8 different for each subshelf connected to the AnyMedia Mainshelf via the optical link Inventory For inventory data the backplane is factory equipped with two resistors represent Powering and ringing 4 14 Issue 3 ing the inventory data For standard applications the ONU Subshelf is delivered for internal 48 V power ing via the built in rectifier which is fed by AC mains and buffered by 4 batteries Also for standard applications the internal ringing generator is used in the ONU Subshelf gt NOTE For standard applications the powering and ringing variant must not be changed June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description Only for special purposes on the back of the backplane two bridges must be changed for different powering and ringing To change these two bridges the ONU Subshelf must be removed and also the cover on the back of the ONU Subshelf Powering and ringing for future use must be removed gt NOTE This procedure has to be carried out before the cabling starts 4 4 2 1 Backplane connector designations The following figure shows the location of m the DIP switch for ONU addressing ONU Subshelf identifier m the two inventory resistors 0Q resistor factory equipped no change pos sible 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 15 Parts description RGU ONU Subshelf connection panel Ci D1 EI 21 Al 1 ALARM RING
88. cabling TAP cabling The cables are deliverable in different lengths with a connector at one end Table 3 5 Orderable external cables for APs Item Qty Comcode Equipment Description Equipment Code 1 1 per AP 601888084 32 pair T R cable 50 ft 15 m ED7C818 30 Gr POTS VF a b cable ea 601888092 32 pair T R cable 100 ft 30 5 m ED7C818 30 GriA HDSL VF a b cable SHDSL 601888100 32 pair T R cable 200 ft 61 m ED7C818 30 GriB TAP100 VF a b cable 601888118 32 pair T R cable 300 ft 91 5 m ED7C818 30 GriC VF a b cable 2 1 per 601911100 8 pair TAP B cable 50 ft 15 m ED7C818 36 Gr a TAP100 601911118 8 pair TAP B cable 100 ft 30 5 m ED7C818 36 GriA 601911126 8 pair TAP B cable 200 ft 61 m ED7C818 36 Gr1B 601911134 8 pair TAP B cable 300 ft 91 5 m ED7C818 36 GriC 3 1 per 8 pair E1 cable for 20 pin AMP connector ED7C860 30 Gr x SHDSL AMPLIMATE 050 series AP a Optional only required for internal testing Cable connected to the ONU Subshelf connection panel b For future deliveries gt NOTE Please select from the given lengths of each position the suitable length be tween AnyMedia and the MDF DDF The 32 pair T R cable also named a b cable or VF cable is used for POTS ISDN ADSL HDSL SHDSL SDSL and the TAP100 pack One serial cable is required for connecting the PC GSI 3 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts lists
89. can turn on the FAULT LED on the OCP provided that the optical link works properly gt NOTE To check that the communication between the ONU Subshelf and the Any Media Mainshelf via the optical link works properly the LED TEST button on the OCP can be used All LEDs on the OCP faceplate and on all APs light for approximately 10 seconds then the LEDs return to their previous status The monitoring of the ONU alarms is performed by the OCP software and each state change is detected by the COMDAC in the AnyMedia Mainshelf To avoid the reporting of short contact closures the closure must be closed potential 48RTN for at least 5 seconds The same period is valid for the failure clearance gt NOTE Packs in the ONU Subshelf support the same alarm conditions and severi ties as defined in the AnyMedia Mainshelf All raised environmental alarms are cleared by the COMDAC if the optical link connection is lost and the COMDAC cannot monitor the ONU The alarms are re raised after successful reestablishment of the optical link if the failure persists Issue 3 June 2001 2 15 General ONU information Alarm provisioning AP alarming OCP alarming 2 16 Issue 3 In the AnyMedia Mainshelf all the ONU TLM alarm inputs are provisionable for the alarm severities Major MJ Minor MN and Critical CR All used ONU TLM alarm inputs must be provisioned during turn up per ONU for recommended set tings for the ONU see Table
90. cate the battery cable connector J3 inserted in J3 of the LVD 8 Disconnect J3 to measure the battery string voltage Short circuit when taking voltage readings WARNING A Risk of a short or arcing due to battery cabling without fuse protection The battery cabling is not fuse protected for the battery interconnections up to the battery circuit breaker A short in this area will cause an destruction by arcing of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU Use insulated probes for measuring Be very careful when taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measuring operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never remove connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery or battery cable connector Remove test lead connec tions at the battery or battery cable connector immediately after each reading is taken 8 12 Issue 3 9 Measure the string voltage on the outermost pins of the battery cable con nector J3 and record in the installation record For the pinning of J3 see Figure 8 4 page 8 10 Response The voltage measured must be 51 2 V at least Comment The first charging should not be interrupted and also the batteries should be charged fully without discharging them by a working ONU If the voltage is measured on the test terminals on the fa
91. cross 2 5 kV Additional surge arrestors may be re quired depending on the site conditions June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly y gt 2 2 l Mm m _ r pn lgc coao oqa _ CO _ r_ co y J m_ tygtlf h f Tpeo 0008 Connecting to AC mains 363 211 150 The AC cables should be connected in the following order Step Procedure 1 Verify that the customer s mains is switched to OFF and secure against cutting or connecting in the mains again Mark the OFF state if required 2 Measure the voltage on the customer s mains and verify that it is de ener gized If required short the deactivated mains to earth Follow local regu lations 3 Verify that the fuse circuit breaker meets the terms of Table 6 5 page 6 26 4 If the ONU shelf is already equipped with the rectifier verify that the AC connector is not inserted in the AC inlet of the rectifier Otherwise discon nect 5 Be sure that the grounding connections have been checked If not refer to Chapter 6 5 2 page 6 11 and check 6 Route the AC mains cable from the ONU to the customer s mains Do not connect Use the appropriate power cord type for the IEC 60320 or IEC 320 AC inlet according to the rectifier used 7 Strip the AC mains cable to a length of 30 mm Strip each of the three wires to a length of 10 mm 8 If using a cable with flexible or stranded wire then press multicore cable ends onto each
92. equipped with an SC type connector at each end 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 6 9 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 4 2 Internal delivered cables The internal cables which the installer has to check are shown in the figure below 48V power cable Alarm cable Interconnection cable LVD 48RTN FRMGND installed Door switch Door switch F m cable o o 8 8 al Zi K SIs oR E2 E3 MU sa i Fan cable Battery cable ort ort ort oii oii oji LI oi Thermal probe cable Connectors not connected AC mains NGG EGE ooo oor ay O CN OS a i IS SZ DZ AC mains cord 00009009 999090009 7 To Battery 1 To Battery 4
93. exam ple FF X5 is not upside down Orient the filter so that the arrows point upwards or the marked filter des ignation is readable in the upright and slide in the filter in the correct ori entation Push firmly to the back until the filter no longer protrudes 11 3 3 Replacing the fan unit For replacing the fan unit proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 For replacing the fan unit and the fan filter you must have the following Table 11 2 Fan unit for replacement Designation Comcode Apparatus Code 7A fan unit C 1669 No 848403754 A 108583428 N A Fan filter FF X55 Class 2 324A 848456943 N A 2 Locate the filter cable connector J204 on the right side of the fan unit and disconnect 3 Remove the fan filter and dispose of in the correct manner 4 Loosen the two fixing screws with about 7 turns The screws are captive screws 5 Pull out the fan unit using the two handles Take care that the fan cable is not squashed Push the cable to the right side 6 Remove the fan unit and dispose of in the correct manner 7 Insert the new fan unit Move the fan cable down and to the right so that it cannot be squeezed 8 Tighten the two fixing screws 9 Take the new filter and locate the two arrows on the metalwork of the filter The filter may only be inserted when the arrows point upwards For your help the arrows point upwards if the marked filter designation FF X5 is not upside down 11 4 Issue
94. eye damage if absorbed by the eye s retina When a beam of light enters the eye the eye magni fies and focuses the energy increasing the damage and may cause a retinal burn The damage mechanism at the wavelengths used in telecommunications is ther mal in origin that is damage caused by heating Therefore a specific amount of energy is required for a definite time to heat an area of retinal tissue 1 12 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information 1 10 2 Laser safety guidelines Safety instructions In its normal operating mode a lightwave system is totally enclosed and presents no risk of eye injury It is a Laser Class 1 l product under the IEC schemes Laser safety CAUTION A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation Although at present the transmitting power levels for Laser Class 1 are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided Always observe the laser warning instructions see instructions below 363 211 150 The lightguide cables that interconnect various components of a lightwave system can be disconnected or break and may expose people to lightwave emission Also certain measures and service procedures may expose the technician to emission from the laser circuit pack during installation and servicing Observe the following instructions to avoid exposing yourself and others to risk
95. for the ADSL AP on the switch side of the MDF The ADSL output terminals must be routed to the terminals on the sub scriber side where the original POTS subscriber line was connected For the pin ning of the ADSL AP connector see Figure 4 21 page 4 29 Connecting POTS The following figure shows how the subscriber lines carrying POTS only services to the ADSL AP must be rerouted to make subscriber lines carrying POTS and data services ADSL POTS only connection between sub scriber and switch side of the MDF Primary protection protector block GDT 2 switchside AnyMedia POTS AP POTS Line Interface AnyMedia POTS AP POTS Line Interface AnyMedia ADSL AP Splitter I ADSL AP l Transceiver Subscriber line carrying POTS only services FDI or MDF subscriberside Original POTS only connection has to be removed for ADSL upgrade 2 Subscriber line carrying POTS and data services 2 Subscriber line carrying data ser vices only Figure 6 12 Principle for rerouting POTS over ADSL 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 6 25 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 5 11 Overview Precautions 6 26 Issue 3 Installing the AC mains cable This procedure consists of preparing the delivered AC mains cord and connecting it from the ONU shelf to the customer s external mains source of nominal 120 240
96. frame relay function has to be performed Therefore no IO_HDLC is necessary V5 com munication channels via TSI are connected directly to the COMDAC where they are terminated POTS subscriber Plain Old Telephone Service subscriber Analog telephony subscriber PPM Periodic Pulse Metering The LE provides the transmission of charging information to the subscriber s home meter equipment Charging information will be carried as periodic pulses via the subscriber s line Pre provisioning The ability of provisioning the complete system without the existence of the complete system hardware Only the basic equipment is required 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 GL 11 Glossary Provisioning The process of providing the system with parameters needed to realize a specific customer specific and site spe cific behavior Provisioning variant The provisioning variant is a unique label of a complete provisioning data set applied via the TL1 interface These provisioning data sets must be provisioned and if necessary changed on the ANE side by TL1 commands consis tently on both sides LE and ANE These changes have no impact on the provisioning variant Switching over from one provisioning variant to another and thus changing the provisioning data set is done by using the common control protocol PSTN user port Public Switched Telephone Network Delivers analog telephony and data services to a POTS subscriber It is ad dressed by a log
97. in the meantime by the PRU if the PRU is working 2 28 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information In the case of a short the battery circuit breaker will trip if the current exceeds the nominal value 15 A The circuit breaker is of the single pole type the 48V path is protected Additionally a front accessible GMT type fuse 15 A is used for protecting the 48RTN path Lucent O LVD500 8V 48 V RTN ON 15A OFF DI 15 A BATTERY BATTERY INPUT DISCONNECT J3 D LVD D Figure 2 12 Faceplate of the LVD Test jacks for 48 V The LVD is equipped with test jacks for the 48 V These jacks are connected di rectly between the batteries and the battery fuse circuit breaker see also Figure 2 3 page 2 8 The rectifier output voltage measured on these terminals will be decreased by a voltage drop caused by the internal protection resistors and the internal resistance of the rectifier equipment The voltage drop depends on the input resistance of the multimeter used gt NOTE At the moment the LVDs are equipped with two protection resistors of 100 kQ Therefore the voltage drop is approx 1 V if the standard multime ters are used 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 29 General ONU information 2 3 4 2 3 5 2 30 7A fan unit The ONU is factory equipped with the 7A fan unit to ensure correct heat dissipa tion Th
98. indoor applications 3 2 3 2 Internal cables already equipped for the ONU 3 3 3 3 Orderable packs units item 2 to 4 always required 3 4 3 4 Orderable packs site dependent 3 5 3 5 Orderable external cables for APs 3 6 3 6 Orderable fibers 3 7 3 7 Orderable batteries 3 8 3 8 Orderable components of the ONU housing for replacement 3 9 3 9 Packs required in the AnyMedia Mainshelf 3 10 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 XIX Tables 4 Parts description 4 1 4 1 Color coding abbreviations if used 4 3 4 2 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables 32 pair 44 4 3 Alarm connections of the ONU for indoor applications 4 13 4 4 ONU Subshelf backplane connectors 4 17 4 5 Parameters for the laser receiver transmitter of the OAP 4 20 4 6 RS 232C cable ONU Subshelf connector RMC on OCP to PC GSI COM1 COM2 4 22 4 7 Channel numbering and connections to MDF example external cable ED 7C818 30 Gr 1x from ONU Subshelf APs to the MDF 4 41 4 8 Connections to the MDF example external cable ED 7C818 36 Gr 1x from ONU Subshelf TAP B connector to the switch side of the MDF 4 44 4 9 Charging adjustments for the PRU via Margin switch 4 48 Say 5 Mounting and installation procedures 5 1 5 1 Maximum torque for electrical connections 5 2 5 2 Delivered parts for plywood mounting 5 14 5 3 Recommended Parts for wall mounting and rack mounting 5 14 5 4 Recommended parts for grounding 5 22 E 6 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 1 6 1 Cable co
99. is not used The ringing voltage the ONU Subshelf is fed by the internal ringing generator unit RGU which is inserted in the ONU Subshelf For pure ISDN applications or for broadband only applications the RGU is not required For alarming the D1 connector is used which is connected to the backplane of the rectifier shelf There are 7 environmental alarms for fan and power failures col lected on the backplane The alarm meanings are not changeable by the cus tomer for the alarming concept see Chapter 2 1 5 page 2 15 For the optional metallic test path the C1 connector is used For testing the test application pack TAP 100 must be used For the pinning of the connectors see Chapter 4 4 1 page 4 10 for the connec tions of the test application path see Chapter 6 5 9 page 6 21 2 3 2 2 Jumpers on the ONU Subshelf 363 211 150 The ONU Subshelf is equipped with a DIP switch with 8 switches The DIP switch is located on the ONU backplane near the position where the OCP has to be in serted The DIP switch is front accessible if the OCP is not inserted The figure below shows the location of the DIP switch For adjusting see Chapter 6 5 5 page 6 13 Issue 3 June 2001 2 23 General ONU information 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 i 45 DIP switch ONU address subshelf identifier Resistors for
100. is powered ex ternally Never connect to supply voltage of 60 V which will destroy the equipment June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information 1 3 General notes on safety The AnyMedia Optical Network Unit is safe in normal operation There are how ever some potential sources of danger that cannot be completely eliminated In particular these arise during the Opening of housings or equipment covers Manipulation of any kind within the equipment even if it has been disconnected from the power supply Disconnection of optical or electrical connections m and through possible contact with Live parts Laser light Sharp edges or Devices sensitive to electrostatic discharge 14 General safety requirements 363 211 150 In order to keep the technically unavoidable residual risk to a minimum it is imper ative to observe the following rules m Installation configuration and disassembly must be carried out only by expert personnel and with reference to the respective documenta tion Due to the complexity of the unit system the personnel requires special training m Any conversions or changes to the system or parts of the system in cluding the software firmware must be carried out by qualified Lu cent Technologies personnel or by expert personnel authorized by Lucent Technologies All changes carried out by other persons lead to a complete exemption from liability
101. is replaced with a For example an ICC will appear as S1 1 on a pack and will appear as S1 1 when retrieved using a TL1 command In band signaling The transfer of signaling data inside the same frequency band with a defined bandwidth as used for voice or voice grade data transmission The bandwidth for analog subscriber services is defined as being between 300 Hz and 3400 Hz GL 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Glossary Initial mass provisioning The mass provisioning of an empty system Initial ring The initial ring is sent from the LE to the AnyMedia Access System It indicates that the LE wants to transfer CLIP information in the a b path to the CPE Inrush current The inrush current is the current flowing at the moment when the power is switched on Inventory The inventory is the summary of data stored on a pack in the NVDS during manufacturing which is used to identify the pack and its functionality IO_E1 Quad E1 Interface Unit This is a pack which terminates four E1 signals IO_E1P Quad E1 Interface Unit Protection This is an O_E1 pack used as a protection unit IO_HDLC High level data link control pack The pack which performs the frame relaying function necessary for ISDN sub scribers Additionally internal frame relaying for V5 layer 3 messages is performed ISDN subscriber ISDN BRA Integrated Services Digital Network Basic Rate Access An ISDN PRA subscriber has the transmis sion capability of up
102. next revision of the document m Table of contents list of figures list of tables Issue 3 June 2001 XXIII About this document XXIV Issue 3 June 2001 About this document Defines the purpose of the document and the intended audience Also in cluded are topics about the conventions used in the document related doc umentation how to order documents and how to comment on this docu ment Chapter 1 General safety information Defines the types of safety labels and precautions associated with the AnyMedia Access System Also included are general circuit pack handling precautions and specific warnings relating to lightwave safety ESD consid erations handling batteries and other built in equipment Chapter 2 General ONU information Describes the AnyMedia optical network unit configuration for use in indoor applications and describes the parts of the ONU housing variant Chapter 3 Parts lists and kits This chapter lists the assemblies kits parts and tools required for the ini tial installation and describes the ordering information for all equipment and components of the AnyMedia optical network unit Chapter 4 Parts description This chapter describes for the AnyMedia optical network unit all connectors and all parts to which cables or wires are connected including the internal cabling factory preassembled Chapter 5 Mounting and installation procedures This chapter includes instructions for fie
103. not make direct contact with ICs or circuit packs Common plastic materials in this classification include polystyrene packing containers clear plastic bags plastic drinking cups food wrappers notebooks and nonconductive plastic solder suckers The plastic insulation on small hand tools does not represent a static hazard In an emergency and only in an emergency when a properly functioning wrist strap is not available at the job site the following touch ground procedure should be used for handling packs containing electronic components m Always touch ground exposed metal before handling a pack in any way that is inserting removing or storing This must be done just prior to touching the pack Moving around will necessitate repeating this proce dure Note that painted surfaces are not good ground points m Handle packs only by the faceplate or latch and by the top and bottom out ermost edges Never touch the components leads or connector pins Put the pack into an antistatic bag or carton immediately upon removing it from a shelf 1 9 Necessary conditions for an EMC compliant installation All the equipment of the AnyMedia Access System is designed only to work in mesh BN or mesh IBN environments which comply with ETS 300 253 The conditions include the following m The framework FRMGND identical to the metalwork of the ONU Sub shelf the rectifier shelf and the ONU housing have to be connected to each other
104. not fuse protected battery cabling The battery cabling is not fuse protected for the battery interconnections up to the battery circuit breaker A short in this area will cause destruction by arcing of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU Use insulated probes for measuring Be very careful when taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measuring operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never remove connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery Remove test lead connections at the battery immedi ately after each reading is taken 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 7 15 Mounting and installation of batteries 12 Locate the thermal probe and insert between the metallic case and the battery housing of battery 3 as shown in the figure below 13 Locate the battery fixing bracket and mount 7 16 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 ee _F System power up Contents 8 1 General information for the initial power up 8 1 1 Principle of power up sequences 8 2 Mounting the packs for powering 8 2 1 Equipping the rectifier shelf for powering 8 2 2 Equipping the ONU Subshelf for ringing 8 3 Powering up the AC mains 8 4 Check the rectifier and batteries 8 5 Connecting and charging batteries 363 211 150 Issue 3 ta PU P
105. p DC to 20 MHz when connected to a 48 V battery string of 36 MQ nominal impedance Overvoltage protection Output will not exceed 63 V Rectifier voltage V Constant voltage Constant power 54 1 40 5 E casco as Constant current about 26 CR et RSI i A 10 T Fallback for automatic restart i i Rectifier IG ai current A 0 10 A 13A Valid for 25 C and Margin position Figure 2 4 Rectifier voltage operation characteristic typical 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 11 General ONU information Adapting the voltage 2 12 Issue 3 The rectifier voltage can be adjusted via a 3 position Margin switch to 54 5 V 0 4 V see table below This 3 position switch adapts the charging voltage for different battery types The following adjustments are possible Table 2 3 Charging adjustments for the PRU via Margin switch at 25 C Recommended bat Margin switch position Charging voltage V tery type MARG position 54 9 0 2 V MARG position 0 54 5 0 2 VP MARG position 54 1 0 2 V IR 30EC a The voltage is valid for 25 C and with the thermal probe connected into the PRU If the thermal probe is not connected the voltage is fixed in the rectifier to 52 5 V b Factory setting as it is delivered The Margin switch is located on the top of the PRU The adjustments have to be done before the PRU is inserted gt NOTE l If the deli
106. pin cable connector of the IR 30EC battery is pro tected against confusing poles You must always use properly insulated tools and test equipment for installing and connecting batteries When working on batteries always wear splash proof safety goggles acid resis tant gloves rubber overshoes and an apron Arcing WARNING A Arcing on removing or inserting a live battery connecting cable Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes or destroy the coat ing of the cable connectors Ensure that the battery circuit breaker on the LVD is in the OFF position before disconnecting a battery cable Short circuit when taking voltage readings WARNING A Risk of a short or arcing due to battery cabling without fuse protection The battery cabling is not fuse protected for the battery interconnections up to the battery circuit breaker A short in this area will cause an destruction by arcing of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU Be very careful when taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measuring operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never remove connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery Use insulated probes for measuring Remove test lead connections at the battery immediately after each reading is taken
107. pin if the installation will not continue soon gt NOTE An example for wall mounting on concrete can be found in Figure 5 6 page 5 17 In all cases follow local regulations and practices Front view Side view p O O O Mounting bracket 848403937 O L Q ua 99 i 178 i 178 i i j Wood screw we delivered Sei Hi Figure 5 5 Fastening the mounting bracket for plywood mounting One possibility of wall fastening is illustrated in Figure 5 6 below 5 16 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures Front view Side view O Tr gi 00 00 Mounting bracket 848403937 O Figure 5 6 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 2 178 oo og 178 ese tl Lad Plastic straddling anchor type 8 x 50 or zinc die casting type Fastening for wall mounting on concrete Grounding the ONU Grounding overview This section gives the steps for grounding the ONU The following instructions are contained in this section m General grounding considerations and positions of the grounding points gt NOTE An experienced installer familiar with the ONU can jump to Chapter 5 5 4 page 5 22 and start with the grounding m Grounding instructions see Chapter 5 5 4 page 5 22 m Check
108. replacement the battery manufacturer specifies the following Any fully charged IR 30EC battery at float that reads less than 13 V at 25 C is considered to be shorted and must be replaced 11 4 14 2 Voltage ripple for external charging AC voltage ripple 363 211 150 The amount of AC voltage ripple present on the charging voltage for the battery can seriously affect battery performance Excessive ripple could result in sharply reduced battery life and increased gassing rates Both the amplitude and frequency of the ripple affect the degree of battery degra dation As a guideline for IR 30EC batteries the charging voltage ripple for the battery should not exceed 60 mV peak to peak per battery or last longer in duration than 8 ms Issue 3 June 2001 11 17 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Voltage Ripple for Ext Charging 11 4 15 Battery replacement For battery replacement the battery manufacturer specifies the following Any fully charged IR 30EC battery at float that reads less than 13 V at 25 C is considered to be shorted and must be replaced For the IR 30EC batteries it is recommended to replace all 4 batteries if the batter ies are older than about 1 to 2 years 11 5 Appendix for Installation and Maintenance Record The following two single pages are the copies for the Installation and Maintenance Record from the Product Manual IR Series Batteries Issue 7 Comcode 107078859 11 18 Issue 3 June 2
109. shelf 4 47_ Alarming concept 2 15 ALS 1 18 Antistatic covers 1 24 AP Faceplate 4 23 Installation 10 7 Types forthe ONU 10 7 AP cable 4 41 AP connector 4 6 4 22 ADSL 4 29 ADSL over ISDN 4 32 4 34 ADSL over POTS 4 30 4 31 ADSL16i over POTS 4 33 E1onSHDSLAP 4 38 HDSL 4 35 4 36 ISDN 4 28 POTS 4 26 Removal and insertion 6 5 SHDSL 4 37 TAP100 4 27 AP installation 10 7_ 363 211 150 AP latch handling 10 4 Application Pack Ordering 3 5 Application packs LPA408 3 5 10 8 Automatic laser shutdown 1 18 B Bantam jack 4 21 Batteries Acid spillage cleanup 1 22 Acid spills 11 14 Cable assembly warning 1 20 1 33 Charging warning 1 22 Cleaning and inspecting 11 14 Corrosion 11 14 Discharge capacity test 11 15 External charging 11 17 Inspection 7 11 Maintenance 11 5 Mounting 7 14 Open circuit time 7 7 Ordering 3 8 Retorquing inter battery connections 11 14 Storage considerations 7 7 String voltage measuring 11 8 Temperature measuring 11 13 Unpacking 7 10 Voltage for a single battery 11 11 Voltage ripple for external charging 11 17 Warning short circuit 1 21 Warning voltage readings 1 21 Battery Installation and maintenance record 7 6 11 18 Installation date 7 12 Serial number 7 12 Battery arrangement 7 13 Battery cable 4 52 Battery connector on the battery 4 54 Battery connector on the LVD 4 52 Battery label 7 12 Battery precautions 7 3 Battery set 7 5 Braided shield 6 6 Issue 3 June 2
110. the Product Manual IR Series Batteries for IR 30EC batteries The Product Manual for IR Series Batteries includes Installation and Maintenance Records which should be reproduced and used as the installation and mainte nance record In the installation and maintenance record the installer must record different mea surable parameters during installation Also for maintenance these parameters must be recorded at quarterly intervals by the maintenance person The com pleted forms will be used for any future warranty claims gt NOTE Chapter 11 5 page 11 18 contains copies of the original Installation and Maintenance Record which can be used for the installation 7 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries Handling consider ations When transporting crates or storing in a warehouse do not stack more than two shipping containers high Always store the shipping container in the upright position as marked on the con tainer Provide adequate ventilation during storage When removing containers from the shipping van place them on a dolly truck in their horizontal shipping positions Verify that the containers have not been dam aged It is important that all containers be handled with care and precautions be taken not to drop the units The weight of the packed batteries in their shipping container is about 60 kg for 4 batteries of type IR 30EC gt NOTE Using silicone grease or other gre
111. the batteries to the power rectifier unit PRU and the low volt age disconnect unit LVD is described in Chapter 8 2 page 8 2 General battery information The default configuration of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU for wall mounted indoor applications with the Orderable Item No ED7C841 01 is deliv ered without batteries The housing is designed for mounting 4 batteries of type IR 30EC from Tyco The four batteries are delivered separately for ordering see Chapter 3 4 page 3 8 Each battery is packed in a single cardboard box At least 4 batteries are packed in one wooden box All the other accessories are packed in one plastic bag which is also packed in the wooden box The batteries are provided with a 14 AWG lead assembly with a keyed 2 pin con nector The battery cable routing to the rectifier LVD inside the ONU housing is equipped with 4 matching connectors Therefore for standard installation and con nection of the batteries no special tools are required The insulated tools as stated in Chapter 5 2 1 page 5 3 are required for mainte nance repair or for mounting different batteries June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 2 1 Safety Battery handling Precautions 363 211 150 For safe battery handling always observe the following basic precautions Use only properly insulated tools and test equipment Remove all metallic objects key chains glasses rings watches or a
112. tions up to the battery circuit breaker A short in this area will cause an arc destruction of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU 1 11 2 Special considerations for the Tyco IR 30EC batteries GMT type fuse Tyco IR batteries are valve regulated rechargeable stationary lead acid batteries which are conditioned at delivery The IR 30EC battery has recessed bolt type ter minals and a raised cover design to prevent shorting terminals The GMT type fuse in the low voltage disconnect unit LVD can produce sparks during interruption or clearing of a fault on a high energy circuit Use only GMT type fuses delivered by Tyco The IR 30EC batteries are provided with a 14AWG assembly terminating with 2 pin AMP keyed connector protected against confusing poles Cable assembly destruction WARNING A Destruction of IR 30EC cable assemblies for improper external charg ing The standard cable assembly mounted to the IR 30EC batteries is designed only for charging currents below 15 A Charging currents exceeding 18 A will destroy the cable If the battery is charged externally the charging current of the external charger must not exceed 18 A under any circumstances if the delivered cable assembly is used IMPORTANT 1 20 Issue 3 Boost charging IR 30EC batteries Water loss due to electrolysis caused by boost charging During boost charging water loss is increased and can result in prema
113. used BK S BK S not used T31 T15 BR BK BR BK R30 R14 not used T30 BK BR BK BR not used G BK GBK 1 Rea BK G BK G a not used T29 T13 not used O BK O BK R28 R12 not used BK O BK O not used T28 ma BL BK BL BK R27 R11 not used BK BL BK BL not used T27 T11 S R S R d R26 5 R10 not use R R not used Tee S T10 BR R BR R i R25 R9 not use R BR not used T25 d RBR Ring T9 R R R24 GI GI ee not used RIG RIG Tip ISDN port 4 T24 T8 O R O R R23 o R7 R R ADSL 4 not used T23 O 17 SL port BL R BUR R22 R6 R BL R BL ISDN not used T22 T6 SDN port 3 SW S W R21 R5 not used T W S W S ADSL port 3 BRW BR W TS R20 R4 W BR not used T20 W BR T4 ISDN port 2 G W G W ine W G W G ie not used T19 T3 ADSL port 2 O W O W R18 R2 not used W O W O ISDN port 1 T18 n T2 Ring BLW BL W Ring R17 R1 not used Tip W BL W BL Tip ADSL port 1 T17 TI Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alertthe circuit pack that the connector is attached Note For the ADS 4 ISDN AP Note means cabling from MDF switch side only 8 ports are used Wiring side gt means cabling to MDF subscriber side Figure 4 24 Pinning of ADSL connector 4 ADSL ports 4 ISDN splitter The connector is used for ADSL cables of ADSL4i application pack LPA414 2B1Q 4B8T coding in positions AP 1 to AP 8 4 32 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description ADSL16i connector for 16 ADSL 16 ISDN splitter 363 211 150
114. used for DS3 E3 AFM side BRA Basic Rate Access BRDG Bridge C C Centre Contact Common Relay Contact C amp P Commands and Procedures CARES Customer Assistance Requests Entry System CASTL Customer Advocate System Test Lab CCN Customer Change Notice CD Carrier Detect CD ROM Compact Disk Read Only Memory CE Communaut Europ enne CHAN MON Channel Testing and Monitoring switch side CIT Craft Interface Terminal CIU Communication Interface Unit CLE Customer Laboratory Evaluations CLF Carrier Line Failure CLEI Common Language Equipment Identifier 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 3 Abbreviations and acronyms CMM Command and Message Manual CO Central Office Comcode Unique Nine digit Ordering Code Used by Various Lucent Organizations COMI1 COM2 Communication Port 1 Communication Port 2 COM500 Apparatus Code for the COMDAC old version COM501 Apparatus Code for the COMDAC new version COMDAC Common Data and Control COPM Customer Operations and Program Management CPE Customer Premises Equipment CPF500 Apparatus Code for the Optical Controller Pack CR Critical Alarm CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CTS Clear To Send CTS Customer Technical Support D DBx D sub Connector with x Pins DC Direct Current DCD Data Carrier Detect DCE Data Communication Equipment DDF Digital Distribution Frame AB 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 15
115. x lt x EAAP 5 I 2 4 3 Tests Test procedures The test procedure in this manual consists of voltage readings and wiring continu ity checks only gt NOTE The turn up tests may be performed when all activities covered in this in stallation manual are completed The turn up procedures and the other test procedures are covered in the AnyMedia User Service Manual USM or dering number 363 211 116 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 37 General ONU information 2 38 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 i O T Parts lists and kits Contents 3 1 General information 3 1 3 2 Basic AnyMedia optical network unit hardware 3 2 3 2 1 ONU for indoor applications in wall mounted housing 3 2 3 3 Packs units and additional equipment 3 4 3 3 1 Orderable packs units for the ONU 3 4 3 3 2 Orderable external cables and fibers 3 6 3 3 3 Orderable customer documentation 3 7 3 4 Batteries 3 8 3 5 Components of the ONU for replacement 3 9 3 6 Additional information 3 10 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 3 I ua as Contents 3 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 DEE Trr 1 Parts lists and kits 3 1 General information 363 211 150 This section provides general information to be used for checking the basic mate rial and hardware necessary for the complete installation of the wall mounted AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU for indoor applications This material in cludes m the basic ONU syste
116. 0 Abbreviations and acronyms DIN Deutsches Institut f r Normung German equivalent to ANSI DIP Dual in line Package DLL Digital Leased Line DMM Digital Multimeter DROP Subscriber Line Equipment DS3 Digital Signal Level 3 45 Mbit s DSL Digital Subscriber Line DSR Data Set Ready DTE Data Terminal Equipment DTP500 Apparatus Code for the CIU DTR Data Terminal Ready DynaMiTe chip set ADSL chip set of Alcatel for interfacing ADSL to LAN USB PCI E ECI Equipment Catalog Item EM Element Manager EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMS Navis AnyMedia Element Management System SW EN European Norm EQ Equipment AnyMedia subscriber side including AP cable ESD Electrostatic Discharge 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 5 Abbreviations and acronyms ETENV Environmental Alarm Input ETR ETSI Technical Report ETS European Telecommunication Standard ETSI European Telecommunication Standards Institute F F_AL Fan Alarm Fan unit FAC Facility AnyMedia switch side including AP FAC500 Apparatus Code for the I O_E1 Pack old version FAC500B Apparatus Code for the I O_E1 Pack for V5 V3 FAULT Failure Alarm and LED on APs FC Fiber Connector for OCP and OAP FCC Federal Communication Commision FDA CDRH Food and Drug Administration s Center for Devices and Radiological Health FDI Feeder Distribution Interface FLT Fault FRMGND Fram
117. 0 Parts description The figure below shows the pinning of J204 inside the fan unit Connector J204 Front view of the fan connector J204 looking onto the contacts J204 on the fan unit TLM5 FAN Fan unit failure 3m m 48RTN from pin 2 of J203 ta m 48 V from pin 1 of J203 Common alarm Note a va ors are J204 3 0 4 BL Figure 4 43 Pinning of the fan connector J204 of the fan unit 4 9 IR 30EC batteries The ONU is buffered by 4 valve regulated lead acid type VRLA type batteries For easy interconnecting the batteries are factory equipped with 14 AWG lead as sembly terminating with a pre connected keyed 2 pin plug Hexhead screw for 5 16 inch socket if required retorque with 40 10 inch pounds approx 4 4 Nm 0 1 Nm 14 AWG lead assembly with keyed 2 pin connector 7 never exceed 15 A load 7 00 in 17 78 cm we Pata in 6 75 i saz m_ LT MIE em Battery weight 10 9 kg Figure 4 44 IR 30EC battery The following figure shows the pinning of the battery connector for the 14 AWG lead assembly 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 53 Parts description View looking onto the Side view of battery contacts of battery assembly assembly connector connector front view f o HAA BATTE
118. 001 363 211 150 IR 30EC and IR 40EC Series I Batteries PRODUCT MANUAL o 5D S 5 R gt S gt a l g v 8 2 ME RA sg Vv D amp amp 2 6 ma Fs 3 g 2 amp v S E D SH amp gt a 5 2 5 5 gt gt 3 O n om a gt US a4 3 5 D g o ch S S a 6S iv E n 2 5 9 6 D D Q 5 ob 5 p R z G 5 o 5 D 72 Ss s 2 3 bp 2 d E 33 2 a 9 g Sb ve Ro R di 6 F 6 g 5 S amp S gt S 3g lt X R Pas o a sS n Q n gt g i S E gt 2 E 9 a Q 52 3 g gt g D o T De 5 5 d ge Z u 5 5 d g s LY Z SR 9 5 gt gt D Oe S aD BD a E SQ E E 35 on QB Q oz a3 o H amp E 10 2 Installation and Maintenance Record Issue 7 November 1998 COPY of the Tyco Product Manual IR 30EC and IR 40EC Batteries Issue 7 Comcode 107078859 IR 30EC and IR 40EC Series I BatteriesPRODUCT MANUAL gt 3 Q Zy S ne pe my n o a E E E a ke 3 i 3 E Ra a E amp 5 kez N g Ef A 5 E 9 2 v F e4 r o Sig 3 2 SS 3 E 5 S x olo D JO 2 Bla S A S SJS F 2 gt 5 gt vo d 3 5 3 S 3 v a 5 S 5 5 SIs 3 ila S aa R 5 o 2 JE c a 5 SF 5 p lt 2 2 E g a e E gt n o tesi 2 o a Fol I SA 3 E ZA 5 3 o Z 2 2 a 3 3 Q Issue 7 November 1998 Installation
119. 001 IX 1 Index C Cable Battery cable 4 52 ED 7C818 30 Gr 1x 4 41 ED 7C818 36 Gr 1x 4 44 6 24 Fan cable 4 53 Fiber 9 6 Power cord 4 50 6 28 Serial cable for the GSI 6 28 Thermal probe 4 50_ Cable routing outside of the ONU 6 30 Cable types 4 2 Cabling AC mains 6 26 ADSL 6 25 ADSL cables 6 25 Arrangement 2 36 6 3 Color coding 4 3 Directions 2 36 TAP100 cable 6 20 TAP B cable 6 14 CARES A 3 CARES applications A 3_ CE marking 1 1 1 10 CHAN MON DROP connector 4 21 Charging the batteries 8 10 Charging voltage adjustment 4 48 8 3 Checking the batteries 8 10 Checking the rectifier 8 9 CIT connector 4 21 Cleaning of the fan filter 11 2 Climatogram Indoor operation 1 35 Storage 1 25 Transportation 1 25 Comments on document XXXI Common ground 5 18 Completeness check 5 6_ Connections Grounding 5 22 Protective ground 5 22 TAP B cabling 4 44 Thermal probes 4 50_ Crossover TAP cabling 6 21 D Danger classification 1 5 Document comment procedure XXXI Door intrusion switch 4 8 Drawing for the ONU cabling 6 7 IX 2 Issue3 June 2001 Drilling template 5 13 E Earthing grounding principle 2 6 2 8 Electrostatic Discharge ESD 1 6 EMC compliant installation 1 9 Environmental alarms 2 17 Equipment test path 4 12 Equipping the ONU Subshelf 10 1 Equipping the rectifier shelf 8 2 Erecting the ONU 5 10 ESD 1 6 Consequences 1 6 Safety guidelines 1 8 Socket 5 21 Warning symbol
120. 01 1 15 General safety information Note Example connector arrangement can differ housing removed Optical fiber couplings SC SC type al Figure 1 4 Optical connectors on the optical controller pack example 1 10 4 Handling fibers Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or optical connector of a pack as long as the optical source is switched on Always observe the laser warning instruc tions Splicing Cutting and splicing fibers must be followed and performed by trained personnel only Read and understand all instructions of the manual of the splicing and cut ting equipment Before splicing verify the fiber is disconnected from the optical pack unit After cutting splicing every splice has to be checked Follow the instructions of the manual of the splicing and cutting equipment 1 16 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Optical fiber splinters WARNING A Injury to eyes caused by broken off fiber ends When splicing optical fibers fiber ends can easily break off and get in your eyes This can cause eye damage Make sure that no broken off fiber ends get in your eyes If required use safety goggles for fiber splicing Place broken off fiber ends in a sealed container imme diately after you cut them off Routing and connecting During installation of fibers the optical connectors of fibers and OCP must be equipped with a protective cap until the connectors
121. 1 2 31 General ONU information 2 4 2 4 1 General installation information The applications and services of the AnyMedia optical network unit are supported by a wall mounted indoor housing This section provides an overview of the instal lation activities lists the tools and measurement instruments and details the hous ing configuration for the current AnyMedia optical network unit Tools and measurement testing instruments Tools and measurement instruments The following is a list of tools and test equipment that is needed to unpack the racks and to complete the installation of the AnyMedia optical network unit gt NOTE The equipment and or materials required depends on the particular installa tion Table 2 5 List of tools and equipment Tools Use for Remark Basic ESD wrist strap Wire cutters up to 6 mm and strippers diagonal cutting pliers coated wire stripping tweezer multi purpose knife extension cable 5 m Torque wrench up to 70 inch lbs up to 7 Nm Hand tool kit screwdriver sets for standard slotted Pozidrive and Phillips wrench sets open end double hex hexagon socket head bal end universal and pointed pliers flat and round file with handle nut drivers level 350 mm and back square string tape measure folding rule 2 m etc Large tool kit hammers claw bar etc 8 inch 20 cm long flathead screwdrivers slotted 4 mm and Phillips No 1
122. 1 6 17 Cabling wiring and assembly 8 Repeat Step 1 to 7 for each a b cable 9 Carefully push each a b cable to the bottom and add cable ties as needed see figure below Fiber ZF CS OS a CS J fo Figure 6 8 Cable routing below the ONU Subshelf 10 Terminate the tip ring pairs at the MDF for all installed a b cables and check the labeling of the cables connectors and the conductors in accor dance with the figures for connectors of AP1 to AP8 Note the wire color coding sequence of the factory prepared cable assemblies to facilitate the terminations For the AP connector pinning refer to Figure 4 18 page 4 26 up to Figure 4 27 page 4 35 gt NOTE 96 narrowband subscribers can be connected to the ONU at maximum gt NOTE If the AP cables are connected via the MDF to subscribers outside the building the MDF must be equipped with protector blocks and the MDF must be connected to an approved earthing terminal via a separate wire of gt 6 mm lt 9 AWG at least 6 18 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly CC 6 KG Beaooxo o GN EOS AoMMEMPAAP gt E E SE A amp Testing the MDF Protector blocks 363 211 150 rosi q Space for air outlet G E eo it E
123. 1 7 Wrist strap 1 7 1 8 F Faceplate SHDSLAP 4 25 Facility test path 4 12 Fan connector of the fan unit 4 53_ Fan connector of the rectifier shelf 4 48 Fan filter 2 30 Fan unit 2 30 4 52 Fastening the ONU 5 16 Fiber bending radius 1 17 9 4 9 7 9 9 Fiber cable 9 6 Fiber cabling 9 1 Fiber connector cleaning 1 17 9 6 Fiber coupling cleaning 1 17 Fiber fixing bar 9 9 Fiber handling 1 16 Fiber inspection with a microscope 9 6 Fiber installation assumptions 9 3 Fiber interface parameters 9 2 Fiber jumper cable 9 6 Fiber routing 9 1 9 8 FRMGND 2 9 5 19 Functional description of the ONU 2 3 Functional description of the optical link 2 3 Fusing for AC mains 6 26 363 211 150 Index G Grounding Common ground 2 9 Connecting parts 5 24 Cross section 5 23 Frameground 2 9 5 18 General considerations 5 17 Interconnections 2 9 5 19 ONU 5 20 5 23 Procedure 5 22 Grounding and earthing points 4 7_ Grounding procedure 5 22 GSI NB Multiple NE mode 4 22 PPP mode 4 22 H Handling batteries 7 3 Handling procedure for batteries 7 6 Handling procedure of the ONU 5 3 Heat shrinking tube 6 6 I Initial charging 7 8 Installation APs 10 1 10 7 Batteries 7 6 7 13 LVD 8 4_ OCP 10 2 PRU 8 2 RGU 8 5 Thermal probe 7 15 Installation and Maintenance Record 11 18 Installation and wiring of the ONU 6 11 Installation sequence of the ONU 2 35 Internal cabling 5 8_ IR 30EC battery 2 30 4 53 Delivery
124. 108875097 AFMDS339 duplex ready LPA901 of JOor2 108371246 AFMO9 duplex ready LPA920 dif Joort 108694894 AFM gt TPA a One OAP is required per linked ONU 8 ONUs can be linked at maximum to one AnyMedia Mainshelf if no broadband services have to be supported If broadband services have to be supported additionally 7 ONUs can be linked to one AnyMedia Main shelf slot AP16 is occupied by the AFM pack Only the COM501 may be used for ONU applications Do not use the COM500 pack Recommended for all AnyMedia Access System applications Required for narrowband services in the ONU Required for ISDN and HDSL services in the ONU Only the IDC500B may be used for ONU applications Do not use the IDC500 Choose only one pack type from position 6 to 11 Only for duplex mode 2 APs are required from positions 8 9 and 10 g Required for ADSL services in the ONU h The LPA 900 910 not duplex ready are replaced by the LPA911 901 for newly deployed ONUs Do not order these packs any more C E z E P o i Requires coaxial Y cables or coaxial splitters for duplex operation in the daisy chain 3 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 eI Parts description Contents 4 1 General information 4 2 General cable description 4 2 1 Types of cables 4 2 2 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables 4 2 3 Connector types and connector assembly 4 2 3 1 D type connectors 4 2 3 2 General for applic
125. 11 150 Issue 3 June 2001 9 3 Fiber test and installation example Wavetek OLP 6 or OLS 6 and OPL 15B or OLS 15 After test ing put the protective caps on the fiber connectors For the parameters of the optical link see Table 9 1 page 9 3 CAUTION A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation during optical inspec tion with a microscope Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical instruments other than indirect image converting devices such as the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Opti cal Systems Inc since viewing optics tend to collimate the energy from an opti cal connector and hence increase the potential risk of injury Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical microscope as long as the laser source is switched on Always test with an optical power meter that the fiber is de energized Always observe the laser warning instructions see Chapter 1 10 page 1 12 2 If required clean the optical connectors to avoid loss of optical power or to avoid contamination of the second connector coupling If the fiber is cleaned always check the successful cleaning with an optical microscope enlargement gt 40 For cleaning see Chapter 1 10 5 page 1 17 3 Route the fiber from the fibe
126. 2 not used W O W O SDSL port 2 T18 n T2 Ring BUW BL W Ring R17 RI not used Tip W BL W BL Tip SDSL port 1 T17 TI Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alert the circuit pack that the connector is attached Note For the SDSL16 AP only 16 ports are used each port supports 1 544 or 2 048 Mbit s with 2B1Q SDSL based line coding 144 kbit s up to 2 3 Mbit s brutto Wiring side Figure 4 26 Pinning of SDSL connector symmetrical DSL The connector is used for SDSL cables of SDSL16 application pack LPS716 in positions AP 1 to AP 8 4 34 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 5 2 8 HDSL AP connec tor for 4 ports not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used Note For the HDSL AP only 4 HDSL copper pairs are used Each of them have a transport rate of 1168 kbit s Two copper pairs can be used in parallel for a bit rate of 2336 kbit s HDSLO HDSL1 pair or HDSL2 HDSL3 pair R32 T32 R31 T31 R30 T30 R29 T29 R28 T28 R27 T27 R26 T26 R25 T25 R24 T24 R23 T23 R22 T22 R21 T21 R20 T20 R19 T19 R18 T18 R17 T17 HDSL SHDSL AP connectors Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Ring Tip Ring Tip Orange binde
127. 2 4 page 2 17 gt NOTE All alarm outputs in the AnyMedia Mainshelf are provisionable via the SET ATTR AIO command The default TL1 settings are REL1 for MN REL2 for MJ and REL3 for CR Be careful when you change the above settings e g if REL3 is set to MN only a critical alarm will no longer be reported via the alarm contacts The APs in the ONU are monitored by the COMDAC in the AnyMedia Mainshelf by periodic polling messages If the AP does not respond to the polling message the AP will be recognized as faulty The OCP is not monitored by periodic polling messages but monitored via a spe cial keep alive protocol performed between the OAP in the AnyMedia Mainshelf and the OCP in the ONU Subshelf If the OAP detects a failure of the keep alive protocol this failure will be reported and alarmed as a failed ONU The alarm se verity used is CR June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information Alarms for battery fan and rectifier The following table shows for the wall mounted ONU which alarms are generated and to which alarm inputs of the ONU Subshelf they are routed Table 2 4 Example of using alarms from the AnyMedia optical network unit predefined ALMTYPE environmental Recommended fault ONU 2 Possible failure causes ONU alarm input connector D1 alarm severity gt ONU Subshelf AID setting Use one of MISC1 to MISC8 BCF Battery cell failure m Balance failure due to a short of a sin gle
128. 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information 2 1 1 Functional description Overview Optical link OAP and OCP 363 211 150 A short functional description of the ONU is given below Besides AnyMedia Mainshelf applications the AnyMedia Access System also sup ports access via an optical network unit ONU AnyMedia Mainshelf and ONU are connected via the optical link an optical point to point connection with a trans mission rate of 155 Mbit s see Figure 2 2 page 2 4 The optical link is a single fiber link with wave division multiplexing WDM with a reach of up to 15 km and compliant to a SONET OC 3 link The OC 3 signal is the electrical to optical converted STS 8c signal which is called STM 1 in SDH stan dards All information transported in the optical link is mapped into ATM cells For connecting an ONU via an optical link an optical application pack OAP has to be installed in the AnyMedia Mainshelf One OAP supports one optical link In narrowband only applications up to eight ONUs can be connected to one AnyMedia Mainshelf If broadband services are also supported up to seven ONUs can be connected The ONU has to be equipped with one optical controller pack OCP providing the interface to the AnyMedia Mainshelf Moreover the ONU can house up to 8 APs narrowband and or broadband packs The ONU is designed for mounting on a wall It can be equipped with the same type of application packs APs as the AnyMedia Mains
129. 225b O W 5 TAP_FAC_R Ring b wire Facility b wire port2 17 TAPB_FAC RI S W 261b connected 18 TAPB_FACM BL R 262b but not used p 19 TAPB_EQ_M O R 263b 20 30 not used not used 31 NC W BL 257a 32 TAPB_EQ T1 W O 258a 33 TAPB_EQ T W G 259a 224a W BL 2 TAP_EQ T Tip a wire Equipment a wire port1 34 TAPB_FAC T W BR 260a 225a W O 4 TAP_FAC_T Tip a wire Facility a wire port2 35 TAPB_FAC_T1 W S 261a connected 36 TAPB FAC E R BL_ 262a butnotused f 37 TAPB EQ E R O 263a a Cable colors valid for the ED7C818 36 Gr via wired OR currently not used 1A 1B 1C cable b For future use if the TAP100 is used for multiple NE testing seizing multi TAPs or for multiple testing with the remote test unit c Used for crossconnecting to the test application path for Equipment corresponds to R1 T1 of TAP100 1st Z port d Used for cross connecting to the test application path for Facility corresponds to R2 T2 of TAP100 2nd Z port required for ISDN testing for example 6 24 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 5 10 Rerouting for the ADSL cables If ADSL APs are used the engineering work order or the network provider must specify which POTS subscriber have to be served by ADSL service These sub scriber lines must be disconnected from the subscriber side of the MDF and must be routed to the Z port input terminals
130. 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries 10 Orient the filter so that the arrows point upwards or the marked filter des ignation is readable in the upright and slide in the filter in the correct ori entation Push firmly to the back until the filter no longer protrudes 11 Connect the fan cable to connector J204 The fan unit must work and the red LED Fan Alarm is not allowed to light 12 Check visually or by listening that all fans in the fan unit work properly check the air current above the ONU and above the rectifier shelf 11 4 Battery maintenance 11 4 1 General for maintenance Maintenance Maintenance routines for batteries are simple compared to flooded batteries routines Proper maintenance ensures good performance The maintenance routines are divided into two groups Table 11 3 provides the required maintenance proce dures and intervals for the batteries The intervals in Table 11 3 are the maximum allowed In all cases consider the regulations given by the manufacturer of the batteries If for other batteries the corresponding battery manual instructs you to maintain the batteries other than described in this chapter please follow those instructions gt NOTE Failure to adhere to these maintenance schedules will void the warranty for IR 30EC batteries Be aware that maintenance work can interrupt the battery buffering for the ONU Subshelf A loss of AC mains during mainten
131. 3 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 1 31 General safety information 1 16 Warnings for taking the power supply into operation Observe the following instructions taking the power supply into operation safely Laser safety WARNING A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature compliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered This must be considered especially before checking the fiber with an optical microscope Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided Don t look into the end of an exposed fiber or optical connector of a pack as long as the optical source is switched on Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical instruments other than indirect image converting devices such as the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Opti cal Systems Inc since viewing optics tend to collimate the energy from an opti cal connector and hence increase the potential risk of injury Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical microscope as long as the laser source is switched on Always test with an optical power meter that the fiber is deenergized and ensure that the laser source can not be activated during inspection with the microscope Al
132. 32 MDF wiring for the system side 4 45 4 33 Backplane of the rectifier shelf in the LVD area 4 46 4 34 Pinning of alarm out connector J202 4 47 4 35 Pinning of the power connector J201 4 47 4 36 Pinning of the fan connector J203 4 48 4 37 Faceplate and Margin switch of the power rectifier unit 4 49 4 38 Connector and cabling of the thermal probe 4 50 4 39 IEC 60320 mains connector on the PRU and connector of the power cord 4 50_ 4 40 Faceplate of the LVD 4 51 4 41 Pinning of connector J3 for the LVD and pinning of battery cable connector J3 4 52 4 42 Position of the fan connector J204 4 52 4 43 Pinning of the fan connector J204 of the fan unit 4 53 4 44 IR 30EC battery 4 53 4 45 Pinning of the 14 AWG lead battery assembly connectors 4 54 G 5 Mounting and installation procedures 5 1 5 1 ONU as it is delivered not all blank faceplates shown 5 7 5 2 Empty ONU with cabling which has to be checked 5 9 5 3 ONU mounting dimensions in mm and wall layout for mounting 5 12 5 4 Drilling template for wall mounting plywood mounting 5 13 5 5 Fastening the mounting bracket for plywood mounting 5 16 5 6 Fastening for wall mounting on concrete 5 17 5 7 Powering grounding and ringing for the indoor ONU 5 20 5 8 ESD socket and grounding studs points 5 21 5 9 Set of parts for grounding the ONU 5 24 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 XV Figures e TT_TwyvyYvwJygu55iiii 6 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 1 6 1 ONU Subshelf cabling arran
133. 4 7 1 Backplane of the rectifier shelf 363 211 150 On the backplane of the rectifier shelf in the area where the LVD is inserted differ ent connectors are located which are used for the factory delivered cabling to the ONU Subshelf to the batteries and to the fan unit These cables are already con nected at delivery The connectors are front accessible if the LVD is not inserted Connector J201 is the 48 V power connector and is connected to the ONU Sub shelf connector A1 Connector J202 is the output alarm connector for the rectifier shelf 7 environmen tal alarms for the rectifier the batteries the fan and for the LVD are used For the alarms see Table 2 4 page 2 17 The J202 is connected to the ONU Subshelf connector D1 for the alarm inputs Issue 3 June 2001 4 45 Parts description J203 is the power and alarm connector for the 7A fan unit This connector is con nected to the J204 connector of the fan unit The blade terminal E1 is used for interconnecting 48RTN and FRMGND The ter minal E1 is connected to the M4 earthing point inside the ONU housing The blade terminals E2 and E3 are connected to the door switch for door alarm ing 8 6 i EI Alarmout gl Se SE Connection to FRMGND gt s a EYES gp Connection to 2 8 door alarm switches al J 202 E J O DG ps AS Fan power and alarm connector N lt Ww Power
134. 456968 1 Battery set cable LVD female J3 Battery dangler cable connectors female for battery 1 to 4 848444469 1 Ring type thermal Rectifier male battery Battery 3 ring type lug Issue 2 probe M8 lug with temp probe connector inserted between the cable metallic case and bat tery 848471181 1 AC mains power cord Rectifier male IEC 320 Customer s mains Issue 1 3 m 10 feet AC mains inlet Input open end for fixed in 848506820 AC mains power cord Rectifier male IEC 60320 terconnection 3 m 10 feet AC mains inlet Input 848456992 1 Intrusion door switch Rectifier shelf backplane Door switch on upper cable E2 E3 blade terminal right corner of the ONU housing the two lower terminals E2 E3 848467189 1 Interconnection wire Rectifier shelf backplane Upper M6 grounding FRMGND 48VRTN E1 blade terminal stud inside the ONU housing a Not connected batteries and LVD will be mounted during installation b Not connected ring type thermal probe will be inserted between the outer metallic cover and the of housing of battery 2 during installation c Can only be used with the older rectifier with the IEC320 inlet The cable is not connected the rectifier will be mounted during installation Connection to customer s mains after installation d Can only be used with the S1 1 rectifier with the IEC60320 inlet The cable is not connected the S1 1 rectifier will be mounted during installatio
135. 6 22 If the MDF is located outside the building the a b cable coming from the TAP 100 should have primary protection The cross connections should be made via the distribution side using the protector blocks of the a b ca ble see Figure 6 11 page 6 23 Follow local regulations or regulations specified by the network provider to install protector blocks The cross connections which the installer has to make are described in the chap ter below 6 20 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 5 9 Interconnections of test application paths option TAP principle 363 211 150 The optional Test Application Pack TAP100 is the internal test head executing the measurements required for the drop Each AP can switch any of its subscribers to the General Purpose Bus GPB The subscriber can be switched either bridged connection between port and sub scriber line is kept or split connection between port and subscriber line is opened to the GPB The TAP B cable is a 13 wire cable of which only 5 wires are used Four of them are for the circuit pair and the drop pair The fifth one is for future use The TAP100 cable is a normal 64 wire a b cable of which only 4 wires are used Z port numbers 1 and 2 Figure 6 10 page 6 22 illustrates the cabling of the test bus for a cross connect located in the same building Figure 6 11 page 6 23 illustrates the cabling of the test bus for a cross connect located out
136. 7 2 7 5 Initial charging 7 9 Warranty 7 6 L Labeling 2 31 363 211 150 Laser Automatic laser shutdown 9 2 Classification 1 14 Fiber handling 1 12 Safety guidelines 1 13 Shutdown 1 18 1 32 10 5 Viewing with a microscope 1 18 Warning label 1 14 1 15 1 16 Warning symbol 1 15 1 16 Warnings 1 12 1 13 1 18 Laser classes 1 14 Laser information 1 12 Laser safety 1 12 Lead battery assembly connectors 4 54 Low voltage disconnect unit 2 13 2 28 4 51 Low voltage disconnect unit faceplate 4 51 LPA408 Ordering 3 5 10 8 M Maintenance Batteries 11 5 Fan filter 11 2 Fan unit 11 2 Maintenance intervals 11 6 Maintenance routines 11 6 Margin switch 4 48 8 3 MDF assignment example 4 40 mesh BN mesh IBN environment 1 9 Miscellaneous alarm closure inputs 2 5 Mounting batteries 7 14 Mounting bracket 5 16 Mounting dimensions 5 12 Mounting the ONU 5 13 Mounting the thermal probe 7 15 Multiple NE mode 4 22 N Nominal voltage 1 30 1 33 O OCP faceplate 4 19 OCP installation 10 2 Issue 3 June 2001 IX 3 Index ONU Addressing 4 17 6 14 Addressing switch 2 24 All cables 6 8 Backplane connectors switches and jumpers 4 16 Connecting points 4 9 Delivered cabling 6 10 Erecting 5 10 Features and benefits 2 1 Grounding 5 23 Housing 2 21 Installation sequence 2 35 Interfaces 2 4 Inventory data 6 12 Main components 2 2 2 19 Mounting 5 13 Powering 5 20 Wall fastening 5 16 ONU application
137. 9a 102 7 R17 BL W 049b Ko amp a oO D a 64 32 131 66 T32 Y BL ro 064a 132 67 R32 BL Y 064b 133 68 shorted to 34 no connection 65 to 96 AP 03 1 to 32 2 to 33 100 to 133 2 T1 to 67 R32 065a to 096b 97 to 128 AP 04 1 to 32 2 to 33 100 to 133 2 T1 to 67 R32 097a to 128b 129 160 AP 05 1 to 32 2 to 33 100 to 133 2 T1 to 67 R32 129a to 160b 161 to 192 AP 06 1 to 32 2 to 33 100 to 133 2 T1 to 67 R32 161a to 192b 193 to 224 AP 07 1 to 32 2 to 33 100 to 133 2 T1 to 67 R32 193a to 224b 225 to 256 AP 08 1 to 32 2 to 33 100 to 133 2 T1 to 67 R32 225a to 256b or 1 1 shorted to 35 no connection TAP100 z r mE 225 n 1 1 TAP_EQ_T 2 T1 Tip a wire W BL 225a i Ko serted 2 TAP_EQ R 3 R1 Ring b wire BL W 5 225b 226 inAP8 gt 3 TAP_FAC_T 4 T2 W O amp 226a o 4 TAP_FAC_R 5 R2 O W 226b oO 227 to 256 3 to 32 5 to 33 103 to 133 6 T3 to 67 R132 2 227a to 256b a Only if the TAP100 is inserted into the AP 8 slot 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 43 Parts description For example the table below shows the MDF connections for the TAP B cable Table 4 8 Connections to the MDF example external cable ED 7C818 36 Gr 1x from ONU Subshelf TAP B connector to the switch side of the MDF TAP100 cable TAP B cable MDF connection for AnyMedia signal of the Pin of TAP B MDF TAP100 only
138. A V3 ISDN PRA VLL GLL are replaced by the LPS504 for newly deployed ONUs c The formerly deliverable ADSL4 APs LPA400 108603945 no G lite are replaced by the LPA400B for newly deployed ONUs Insert the first application pack AP into one of the available AP slots as specified in the engineering work order For the positions of the APs see the Figure 10 1 page 10 3 With the latches in the open position swung out slide in the AP until the faceplate reaches the metalwork of the shelf This means the top portion of the upper latch is behind the upper lip of the shelf and the bottom por tion of the lower latch is behind the lower lip of the shelf Lock the AP in June 2001 363 211 150 Equipping the ONU Subshelf position by pressing firmly on the rounded indentation on both top and bottom latches simultaneously until they click into place see Figure 10 2 page 10 4 CAUTION Destruction of LEDs by improper handling of packs The LEDs which protrude through the openings in the faceplate of the pack can be damaged by pressing on the LEDs during pack installation When installing a pack place your thumbs on the rounded indentations of the latches to lock the pack Take care and do not use your palm because your hand may slip and break the LEDs IMPORTANT 363 211 150 gt NOTE The APs and the OCP are keyed differently It is not possible to plug an AP into the OCP slot and vice versa 8 Atta
139. D via the mounting screws no additional green wire is necessary On the backplane of the rectifier shelf the 48RTN and the FRMGND are con nected internally All rectifier shelf metalwork is connected to the ONU housing metalwork potential frameground FRMGND via the mounting screws no additional green wire is nec essary In accordance with working in mesh BN or mesh IBN environments the common ground signal 48RTN and the metalwork FRMGRND are connected together directly at one point inside the ONU Additionally an interconnection green wire connects the rectifier backplane RTN FRMGND potential to the metalwork of the ONU housing The protective earth wire PE of the IEC 60320 AC power inlet receptacle is con nected to the metalwork FRMGND inside the power rectifier unit PRU gt NOTE For the first deliveries there are rectifiers with an IEC 320 AC inlet These rectifiers require a power cord with the appropriate IEC 320 plug All internal connector housings are connected to FRMGND via the mounting screws The standard ONU delivery variant for indoor applications is equipped with the power rectifier unit PRU for 48 V and with the low voltage disconnect unit LVD in the rectifier shelf and with the ringing generator unit RGU in the ONU Sub shelf On the backplane of the rectifier shelf the 48 V return path 48RTN is connected to FRMGND which is connected to the PE of the AC mains inlet An additional gree
140. E1 AP with E1 interface LPF500 Apparatus Code for the Optical Application Pack in the AnyMedia Mainshelf LPP100B Apparatus Code of one POTS AP with 24 Z interfaces LPS501 Apparatus Code of one HDSL AP with 4 HDSL Ports or ISDN PRA or Nx64k for V5 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 9 Abbreviations and acronyms LPS503 Apparatus Code of one HDSL AP with 4 HDSL Ports or ISDN PRA or Nx64k for V5 V3 LPS504 Apparatus Code of one HDSL AP with 4 HDSL Ports or ISDN PRA or Nx64k for V5 V3 and E1 LPS510 Apparatus Code of one SHDSL AP with 8 SHDSL Ports and 4 E1 Ports LPS716 Apparatus Code of one SDSL AP with 16 SDSL Ports LPU112 Apparatus Code of one ISDN AP with 12 U Ports 2B1Q coding LPU430 Apparatus Code of one ISDN AP with 16 U Ports 4B3T coding LPZ100B Apparatus Code of one POTS AP with 32 Z interfaces LPZ120 121 122B Apparatus Code of one POTS AP with 32 Z interfaces country specific POTS AP without TAP capability also ZEUS card called LTU Line Termination Unit LVD MOSFET Low Voltage Disconnect Unit and Internal MOSFET Device Inside the LVD500 LVD500 Apparatus Code for the Low Voltage Disconnect Unit M MARGIN Adjustment Switch on the Power Rectifier Unit to Adapt the Charging Voltage MDF Main Distribution Frame mesh BN Meshed Bonding Network mesh IBN Meshed Isolated Bonding Network MIDPOINT Middle Wire of the of the 3 pin Battery String Cable for Battery Balance Supervision MISC
141. EMC Directive 89 336 EEC CE Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC Conformity is indicated by the CE marking affixed to the door of the ONU housing 1 2 Introduction 363 211 150 This section lists the safety information needed to install and cable the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit for Indoor Applications with the ONU Subshelf the rectifier shelf and with the batteries Make sure that you read this section carefully and that you understand all the safety information in this section The safety information in this section includes m Important general safety instructions m Appearance and classification of safety instructions m Understanding electrostatic discharge ESD and avoiding damage from ESD Issue 3 June 2001 1 1 General safety information 1 2 Issue 3 m Necessary conditions for an electromagnetic compliant installation EMC electromagnetic compatibility m Lightwave safety Important general safety instructions for transporting and storage Important installation and wiring safety instructions Special safety instructions for handling batteries This chapter contains instructions that are to be followed during installa tion mounting operator control operation and maintenance repair The chapter must be read and understood by the responsible trained person nel operator before mounting commissioning operation and maintenance repair The valid version of this document must always be kept close to the equip me
142. Ensure that the limits shown in Figure 1 6 according to ETS 300 019 1 3 climatic class 1 2 are complied with during storage June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Air temperature C Figure 1 5 Figure 1 6 363 211 150 60 Absolute humidity g m3 0 1 Relative humidity Climatogram according to ETS 300 019 1 2 Class 2 3 for public transportation Air temperature C 70 60 50 40 4 30 20 5 10 5 29 Absolute humidity g m 0 5 ii i Relative T T par o 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 too UMSVIA Climatogram according to ETS 300 019 1 1 Class 1 2 for weather protected not temperature controlled storage locations Issue 3 June 2001 1 25 General safety information 1 14 General installation warnings Observe the following instructions for safe installation and mounting Trained personnel WARNING A Risk of injury due to untrained personnel Installation and maintenance procedures must be followed and performed by trained personnel only Do not allow non service personnel to access electrical wiring Read and understand all instructions and warning labels Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product and in the manu als Weight WARNING A Risk of injury due to unsecured ONU The delivered ONU with the packaging weights up to 200 kg The delivered ONU housing part
143. Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information 2 2 ONU configuration The following chapters briefly describe the ONU configuration and the main parts of the wall mounted ONU for indoor applications 2 2 1 Overview Housing configura The following housing configuration is available tion m Wall mounted optical network unit ONU for indoor applications for remote access to the AnyMedia Mainshelf via an optical point to point single fiber connection optical link 2 2 2 Main components of the ONU ONU main compo The following components are used or can be used in the ONU nents m The ONU housing for wall mounting with all internal cabling m The ONU Subshelf for inserting the optical controller pack OCP the 8 APs at maximum for narrowband and broadband services the ringing generator unit RGU m The rectifier shelf with the rectifier backplane and connectors for inserting the power rectifier unit PRU 540 W at maximum the low voltage disconnect unit LVD with the battery circuit breaker and with the GMT type battery fuse m The7A fan unit m The four IR 30EC batteries in the battery compartment For wall mounting the ONU should be mounted about 900 up to 1200 mm above the ground to ease installation and maintenance The following figure shows the main parts of the fully equipped ONU For the ONU in the delivery state see also Figure 5 1 page 5 7 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001
144. Lucent Technologies Bell Labs Innovations AnyMedia Access System Releases up to R1 6 and R1 13D ONU Installation Manual for Indoor Applications 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 Copyright 2001 Lucent Technologies All rights reserved This material is protected by the copyright and trade secret laws of the United States and other countries It may not be reproduced distributed or altered in any fashion by any entity either internal or external to Lucent Technologies except in accordance with applicable agreements contracts or licensing without the express written consent of the Customer Training and Information Products organization and the business management owner of the material Notice Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this document was complete and accurate at the time of printing However information is subject to change Ordering Information The order number for this document is 363 211 150 For more ordering information refer to How to Order Documents in the section About This Document How to Comment on This Document A feedback form is located immediately after the legal page of this document Please send or fax your comments and suggestions to Lucent Technologies Network Systems GmbH Fax no 49 911 526 3545 Trademarks 3Com is a registered trademark of 3Com Corporation 5ESS Switch is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Acrobat Reader and Adobe are registered trademarks of A
145. N port 1 ADSL port 1 Note means cabling from MDF switch side gt means cabling to MDF subscriber side Figure 4 25 Pinning of ADSL connector 16 ADSL ports 16 ISDN splitter The connector is used for ADSL cables of ADSL16i application pack LPA417 2B1Q 4B8T coding in positions AP 1 to AP 8 Issue 3 June 2001 4 33 Parts description SDSL AP connec tor for 16 ports urs PERE Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Orange binder Blue binder Ring BLIY BUY Ring R32 R16 not used Tip YIBL Y BL Tip SDSL port 16 T32 SBK T16 BK R31 di R15 B SDSL port 15 notused 73 K S BK S Tis po BR BK BR BK R30 R14 not used 730 BK BR BK BR SDSL port 14 GBK GBK 1 nee BK G BK G ae SDSI 13 L port not used T29 T13 pi O BK O BK d R28 5 R12 spe 4 not use BK L port T28 BKO T12 P BL BK BL BK R27 R11 not used BK BL BK BL L u T27 Ti SDSL port 11 S R S R R26 R10 not used R S R S SDSL port 10 T26 T10 BR R BR R 4 R25 R9 SDS i not use R BR L port T25 R BR T9 p R R R24 G G 66 not used SDSL port 8 ot use T24 R G R G T8 p O R O R R23 o R7 R L not used 123 R O 17 SDSL port 7 BL R BUR R22 R6 R BL R BL DSL not used T22 T6 SDSL port 6 SW S W R21 R5 not used Tai W S W S SDSL port 5 BRW BR W 3 R20 R4 W BR L not used 120 W BR T4 SDSL port 4 G W G W py W G W G RS not used T19 T3 SDSL port 3 O W O W R18 R
146. NT Fiber microdefects and or cable break with a bending radius less than 30 mm There is a risk to cause microdefects in the fiber or a risk of a cable break if the bending radius of optical fiber cables is less than about 30 mm Microdefects can increase the fiber attenuation and reduce the long term stability Ensure that the bending radius is not less than 30 mm Always use the special protective spiral wrap of the delivered fiber jumper on the ONU side Earthing WARNING A Risk of injury due to disconnected ground The installation must have an independent ground connection to an approved earth electrode for indoor applications Grounding circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit The minimum size of protective bonding conductor should be 26 mm or lt AWG 9 For grounding also the ITU recommendation ITU K 35 should be considered The framework must be correctly connected to the protective earth before the start of work Never operate the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit with a disconnected ground a Bonding Configurations and Earthing at Remote Electronic Sites Connecting cables and primary protection protector blocks CAUTION Destruction of components due to installed cables without protection All a b cables ISDN and ADSL cables should not leave the building premises unless connected to telecommunication devices providing primary protection for example protecto
147. No components spare parts must be used other than those recommended by the manufacturer and those listed in the procurement documents The unit system must not be operated unless it is in perfect working order Any faults and errors that might affect safety must be reported immediately by the user to a person in responsibility Incase of external 48V powering the loose ONU Subshelf must be supplied with Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV of 48 V and the posi tive terminal of this source must be correctly connected to the protec tive earth Never connect to 60 V to the loose ONU Subshelf Issue 3 June 2001 1 3 General safety information The AnyMedia Optical Network Unit must be operated only with the connections and under the environmental conditions as described in the documentation The removal or disabling of safety facilities the clearing of faults and errors and the maintenance of the equipment must be carried out by specially qualified personnel only The respective parts of the documentation must be strictly observed The documentation must also be consulted during the selection of measur ing and test equipment Transport storage and operation of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit must be done under the permissible conditions only See accompanying documentation and information on the unit system Calibrations special tests after repairs and regular safety checks must be carried out documented and archived
148. OCP connector RMC only if required No serial cable is delivered A standard serial female male 9 pin cable with 1 1 connections can be used For the cable pinning see Table 4 6 page 4 22 Insert the serial cable route it in the upper cabling area to the OCP Connect to the RMC connector 6 28 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 5 13 Finishing the cabling 6 5 13 1 Mounting the cable access cover 363 211 150 The ONU housing is equipped with a cable access cover mounted on the right side of the ONU This cover was removed at the beginning of installation and must now be reinstalled Step Procedure 1 Sort all external cables routing on the right side of the ONU housing and arrange two a b cable groups Take care that the fiber is not stressed or bent see figure below 2 Fix the two groups horizontally Add cable ties as needed 3 On the back of the right side route the cables at 90 degrees upward or downward as required and fix them to the wall Bear in mind the cable ac cess cover dimensions and also the cable outlet dimensions of the cover 4 Fix the fiber with the protective spiral wrap to one of the a b cable groups separately so that the fiber is not stressed mechanically see the figure below Issue 3 June 2001 6 29 Cabling wiring and assembly Power cord fixed separately 2 a b cable groups Recesses for cable access cover
149. PRU Y npur L H 1 Rectifier shelf 1 Note L1 BR PE Y G L2 N BL Internal fuse 93 to 264V 48V R 1 48 RTN BK J 204 RTN BAT R MIDPOINT R 48V BAT BK Battery assembly connectors marked during installation Battery compartment Note Power and fan cable are not 1 1 cables 26 mm lt 9 AWG recommended 7 fan alarming notshown Figure 5 7 Powering grounding and ringing for the indoor ONU 5 20 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures Return paths for in ternal powering and ringing 5 5 3 363 211 150 The standard ONU delivery variant for indoor applications will be equipped with the power rectifier unit PRU for 48 V and with the ringing generator unit RGU The PRU is located in the rectifier shelf the RGU is located in the ONU Subshelf On the backplane of the rectifier shelf the 48 V return path 48RTN is connected to FRMGND which is connected to the PE of the AC mains inlet An additional green wire is used for interconnection of 48RTN and FRMGND The wire is con nected from the backplane of the rectifier shelf blade terminal E1 to a separate earthing stud on the upper right side of the ONU housing The ringing return path TRGO is invisibly connected to the 48 V return path 48RTN inside the rin
150. R BUR Be not used HDSL6 copper pair T22 NL ae T6 for HDSL port 6 Ho SW S W not used W S ws R5 HDSL5 copper pair T21 T5 for HDSL port 5 ii BRW BR W BA ot used HDSL4 copper pair date T20 WBR W BR T4 for HDSL port 4 R19 G W G W not used HDSL3 copper pair T19 WIG We T3 for HDSL port 3 O w O W p notused 718 WO WO HDSL2 copper pair T18 T2 for HDSL port 2 Ring BLW BL W Ring R17 A R1 HDSL1 copper pair not used ms Tip W BL W BL Tip T4 for HDSL port 1 Note For the SHDSL AP 8 duplex SHDSL ports with 1 copper pair each are used Each of them have a transmission rate of 192 to 2048 kbit s line rate 2064 baud tsi Note The top pair 34 amp 68 up to aud P and bottom pair 1 amp 35 Note By default the duplex SHDSL ports 5 to 8 are are each shorted to alert the Spee ina El ports 1 T 8 circuit pack thatthe connector feeder until other provisioning For Lu is attached pinning of these E1 ports see next figure Wiring side Figure 4 29 Pinning of SHDSL connector 8 ports The connector is used for SHDSL cable of SHDSL application pack LPS510 with 8 duplex mode SHDSL ports in positions AP 1 to AP 16 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 37 Parts description E1 connector for 8 E1 ports on the SHDSL AP The SHDSL AP has a second 20 pin AMP connector E1 for 4 unstructured E1 ports which are not used for ONU applications 4 E1 upstream downstream each the E1 connector position see Figure 4 17 page 4 25 for pinning see F
151. R10 not used R S R S ISDN U port 10 T26 T10 BR R BR R d Bee ha ISDN U 9 not use R BR on T25 R BR T9 pi G R G R d Res no ISDN U port 8 not use ri T24 RG R G te O R O R d PR Ae ISDN U 7 not use R O R por T23 ue 17 Roo BL R BUR R6 not used R BL R BL ISDN U port 6 T22 4 T6 96 SW S W not used W S ws R5 IspNU port 5 T21 BRW BR W gt notused 20 WBR W BR ISDN U port 4 T20 T4 Rig G w G W not used W G W G ji ISDN U port 3 T19 T3 O W O w R18 R2 not used W O wo ISDN U port 2 T18 mo e BLW BL W Ring R17 R1 not used W BL W BL Tip ISDN U port 1 T17 TA ISDN U ports 13 to 16 for LPU430 only Note The top pair 34 amp 68 Note For the ISDN AP with 2B1Q LPU112 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 only 12 U ports are used are each shorted to alert the for the ISDN AP with 4B3T LPU430 circuit pack that the connector only 16 U ports are used Wiring side is attached Figure 4 20 Pinning of ISDN connectors The connector is used for ISDN cables of ISDN application packs LPU112 LPU430 in positions AP 1 to AP 8 4 28 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 5 2 7 xDSL application pack connector ADSL4p connector for 4 ADSL 4 POTS splitter 363 211 150 Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not u
152. RY 48 RTN R BATTERY 48 V BK Area for designation marking during installation Figure 4 45 Pinning of the 14 AWG lead battery assembly connectors 4 54 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 en rei Mounting and installation procedures Contents 5 1 Overview of uncrating mounting and grounding 5 2 General installation information 5 2 1 Tools and measurement testing instruments 5 3 Installation procedures 5 3 1 Handling 5 3 2 Uncrating 5 3 3 Visual inspection and completeness check 5 3 4 Checking the delivered internal cabling 5 4 Erecting and placement 5 4 1 Wall requirements 5 4 2 Wall layout and drilling 5 4 3 Mounting and securing the ONU housing to the plywood 5 5 Grounding the ONU 5 5 1 Grounding overview 5 5 2 General considerations 5 5 3 Grounding points and ESD sockets 5 5 4 Connections 5 5 5 Checking 363 211 150 Issue 3 q n ch oo SI oo ma do vi LS m a ies iA LA ch 5 TA L P 3 w q N a KR N q N a N il ch DD N P N June 2001 5 I ua as Contents 5 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 scs _ 0 Mounting and installation procedures 5 1 Overview of uncrating mounting and grounding This section gives the steps for mounting installing and grounding the ONU The following instructions are contained in this section m Handling and uncrating the ON
153. Rectifier shelf empty 00090909009 00009900 ONU Subshelf empty DIP switch for ONU addressing Place for rectifier Fixing screw Earthing stud Cable access cover Fan filter Fan unit Fan and alarming connector 900900909009 9990000 Fixing screws for fan Lower mounting holes Battery fixing bracket Battery compartment lo Note Cabling not shown for delivered cabling see Figure 5 2 page 5 9 The ONU can be delivered with the LVD already installed not shown in this figure Figure 5 1 ONU as it is delivered not all blank faceplates shown 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 5 7 Mounting and installation procedures 5 3 4 Checking the delivered internal cabling Checking the ca For checking the delivered cabling proceed as follows bling Step Procedure 1 Verify that the factory wiring which is visible is free of broken bent or mis aligned connectors 2 Verify that all factory wiring is secure and tied into forms 3 Verify that all cables are mounted 4 Verify that all connectors are connected and secured fastening if re quired For an overview of the internal cables of the ONU see the figure below gt NOTE Use the figure below to check the cables and where the connectors have to be connected 5 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures 48V po
154. The float voltage is determined as follows Battery string voltage recommended float voltage per battery x number of batteries The float voltage required is ambient temperature dependent The PRU will adapt this charging voltage with 72 mV C see Figure 2 5 page 2 13 The recommended float voltage per IR 30EC battery is 13 5 V 0 06 V at a bat tery temperature of 25 C For example a 4 battery string of IR 30EC batteries should be floated at Battery string voltage 13 5 V x 4 batteries 54 0 V 0 24 V gt NOTE The required charging voltage is different for other battery types The val ues given by the battery manufacturer must be observed A Fluke 8060A DMM digital multimeter is suitable for battery voltage readings The accuracy of an equivalent meter should be 0 05 percent on the DC scale Check the meter periodically for accuracy and calibration For other batteries for example for Tyco 12 IR 125 batteries a float voltage of 13 62 V 0 06 V per battery at a battery temperature of 25 C is recommended string volt age 54 5 V 11 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Battery String Float Voltage 11 4 6 Measuring the voltage of the battery string Read battery string voltages periodically to ensure that they are floating properly There are two ways to measure the string voltage on the battery cable connector J3 m Measure on the wiring side of t
155. The rectifier is buffered via 4 IR 30EC batteries which are connected to the PRU via the internal low voltage disconnect unit LVD This rectifier must be connected with the AC power cord 848506820 gt NOTE For the first deliveries the rectifier is equipped with an IEC 320 AC inlet These rectifiers require the appropriate power cord 848471181 for the IEC 320 inlet see also Figure 6 13 page 6 28 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 27 General ONU information Margin switch for adjusting charging voltage Normal Operation Warning Alarm CA 2 i Battery all Temp alle Probe o Thermal Shutdown O INPUT o Note The rectifier can be equipped with an IEC 60320 inlet Issue S1 1 or with an IEC 320 inlet Use the appropriate power cord Figure 2 11 Faceplate and Margin switch of the power rectifier unit 2 3 3 3 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD LV D500 Low voltage dis The LVD is designed for connecting the 4 IR 30EC batteries to the PRU The LVD connect is equipped with an automatic battery disconnect feature which disconnects the batteries automatically from the load if the battery voltage is lt 42 5 V gt NOTE The LVD reconnects the battery to the load if the battery voltage has reached approx 48 V When the LVD disconnects the batteries from the load the batteries will still be charged
156. U see Chapter 5 3 1 page 5 3 and Chapter 5 3 2 page 5 4 m Inspecting and physically verifying the condition of the ONU and the built in shelves see Chapter 5 3 3 page 5 5 m Checking the delivered internal cabling see Chapter 5 3 4 page 5 8 m Marking the wall footprint for the wall layout see Chapter 5 4 2 page 5 10 Mounting the ONU onto plywood see Chapter 5 4 3 page 5 13 m Making and checking the grounding connections see Chapter 5 5 page 5 17 5 2 General installation information The default configuration of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU for wall mounted indoor applications with the Orderable Item No ED7C841 01 is equipped with the ONU Subshelf the rectifier shelf and with the fan assembly All the internal cabling is already included in the default configuration The internal cables are routed and fixed near the positions where they have to be connected later or if possible they are connected already 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 5 1 Mounting and installation procedures The ONU is prepared for easy installation of the packs and batteries All electrical connections should be made using the proper crimping tools and dies and torqued to values specified on the product labels or in the product docu mentation Table 5 1 Maximum torque for electrical connections Torque 1b in or lb ft or Nm Wire connections Head tightened Nut tightene
157. U lights permanently on the optical link carrier line failure or the optical link between the OAP and the OCP is not connected or the OAP is not powered up gt NOTE The OCP and the correctly connected optical link can only be used when the OAP and the ONU Subshelf are defined via TL1 commands server port and feeder port the OAP and the ONU Subshelf are cross connected and the ONU is in the service state IS Also the ONU Subshelf identifier ad justed on the 8 fold DIP switch must correspond to the logical subshelf number The TL1 commands required are ENT AP for defining the OAP ENT SUBSHELF for defining the ONU Subshelf ENT CRS SUBSHELF for crossconnecting OAP and ONU Subshelf ED SUBSHELF for moving the ONU in service For a detailed description see the Turn Up Procedures described in the Com mands and Procedures for Narrowband Services subsection Provisioning of the ONU Subshelf 10 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Equipping the ONU Subshelf 10 4 AP installation Background CAUTION d Atei 363 211 150 The installation of the APs in the ONU Subshelf is the same as in the AnyMedia Mainshelf To prevent the case that a malfunctioning pack from being installed in a disconnected subshelf without recognizing the failure on site the system uses the existing fault LED indicators of the packs to indicate recognized hardware or san ity test failures To install the APs proceed as follows
158. V AC maximum Touching live ringing cables will shock or cause serious injury or death Take care when servicing in this area Follow all safety warnings and local regulation practices Touching cables WARNING gt Risk of injury due to touching uninsulated cables routing outside the building Never touch uninsulated telecommunication wires or terminals unless the tele communication line has been disconnected Never touch uninsulated wiring or terminals carrying direct current or ringing current or leave this wiring exposed Protect and tape those wires and termi nals to avoid risk of fire electrical shock and injury to service personnel Connecting cables WARNING gt Risk of injury due to installation of cables routing outside the building during a storm or in wet locations Never install telecommunication wiring during a lightning storm Never install telecommunication connections in wet locations Connecting cables and primary protection protector blocks CAUTION gt Destruction of components due to installed cables without protection All a b cables E1 E3 DS3 xDSL cables and the alarming cabling should not leave the building premises unless connected to telecommunication devices providing primary protection e g protector blocks with gas discharge tubes as applicable 1 28 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Optical cable break IMPORTA
159. Z port 10 Z port 9 Z port 8 Z port 7 Z port 6 Z port 5 Z port 4 Z port 3 Z port 2 Z port 1 Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alert the circuit pack that the connector The connector is used for a b cables of application packs LPZ100 LPP100 LPZ12xB in positions AP 1 to AP 8 4 5 2 4 POTS AP connector 4 26 Issue 3 June 2001 is attached 363 211 150 Parts description Ring Tip Ring Tip R16 T16 R15 T15 R14 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 R11 Ti R10 T10 R9 T9 R8 T8 R7 T7 R6 T6 R5 T5 R4 T4 R3 T3 R2 T2 R1 TI noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi noi used used used used used used used used used used used used used used TAP Facility FAC TAP Equipment EQ Forthe TAP 100 the test path TAP_FAC is currently not supported 4 5 2 5 Test application pack connector TAP100 connector Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Orange binder Blue binder Ring BLY BLIY R32 not used Tip Y BL Y BL Tae S BK S BK R31 not used T314 BK S BK S BR BK reo za not used 130 KI BK BR G BK G BK ia BK G BK G not used T29 O BK O BK R28 not used BK O BK O T28 BL BK BL BK R27 not used BK BL BK BL T27 R R26 SII S R not use
160. a Mainshelf and the ONU Synchronization The ONU does not require any synchronization interface because the clock for the interface narrowband signal is recovered from the optical link 2 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information OAM amp P interfaces Alarm closure inputs Testing interfaces Configuration options APs for NB services APs for BB services The remote maintenance connection interface RMC is used for the OAM amp P in terface The RMC interface includes an RS 232C connector on the faceplate of the OCP The RMC is a restricted feature remote CIT interface of the AnyMedia Mainshelf For GSI operations the optical link has to be operational The ONU Subshelf provides eight ground closure alarm inputs to indicate environ mental fault conditions For the wall mounted ONU seven alarm inputs TLM1 to TLM7 are factory crossconnected from the backplane of the rectifier shelf TLM8 is not used The meaning of the alarming inputs cannot be changed by the cus tomer for alarming concept see Chapter 2 1 5 page 2 15 The OCP provides the same CHAN MON DROP connector for manual testing as the CIU in the AnyMedia Mainshelf The ONU is designed for mounting on a wall It can be equipped with the same type of application packs APs as the AnyMedia Mainshelf and thus it is able to provide the same types of services that the larger AnyMedia Mainshelf provides The ONU can be configured as narrowband only s
161. abling overview 6 6_ 6 4 1 Schematic drawing for all cables 6 6 6 4 2 Internal delivered cables 6 10 6 4 3 External cables 6 11 6 5 Installation and wiring 6 11 6 5 1 Preparing the ONU for cabling 6 11 6 5 2 Checking earthing and grounding B 11 6 5 3 Checking internal delivered cabling 6 12 6 5 4 Inventory data of the ONU Subshelf 6 12 6 5 5 Preparing the ONU with the ONU Subshelf identifier 6 13 6 5 6 Installing the TAP B cable option 6 14 6 5 7 Installing a b cables 6 16 6 5 8 Marking the TAP100 cable option 6 20 6 5 9 Interconnections of test application paths option 6 21 6 5 10 Rerouting for the ADSL cables 6 25 6 5 11 Installing the AC mains cable 6 26_ 6 5 12 Installing serial cable for the PC GSI 6 28 6 5 13 Finishing the cabling 6 29 6 5 13 1 Mounting the cable access cover 6 29 6 5 14 Special handling of the AC mains cable valid only for the first service application FSA in 1999 6 31 LSE 7 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 1 7 1 Overview of mounting batteries 7 1 VIII Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Contents 7 2 General battery information Fis 7 2 1 Safety 7 3 7 2 2 Required tools r9 7 2 3 Battery delivery 7 5 7 3 Mounting and connecting batteries T6 7 3 1 Handling 7 6 7 3 2 Storage considerations for IR 30EC batteries 7 7 7 3 3 Unpacking and completeness check 7 10 7 3 4 Battery inspection 7 11 7 3 5 Battery arrangement 7 13 7 3 6 Mounting batteries T13 G x 8 System powe
162. ains connector and the AC power cord carry hazardous voltage Exercise care when servicing in this area gt NOTE For the first deliveries there are rectifiers with an IEC 320 AC inlet These rectifiers require a power cord with the appropriate IEC 320 plug High voltage DANGER Dangerous voltage A The ONU rectifier shelf is fed by AC mains of 110 to 240 V AC Touching live parts will shock or cause serious injury or death Take care when servicing in this area Follow all safety warnings and local regulation practices Power buffering and disconnecting GMT type fuse 363 211 150 gt NOTE External AC mains fusing is required for line protection The 540 W power rectifier unit for the indoor ONU is situated for operating in over voltage cat egory Il according to IEC 60664 1 locations Mains transients may never cross 2 5 kV Additional surge arrestors may be required depending on the site conditions If a ringing source is required the ringing generator unit RGU can be used for in ternal ringing The RGU can be inserted in the ONU Subshelf in the upper left slot position The IR 30EC batteries are connected in series to the low voltage disconnect unit LVD For the ONU Subshelf connected to batteries via the rectifier backplane disconnecting the AC mains alone or turning off the batteries via the battery circuit breaker on the LVD will not necessarily remove power to the ONU Make sure the equipment is not powe
163. al signals In addi tion the U interface must provide the DC feeding of NTs U port Refers to the devices and functions built on or provided by an ISDN AP to support ISDN BRA or DLL service Note that more than one U port is housed on an AnyMedia Access System ISDN U AP e g the LPU112 provides 12 U ports Upload A binary data transfer from the AnyMedia Access System to the GSI Upstream The bit stream direction from the NT towards the network 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 GL 15 Glossary Upstream direction Transmission direction from customer to ATM network or telephony switch V V5 x interface An ETSI defined interface between a local exchange and an access network element A V5 1 interface consists of one single 2 Mbit s E1 link containing communication channels and bearer channels A V5 2 interface consists of up to sixteen 2 Mbit s E1 links containing communication channels and bearer channels The term V5 x interface is used for clarification that certain facts a certain description or requirements are relevant for both V5 1 and V5 2 interface VF cable The same as a b cable Voltage dips Voltage dips are short voltage reductions or fluctuations Voltage gaps Voltage gaps are short voltage interruptions W WaveStar ADM 4 1 A compact and cost effective SDH multiplexer The WaveStar ADM 4 1 former product designation ADM 155 C can be used in different configurations such as terminal multiplexer ad
164. amples are ADSL universal asymmetric digital subscriber line UDSL and very high bit rate digital subscriber line VDSL ADSL modem means the ADSL data circuit terminating equipment at the customer s site 363 211 150 About this document Acronyms and ab breviations Trademarks 363 211 150 m Splitter means the equipment at the customer s site to separate the narrow band signal from the data signal of the ADSL line Although equipment ex ists which comprises the splitter and modem in one unit in this manual the splitter is depicted separately from the ADSL modem m The term customer premises equipment CPE in general covers the sub scriber s installation and subscriber s terminal For ADSL lines the CPE consists among other equipment of an ADSL mo dem and a splitter to separate the narrowband signal from the data signal If both units are meant as a whole the term customer premises equipment CPE is used in this manual m HDSL link refers to two HDSL copper pairs transferring 2 x 1168 kbit s each m The AnyMedia graphical system interface software GSI provides one graphical user interface for narrowband and broadband services to one AnyMedia Access System m The AnyMedia Element Manager AEM includes network management capabilities for narrowband and broadband services m The term GSI AEM stands for the function of the network management system for the AnyMedia Access System independent of using the GSI o
165. ance will cause a shut down of the complete ONU 11 4 2 Maintenance intervals for IR 30EC batteries 363 211 150 If required perform the maintenance routines more frequently Table 11 4 lists the manufacture suggested routines for IR 30EC batteries Each of these routines is described additionally in this chapter You can use the manufacturer s installation and maintenance record forms or the copies of the Installation and Maintenance Record which can be found in Chapter 11 5 page 11 18 Issue 3 June 2001 11 5 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Required Tools Maintenance For IR 30EC batteries the following maintenance intervals are mandatory intervals Table 11 3 Required maintenance intervals for IR 30EC batteries Routine Action Interval Battery string voltage Measure record Quarterly Battery string current Measure record Quarterly Battery voltage Measure record Quarterly Battery temperature Measure record Quarterly Inter battery connections Inspect Quarterly Clean if necessary As needed Inter battery connections Retorque if the 14 AWG lead As needed has been replaced Table 11 4 Suggested maintenance routines additional Routine Action Interval Discharge test Measure record Optional 11 4 3 Required tools Tools You will need the following tools and materials to install and test the battery string Splash proof safety goggles acid resistant glove
166. and Maintenance Record 10 3 COPY of the Tyco Product Manual IR 30EC and IR 40EC Batteries Issue 7 Comcode 107078859 E Product support Contents A 1 Overview A 1 A 2 Training A 1 A 3 Engineering and installation services A 2 A 4 Customer assistance requests entry system CARES A 3 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 A I ua as Contents A II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 ee Product support A 1 Overview Purpose This section provides the training and product support services associated with the AnyMedia Access System A 2 Training How to get infor Consult your local Lucent Technologies Account Executive for more information mation Courses The following training courses for the AnyMedia Access System are available Table 1 Training courses Course Title Course Number AnyMedia Access System Overview TR5811 AnyMedia Access System Operations and Mainte TR5812 nance for Narrowband Services AnyMedia Element Manager Operations and Mainte TR5813 nance for Narrowband Services AnyMedia Access System Operations and Mainte TR5814 nance for Broadband Services AnyMedia Element Manager Operations and Mainte TR5815 nance for Broadband Services AnyMedia Access System Upgrade to Release 1 4 In preparation 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 A 1 Product support Table 1 Training courses Course Title Course Number AnyMedia Element Manager Release 1 7 Operations In preparation and Maintenance fo
167. and kits For establishing the optical link from the OCP to the fiber termination unit or to the splice box the 1 fiber jumper with SC SC type connectors of about 10 m length can be ordered Fibers Table 3 6 Orderable fibers Item Qty Comcode Equipment Description Remark 1 1 408267532 Fiber Jumper Cable with SC SC connector To fiber splice box 30 ft 10m outside of the ONU a With protective spiral wrap of about 3 ft 1 m on the ONU side 3 3 3 Orderable customer documentation For the ONU installation only the Installation Manual for Indoor Applications is re quired For a detailed view of all the orderable AnyMedia Access System documentation see Table 2 page XXVIII in the Chapter About this document For the content of the CD ROM in detail see Chapter Table 2 page XXVIII 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 3 7 Parts lists and kits 3 4 Batteries Overview The following chapter lists additional equipment which is not included in the ONU Subshelf and has to be ordered additionally to configure the ONU according to the functions and features to be provided The following table lists the orderable valve regulated lead acid type VRLA type batteries which are delivered with all connecting accessories The 4 batteries are packed in one wooden box All the other accessories are packed in one plastic bag which is also packed in the wooden box Table 3 7 Orderable batteries Qty
168. and tests On demand tests will be executed only by an operator TL1 command On hook In the on hook state the telephone is not picked up The on hook state indicates the idle state OAP Optical Application Pack within the AnyMedia Mainshelf to provide the interface for the optical link to an ONU OCP Optical Controller Pack for ONU located in a dedicated slot of the ONU Subshelf to provide the interface for the op tical link to the AnyMedia Mainshelf ONU Subshelf Optical Network Unit Subshelf The ONU Subshelf is a co located or remotely installed shelf connected to the AnyMedia Mainshelf via a subshelf link It extends the capabilities of the AnyMedia Mainshelf by means of addi tional subscriber interfaces OOF Out Of Frame The OOF condition is assumed when three consecutive incorrect frame alignment signals have been received Optical link See subshelf link Originating call An originating call is the type of call initiated at the subscriber side of the network user interface It comprises the build up speech and the tear down phase For a POTS call for instance it starts with the recognition of an off hook state by the application pack AP and the sending of a seizure message to the LE Out band signaling For transferring signaling information bandwidth beside the voice transmission band 300 3400 Hz of the same transmission path is used GL 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Glossary P Pack Term that
169. are and do not use your palm because your hand may slip and break the LEDs Upper Lip of Shelf Top Portion of Upper Latch Latching Lever Lock Upper Latch Open 12 8W22061 cmp fia_04_a cdr Lock Bottom Portion of Lower Latch Latching Lever Rounded Indentation Lower Latch Open Figure 10 2 Upper and lower latch of a pack shown in open position Response 10 4 Issue 3 June 2001 Upon OCP power up all LEDs on the OCP light for a short interval if the ONU is powered up already During OCP self initialization no LEDs on the OCP light Self ini tialization lasts no more than one minute 363 211 150 Equipping the ONU Subshelf Step 8 Locate the already installed fiber and remove the protective caps on the fiber connector and on the OCP fiber connector Put them inside the ONU Subshelf so that they can not get lost The caps are re quired if the cable has to be disconnected for e g maintenance or replacing actions Step 9 Bear in mind that the fiber can be energized already CAUTION A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided 10 It is recommended to check the receiving laser power with the optical power meter For the transmission parameters see Table 9 1 pa
170. are coupled The fibers should by guided to the optical packs using the special protective spiral wrap of the pigtail on the ONU side If the fiber is routed from bottom to an optical connector take care if the fiber has to be disconnected so that the fiber will not hang out of the ONU Subshelf and can be bent or broken Optical cable break IMPORTANT Fiber microdefects and or cable break with a bending radius less than 30 mm There is a risk to cause microdefects in the single fiber or a risk of a cable break if the bending radius of optical fiber cables is less than about 30 mm Microdefects can increase the fiber attenuation and reduce the long term stability Ensure that the bending radius for the single fiber is not less than 30 mm Always use the special protective spiral wrap of the delivered fiber pigtail to the OCP For the outdoor or office fiber cables the allowed bending radius depending on the cable used must be observed 1 10 5 Cleaning optical connectors and couplings Checking fiber con nectors Checking optical couplers 363 211 150 Cleaning optical connectors is required only if problems have occurred which indi cate that these connectors have an impurity for example deviation of attenuation values beyond the permitted maximum Before starting to clean the optical connectors ensure that the optical source is switched off Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or optical connector of a pa
171. are not assigned a severity Status conditions are necessary to indicate to the EM or the operator that the system is in an unusual state or is performing an action that may interfere with system operations such as loop back software installation or a forced or inhibited protection switch A status condition is reported via a report event TL1 message and can be retrieved via a TL1 command Subscriber line The a b copper pair between a local exchange LE or access network system AN and the network connection point NCP see ITU G 101 Subscriber loop Contains the subscriber s line subscriber s installation and subscriber s terminal sometimes referenced as drop Subscriber loop feeding Subscriber loop feeding will be provided for POTS to supply the subscriber s terminal with power and for supervi sioning the subscriber s loop Subshelf See ONU Subshelf Subshelf link Proprietary optical link with a transport rate of 155 Mbit s SW Software Software is program data which is downloadable into the system T TAP Test Access Path Two metallic test access paths one consisting of two pairs TAP B and the other of six pairs TAP A provide both internal and external metallic test access to the ports and drops of the application packs This access is provided via the CIU OCP and the GPB TAP100 Test Application Pack TAP100 is the internal test head executing the measurements required for the drop TELNET A remote ter
172. ase is not required and therefore not al lowed for IR 30EC batteries as this can interfere with the battery housing and other electronic components 7 3 2 Storage considerations for IR 30EC batteries Shipping state Storage consider ations and open circuit time 363 211 150 The IR 30EC batteries are shipped in a charged state The open circuit voltage for a fully charged battery is 12 84 to 12 96 V Batteries may suffer irreversible capacity loss during long open circuit stand The maximum that a fully charged battery may remain on open circuit is 6 months at a temperature of 25 C or 3 months at temperatures exceeding 32 C respectively for IR 30EC batteries On the cardboard box of each IR 30EC battery there is a charge no later than date stamped which is the date the battery has been on open circuit for 6 months at temperatures of 25 C at maximum see Figure 7 2 below Issue 3 June 2001 7 7 Mounting and installation of batteries If external ch arging is required External initial charging 7 8 Issue 3 COMCODE 407928761 KS 23815 LIST 11 ONE STARVED LEAD ACID BATTERY GROSS WEIGHT IN LBS 22 FEB 1 999 DATE MANUFACTURED I ATTENTION THIS BATTEF CHARGE NOT LATER T Figure 7 2 Cardboard box with charge no later than date If the batteries cannot be installed within this time period the batteries must be charged externally Consider the procedures stated in
173. ating with preconnected 2 pin plug 107078859 157 622 020 Product Manual IR Series Batteries Issue 7 or later Screws 2 per battery thread 10 32 x 0 50 Battery type label a Already assembled for the 14 AWG lead assembly Note These screws are not M5 screws b Sticker already attached to the battery Used for marking the installation date see Figure 7 4 363 211 150 Fluke is a registered trademark of Fluke Corporation Issue 3 June 2001 7 5 Mounting and installation of batteries Hexhead screw for 5 16 inch socket if required retorque with 40 10 inch pounds approx 4 4 Nm 0 1 Nm 14 AWG lead assembly with keyed 2 pin connector T never exceed 15 A load 7 00 in 17 78 cm I ats in 6 75 es ue hs ee ecm Battery weight 10 9 kg Figure 7 1 IR 30EC battery 7 3 Mounting and connecting batteries 7 3 1 Handling Warranty and installation and maintenance record The following information describes how to install the Tyco IR 30EC battery string It also provides test procedures for verifying the integrity of the installation gt NOTE Batteries should be installed after all cables have been installed The regulations for storage handling external charging and maintenance are dif ferent for each battery manufacturer For IR 30EC batteries follow the regulations given in the Product Manual for IR Series Batteries Always read and understand
174. ation pack connectors 4 3 Connectors in the ONU housing 4 3 1 Grounding connecting points M6 4 3 2 Earthing 4 3 3 Door intrusion switch 44 Pinning of connectors and connecting points of the ONU Subshelf 4 4 1 Connectors of the ONU Subshelf connection panel SCP 4 4 1 1 Power connectors A1 48A B1 48B 4 4 1 2 TAP connector C1 TAP 4 4 1 3 Alarm in connector D1 ALARM 4 4 1 4 Ringing connector E1 RING 4 4 2 Connecting points of the ONU Subshelf backplane 4 4 2 1 Backplane connector designations 4 4 2 2 Inventory headers for backplane release 4 4 2 3 Eightfold DIP switch for ONU addressing 45 Connectors of the packs for the ONU Subshelf 4 5 1 OCP pack 4 5 1 1 Faceplate of the OCP 4 5 1 2 CHAN MON DROP connector 363 211 150 Issue 3 ia ad T n ae n i do sa a on rA i ip ip P i ip m A a oO 1 amil k nd N gt mock o D li ia le D n o N N gt i gt k 00 imax oO E DO June 2001 Ri Contents 4 5 1 3 RS 232C connector RMC 4 5 2 Application packs 4 5 2 1 Use of application pack connectors 4 5 2 2 Faceplate of APs 4 5 2 3 Faceplate of the single pair high bit rate DSL AP 4 5 2 4 POTS application pack connector 4 5 2 5 Test application pack connector 4 5 2 6 ISDN application pack connector 4 5 2 7 xDSL application pack connector 4 5 2 8 HDSL SHDSL AP connectors 4 5 3 Ringing g
175. ation pack with 16 line circuits per pack It supports 16 U interfaces with 4B3T line coding and re mote power feeding LT Line Termination The equipment that terminates the access transmission system on the network side LTU The line termination unit LTU is located at the network side of an HDSL link and acts as the master M Mass provisioning A time efficient way of provisioning a system with a large number of configuration parameters with the help of a dedicated tool GL 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Glossary MIB Management information base Declaration of a collection of objects that defines the network or network element for a given interface protocol For example there is a MIB defined for access using the simple network manage ment protocol SNMP and a different MIB defined for access using the protocol of the GR 303 Embedded Opera tions Channel EOC Mixed ISDN POTS mode An operation mode of the AnyMedia Access System where ISDN and POTS service is possible Because ISDN subscribers are provisioned the frame relay function has to be performed Therefore at least one IO_HDLC pack is necessary optionally a second one for protection V5 communication channel information is frame relayed on the IO_HDLC pack and routed towards ISDN subscribers for ISDN D channel information and to the COMDAC for V5 layer 3 protocols respectively Mixed service The capability to split the 2 Mbit s payload of the HDSL inter
176. ations for a particular office application Customer cables are such cables which connect the AnyMedia optical network unit to external customer equipment For the standard application no such cables are required For future and for other applications customer made external cables can be as fol lows m Serial connection from the RCM connector to the PC GSI m Power connections from the external 48 V power feeders m Ringing connections from the customer s positive and or negative ringing supplies These customer made external cables must be engineered and fabricated in the field for the complete installation of the AnyMedia Access System 4 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 2 2 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables Factory cable as Standard wire color coding for the factory assembled cables is shown in the fol sembly wire color lowing tables Use of the color coding will facilitate both terminating operations at coding sequence the customer s cross connecting points and troubleshooting routines The following color coding abbreviations are used for identification on the cables Table 4 1 Color coding abbreviations if used Abbreviation Identification colors BK black BL blue BR brown Clear clourless LTG light green G green DKG dark green O orange R red S slate V violet purple W white Y yellow gt NOTE The indicati
177. atteries KS 23815 issue 7 Document list The following is related documentation for the AnyMedia Access System and for complete additional components Table 2 List of documents for the AnyMedia Access System CIC ordering Item Component Manual type Comcode number 1 AnyMedia Access System Applications and Planning Guide 108298670 363 211 110 b APOG AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide 109097782 363 211 1442 P AnyMedia Access System Commands and procedures for 109105635 363 211 1192 narrowband services 4 AnyMedia Access System Commands and Procedures 109024737 363 211 1332 gt for ATM xDSL Services 5 AnyMedia Access System Installation Manual IM_AC 109024745 363 211 2062 for AC powered Racks 6 AnyMedia Access System Installation Manual IM_DC 109024752 363 211 2072 for the Mainshelf and DC powered Racks 7 Mass Provisioning Tool for User Manual 108408733 363 211 116 gt V5 Services 8 AnyMedia Access System ONU Installation Manual for In 108626367 363 211 1502 gt Optical Network Unit door Applications ONU IM 9 AnyMedia Access System ONU Installation Manual for Out 109024778 363 211 1552 Optical Network Unit door Applications ONUO IM 10 AnyMedia Access System Installation Manual for the 52C 6316002944 Outdoor Electronics Cabinet XXVIII Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 About this document
178. battery cell TLM1 Recommended AnyMedia M submc 1 8 1 Use one of MISC1 to MISC8 PRF Power rectifier failure Rectifier failed due to hardware prob lems m Undervoltage lt 26 V or overload gt 13 A m Powerrectifier unit in standby mode due to thermal problems in the rectifier TLM2 MJ submc 1 8 2 ACF AC mains failure m External main fuse blown or external AC mains circuit breaker tripped or open m AC mains disconnected m Atleast one of the internal fuses inside the rectifier is blown not replaceable by customer m Loss of AC mains m Undervoltage lt 80 V TLM3 MJ submc 1 8 3 BD Battery on discharge m AC mains failure ACF has not been repaired ONU will shut down ina short time TLM4 CR submc 1 8 4 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 17 General ONU information Table 2 4 Example of using alarms from the AnyMedia optical network unit Continued op 3 a g z 2 A gt ee S z E A sl Se Pe E cd 2 os v us ca A Sen S cooo gt ni E c o D seg D aS gt 2 ESEZ 2 53 E E Che 3 pe BE 5 SEES 2 25 38 Z mags POSI e O FAN 7A fan unit failure TLM5 MN submc 1 8 5 m Atleast one internal fan is defective m Internal DC DC converter failed m Internal fuse inside the fan unit blown TAMPER TAMPER INTRUSION TLM6 MN submc 1 8 6 m ONU door open
179. bent or broken 3 Check the adjusted ONU address carefully because a later correction is difficult due to the reduced space by the installed and cabled application packs 4 Insert the blank faceplates which have been removed temporarily The following figure shows the adjustments for the ONU Subshelf identifiers 1 to 8 Issue 3 June 2001 6 13 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 5 6 Viewed from front looking at the position where the OCP has to be inserted XA lt q Backplane connector for the OCP 19 DIP switch ONU identifier 7 shown ONU NUMBER ONU identifier adjustments ae ON positi Er s ee te je n fo poston ON oooi 3 gaS 8 s 8 5 B OFF position I ONC 13345678 OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ZE ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON waj e woj n e a ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 7 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 8 ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON Figure 6 7 DIP switch for ONU addressing on the OCP position Installing the TAP B cable option Overview IMPORTANT 6 14 Issue 3 This procedure consists of installing the external prefabricated TAP B
180. ble is a 13 wire cable of which only 5 wires are used Four of them are for the circuit pair and the drop pair of the metallic test path The Issue 3 June 2001 6 15 Cabling wiring and assembly fifth one is for future use For the cabling interconnections of the metallic test path see Chapter 6 5 9 page 6 21 8 Terminate the tip ring pairs at the MDF and check the labeling Note the wire color coding sequence of the factory prepared cable assemblies to facilitate the terminations Testing the connec The testing should be done according to local regulations A recommended prac tions to the MDF tice for the Lucent MDF is as follows Step Procedure le Use the ITE 6675 Streak Mate and ITE 7079 AIU Test Fixture to test the installed TAP B cable Requirement 6 5 7 Installing a b cables Overview No open or shorted wires or tip ring reversals The procedures below consist of installing the external prefabricated a b cables ED7C818 30 Group 1x used for POTS ISDN HDSL and or ADSL and connect ing their connectors to the ONU shelf blank faceplates C 847773389 which have been furnished as part of the ONU shelf delivery The other end must be con nected to the MDF according to local conditions or requirements of the network provider Sometimes the a b cable is also named the T R cable or VF cable Cable length to relieve cable rack congestion The a b cable is available in varying lengths however an
181. cable ED7C818 36 Group 1x and connecting its 37 pin connector to connector C1 TAP on the AnyMedia shelf connection panel The other end must be connected to the MDF according to local conditions and requirements of the network provider for providing the metallic test path Reduced space for TAP B cable installation TAP B cable connector cannot be inserted The TAP B cable must be installed at first because already installed a b cables reduce the ONU cable opening so that the TAP B cable connector cannot be in serted If the TAP B cable must be installed after the a b cables have been installed the TAP B cable connector housing must be removed temporarily or the cable must be installed with its open end from inside the ONU towards the MDF gt NOTE Not all pins on this 37 pin connector are connected only 4 wires of this 13 wire cable are required for integrated drop testing and monitoring These wires have to be connected to the 4 wires Z port 1 and Z port 2 of June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly mm 11 NMIMIMBKBeIUII I e 8s b b 1 MHv oOSB YFY O x y9 S rr ENR RR In Connector pinning Cable length Installing and attaching the TAP B cable 363 211 150 the TAP100 cable for a connecting example see Table 6 4 page 6 24 The fifth wire is reserved for future use seizing The pinning of the TAP connector for the TAP B cable is shown in Figure 4 8 pa
182. cal instruments other than indirect image converting devices such as the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Opti cal Systems Inc since viewing optics tend to collimate the energy from an opti cal connector and hence increase the potential risk of injury Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical microscope as long as the laser source is switched on Always test with an optical power meter that the fiber is deenergized Always observe the laser warning instructions see Chapter 1 10 page 1 12 Fiber connecting Also consider the fiber handling precautions see Chapter 1 10 4 page 1 16 The fiber cabling is vendor specific Normally the fiber routing is as follows for positions most cases m From the OAP in the AnyMedia Mainshelf an SC SC fiber routes to a fiber termination box with two fiber connectors inside From this fiber termination box a pigtail runs to a fiber splice box where the fiber is spliced to the main multifiber which routes to the remote site where the ONUs are located m Atthe remote site there is also a splice box from which the spliced pigtails of the multifiber run to the fiber termination boxes of each ONU with two connectors inside m Tothe termination box the SC SC fiber cable is connected which runs to the OCP inside the ONU Subshelf This chapter describes the fiber cabling from the termination box to the OCP 9 2 1 Optical link interface The optical link works with a single fiber in which two
183. ced TAP capability fixed bal See he 108692989 LPZ121B ance network and fixed termination impedance 108692997 LPZ122B ISDN AP 2B1Q 12 U ports 108506387 LPU112 Issue 3 June 2001 10 7 Equipping the ONU Subshelf Table 10 2 Application packs available for AP1 to AP8 Continued Apparatus Pack designation Comcode Code ISDN AP 4B3T 16 U ports 108488396 LPU430 SHDSL AP with 8 duplex mode SHDSL ports 108708835 LPS510 and 4 duplex E1 ports unstructured HDSL AP for 4 ports 108905332 LPS504P V5 ISDN PRA V3 ISDN PRA VLL GLL 2 du plex E1 ports unstructured Test Application Pack Metallic Test Pack 108045360 TAP100 ADSL 4p AP 4 ADSL ports 4 splitters for 108603945 LPA400B Z ports ADSL8p AP 8 ADSL ports 8 splitters for Z 108550005 LPA408 ports ADSL16p AP 16 ADSL ports 16 splitters for 108708827 LPA416 Z ports ADSL16p AP 16 ADSL ports 16 splitter for 109026567 LPA419 Z ports low resistance test path ADSL4i AP 4 ADSL ports 4 splitters for ISDN 108610932 LPA414 ports with 2B1Q 4B3T ADSL16i AP 16 ADSL ports 16 splitters for 108796343 LPA417 ISDN ports with 2B1Q 4B3T SDSL16 AP with 16 SDSL ports 108695529 LPS716 a LPZ120B used for China LPZ121B used for Taiwan LPZ122B used for Brazil For details please ask your local Customer Team b The formerly deliverable HDSL APs LPS501 108447996 V5 ISDN PRA VLL GL and LPA 503 108841925 V5 ISDN PR
184. ced TAP capability fixed balance LPZ121B network and fixed termination impedance ea 4c 1 to 3 108692997 LPZ122B 0 to 4 108506387 ISDN AP 2B1Q 12 U ports LPU112 0 to 3 108488396 ISDN AP 4BST 16 U ports LPU430 0 to 8 108708835 SHDSL AP with 8 duplex mode SHDSL ports and 4 LPS510 duplex E1 ports unstructured 8 1 to 8 108905332 HDSL AP for 4 ports V5 ISDN PRA V3 ISDN PRA LPS5049 VLL GLL 2 duplex E1 ports unstructured 9 1 to g gt nh 108603945 ADSL4p AP 4 ADSL ports 4 splitter for Z ports LPA400B 10 1to8 108550005 ADSL8p AP 8 ADSL ports 8 splitter for Z ports LPA408 11 1to8 108708827 ADSL16p AP 16 ADSL ports 16 splitter for Z ports LPA416 12 1 to 8 109026567 ADSL16p AP 16 ADSL ports 16 splitter for Z ports LPA41 gk low resistance test path 13 1 to 80 108610932 ADSL4i AP 4 ADSL ports 4 splitter for ISDN ports LPA414 with 2B1Q 4B3T 14 1 to 80 108796343 ADSL16i AP 16 ADSL ports 16 splitter for ISDN LPA417 ports with 2B1Q 4B3T 15 1to8 108695529 SDSL16 AP with 16 SDSL ports LPS716 a Optional only required for internal testing b Choose a mix of items 2 to 13 to a total number of 96 POTS ISDN subscribers or 192 HDSL SHDSL subscribers at maximum The other slots can be equipped with xDSL packs see APOG system capacity c OnanLPZ100C the services ALL and POTS are provisionable exclusively for the whole pack programmable per pack On an LPP100B the services ALL and POTS are pr
185. ceplate of the LVD add 1 V due to the voltage drop and record in the installation record Comment Due to the inner voltage drop inside the LVD the battery voltage measured on the test terminals will be 1 V lower than the battery string voltage really 10 Connect the battery cable connector J3 to the LVD 11 Switch the battery circuit breaker to ON 12 It is recommended that the batteries stay connected to the rectifier June 2001 363 211 150 i ____ Fiber test and installation Contents 9 1 Principle of fiber cabling sequences 9 1 9 2 General fiber information 9 1 9 2 1 Optical link interface 9 2 9 2 2 Assumptions for the fiber installation on the AnyMedia Mainshelf side 9 3 9 3 Fiber cabling of the ONU 9 6 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 9 I ua as Contents 9 II Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 grr Fiber test and installation 9 1 Principle of fiber cabling sequences The fiber installation for the installer consists of routing the fibers m from the fiber termination box to the OAP for the AnyMedia Mainshelf see Chapter 9 2 2 page 9 3 and m from the fiber termination box to the OCP for the ONU Subshelf respec tively see Chapter 9 3 page 9 6 Splicing main fiber routing and multifiber testing should have been done already The installation must be done for the Anymedia Mainshelf and for the ONU in dif ferent locations For cleaning optical connectors see Chapter 1 10 5 pag
186. ch an HDSL module operates Several application modes are provisionable m Single pair mode Only one HDSL port pair is used 17 HDSL logical timeslots are provided including timeslot 0 and 16 Only one NTU is connected m Point to point mode Two HDSL ports pairs are used in parallel 32 HDSL logical timeslots are provided including timeslot 0 and 16 but timeslot 16 normally is reserved for use by G 703 PRA or leased lines services Only when more than 30 timeslots are provisioned HDSL logical timeslot 16 can also be used by other services e g V 35 Only one NTU is connected m Point to multipoint mode Two HDSL ports pairs are used but are connected to two different NTUs 32 HDSL logical timeslots are pro vided but only 2 x 15 bearer channels are available Timeslot 0 is excluded and timeslot 16 is reserved for the D64 signalling channel for ISDN PRA service provisioned on HDSL port 1 no ISDN PRA service possible when PairGain firmware version V3 20 00 is used HDSL logical timeslots are mapped as provisioned one by one to the user timeslots at the NTUs HDSL pair Physical connection between a line termination unit LTU and a network termination unit NTU via one copper pair It provides duplex transmission on 2 wire metallic local lines with a transmission rate of 1 x 1168 kbit s HDSL port Refers to the devices and functions built on or provided by an HDSL AP to support HDSL transmission Each HDSL port refers to one HDSL pa
187. ch are normally not used for ONU applications These E1 ports in are used in the AnyMedia Mainshelf for unstructured E1 to SHDSL conversion of leased lines or other E1 services from an SDH Add Drop Multiplexer or other equipment providing E1 services The E1 ports are intended for unstructured op eration only and preserve E1 clocking The faceplate is equipped with the addi tional 20 pin female AMP connector for the 4 E1 ports upstream downstream each see the figure below gt NOTE For the application pack LPS510 SHDSL AP a sealing current of 400 uA is provisionable for all ports per AP avoiding corrosion problems of wires which are only connected mechanically for example wires which are drilled together only June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description Faceplate of the SHDSL AP LPS510 LED nm O LED Function Color FAULT Pack outof order Error Red m Lit when a fault is detected on the pack oO Flashes ata rate of approximately 1 Hz during FAULT pack initialization built in self test E1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O ololololololololo E1 connector for 4 E1 ports impedance 120 Q 4 E1 feeder Upstream Downstream each for the ONU normally not used AP connector Figure 4 17 SHDSL AP LPS510 faceplate 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 25 Parts description CC ve eze5 r
188. ch the a b cable connector to the faceplate connector Raise the ejec tor on the AP faceplate until the entire slot is visible For the insertion re moval procedure see Chapter 6 3 3 page 6 4 Disconnection of faceplate connector Do not press down on the rounded indentation on the top of the slider Pressing down on the rounded indentation on the top of the slider causes the faceplate connector to disconnect This action affects customer service 9 Align the top of the faceplate connector with the top of the slot Press the faceplate connector firmly until it clicks into place Response Upon power up and sanity test the Fault LED on the AP lights for a short interval gt NOTE If the AnyMedia Mainshelf is equipped with the COMDAC the ONU Sub shelf is equipped with the OCP already and the optical link works properly then the FAULT LED flashes at a rate of 1 Hz during AP self initialization Self initialization lasts no more than one minute Issue 3 June 2001 10 9 Equipping the ONU Subshelf IF THEN check for one of the following failures the FAULT LED lights permanently faceplate connector is not plugged in faceplate connector is faulty cable is faulty application pack is faulty the FAULT LED remains dark does not light during power up the AP may be faulty try another AP and repeat beginning with Step 6 the FAULT LED remains dark on the second AP too probably t
189. ched on Always test with an optical power meter that the fiber is deenergized and ensure that the laser source can not be activated during inspection with the microscope Always observe the laser warning instructions see Chapter 1 10 page 1 12 363 211 150 Step 11 Connect the already installed fiber to the SC type fiber connector of the OCP Pay attention the SC connection has a guiding system so that the fiber connector can be inserted in one direction only Step 12 Be sure that the fiber is connected properly in the fiber termination box Issue 3 June 2001 10 5 Equipping the ONU Subshelf Step 13 Step 14 Response IF If the ONU is powered and the AnyMedia Mainshelf is also powered up and equipped with the corresponding OAP to which the fiber is connected the optical link will be checked automatically by the OAP OCP The yellow CLF LED on the OCP faceplate will extin guish To check that the communication with the system works properly press the LED TEST button on the OCP All LEDs on the OCP faceplate light for approximately 10 seconds then the LEDs return to their previous status THEN check for one of the following failures the FAULT LED lights permanently OCP is faulty the FAULT LED remains dark the OCP may be faulty try another OCP and repeat beginning with Step 6 If the LED CLF on the optical control a fault or a facility alarm has occurred ler pack for ON
190. ck as long as the optical source is switched on Always observe the laser warn ing instructions To check for impurities for example fluff dust particles use a microscope with an enlargement factor of 200 so that the connector face can be inspected Visually check the coupling for residual impurities by holding it to the light the ge ometry of the coupling does not allow the coupling to be checked under the micro scope After cleaning with a pipe cleaner do not connect the optical connec tors couplings without checking them for impurities Issue 3 June 2001 1 17 General safety information Use isopropanol for cleaning Let the connector coupling face air dry or use puri fied compressed air the isopropanol must evaporate completely 1 10 6 Handling the optical controller pack OCP The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature compliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered This must be considered especially before checking the fiber with an optical microscope Laser safety WARNING A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature compliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered This must be considered especially before checking the fiber with an optical microscope Never view any unterminated optical co
191. conn for Ow parallel operation in ouli Sii Margin 0 Margin 5 Battery Temp Probe 6 pin Margin l Internal fuses 1 l l IEC 60320 PRU INPUT oe Rectifier shel Note L1 BR PE Y G L2 N BL 93to 264V 2 48V R 1 48 RTN BK J 204 RTN BAT R MIDPOINT R 48V BAT BK Battery assembly connectors marked during installation Battery compartment Note Power and fan cable are not 1 1 cables 26 mm lt 9 AWG recommended 7 fan alarminginot shown Figure 2 3 Principle of ONU powering earthing and ringing 2 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information Internal ground connections Return paths for in ternal powering and ringing 363 211 150 The ONU Subshelf backplane and the rectifier shelf backplane support two ground signals a 48RTN Common analog digital ground signal and return path for both 48 V power feeders 48A and 48B FRMGND Frameground The ONU Subshelf has a common ground signal used by all packs for analog and digital ground 48RTN which is in common with the 48V return path Inside the ONU Subshelf the 48RTN and FRMGND are not connected internally All the ONU Subshelf metalwork is connected to the ONU housing metalwork po tential frameground FRMGN
192. d Slotted Hex or Slotted Hex or Slotted Hex or Screw ma socket ma socket ma socket size chine cap chine cap chine cap 6 32 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 32 15 15 19 19 19 23 10 32 21 21 27 27 27 33 1 4 20 50 50 65 65 65 80 5 16 18 100 135 135 165 3 8 16 180 240 240 290 7 16 14 280 385 385 465 1 2 13 500 585 585 710 5 8 11 71 97 97 118 3 4 10 125 172 172 209 M3 1 1 1 1 1 1 M4 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 M5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 M6 6 6 6 6 6 6 M8 9 9 9 9 9 9 a Not valid for batteries Overtightening of the inter battery connectors could strip the bolt and or nut threads resulting in loose connections Always consider the maximum torque specified by the battery manufacturer for the battery type used If required the IR 30EC batteries can be retorqued with about 4 4 Nm 40 inch pounds at maximum 5 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures 5 2 1 Tools and measurement testing instruments Tools and The tools and test equipment that is needed to unpack the racks and to complete measurement the installation of the AnyMedia optical network unit can be found in instruments Chapter 2 4 1 Table 2 5 page 2 32 gt NOTE The equipment and or materials required depends on the particular installa tion 5 3 Installation procedures The following section contains the proced
193. d drop multiplexer and repeater and can be used in the dual terminal mode It has a wide range of tributary interfaces The WaveStar ADM 4 1 multiplexes 2 Mbit s 34 Mbit s 45 Mbit s and STM 1 signals into an STM 1 or STM 4 line signal Cross connects can be made at VC 12 level Z Z interface A 2 wire analog subscriber interface It is used for connection of analog subscriber lines and carries signals such as speech voice band analog data and multi frequency push button signals etc In addition the Z interface must provide the DC feeding of the subscriber s terminal and ordinary functions such as DC signaling ringing metering etc where appropriate see ITU T Q 551 2 1 1 Z port A Z port is circuitry built on a POTS AP to provide a Z interface for analog subscribers Note that more than one Z port is housed on an AnyMedia Access System POTS AP e g the LPZ100 provides 32 Z ports GL 16 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Index 123 7A fan unit 2 30 4 52 A a b interface XXVI a b cable 3 6 4 41 a b cable installation 6 16_ AC mains cable for the FSA 6 31 AC mains cable installation 6 26_ AC mains connector 4 50 6 26 AC mains power cord 4 50 AC mains powering up 8 7_ Addressing the ONU 4 17 ADSL4 AP Ordering 3 5 10 8 AFMDS3 LPA900 Ordering 3 10_ AFME1 LPA941 Ordering 3 10_ AFME3 LPA910 Ordering 3 10_ AFMO LPA920 Ordering 3 10_ Alarm connector of the ONU 4 13 Alarm connector of the rectifier
194. d in the support lab are as follows 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 A 3 Product support UU m NS5SE yi MYI lt lt lt l 2 gt S C CT A 4 Issue 3 June 2001 Duplication of customer reported problems to assist in problem resolution Service restoration of equipment Systems test Customer demonstrations Ensuring field grade quality software Certifying product changes Failure mode analysis Providing customized training for customer and support teams Developing installation procedures Developing modification procedures Initial customer laboratory evaluations ICLEs 363 211 150 Le a O Abbreviations and acronyms Symbols 48A 48B Negative Internal Voltage of the 48 V Power Feeder inside of the ONU Subshelf 1st 2nd Feeder 48 Common Internal Voltage of the 48 V inside the ONU Subshelf 48RTN Return Potential of the 48 V Power Feeder inside of the ONU Subshelf 1st 2nd Feeder 48VA 48VB Negative Voltage of the External 48 V Power Feeder 1st 2nd Feeder 48VBAT Negative Voltage of the Battery String 7A Fan Unit of the ONU for Indoor Applications Numerics 2B10 2 binary 1 quaternary 3Com 3Com Corporation 4B3T 4 binary 3 ternary 52C Outdoor Electronics Cabinet 92C International Indoor Electronics Cabinet A a b Cable Cable for 32 Subscriber Lines with two wires each also called T R cable VF cable
195. d with APs 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 35 General ONU information 2 4 2 1 Cabling directions for the ONU Sub shelf Cabling directions The figure below shows the cabling directions in the ONU Subshelf for the ONU Sub shelf The ONU will be delivered with all internal cabling Most of these cables are con nected to the correct position For these cables the installer has only to check that the cables are correctly fastened For 3 cables the installer must connect the ca bles to the batteries and to the PRU and LVD which are mounted during installa tion All external cables route to the right side For all ONU cables see also Figure 6 4 page 6 7 ONU Subshelf Connection Panel SCP Internal power and alarm in cable to the rectifier shelf backplane ONU Subshelf Rectifier shelf ESD socket I r RGU LVD a i E RI External i SC type fiber TRE eae Ss connector a i PRU ex a OCP B l External a b cables to theMDF 8 application packs AP connectors Fiber to the a b cables to the termination box right cable outlet Figure 2 15 ONU Subshelf cabling arrangement 363 211 150 2 36 Issue 3 June 2001 General ONU information 7 77 isbb lN IM MSM M5MEle l 5 M E bhL h l M ySm ny x2 b gt
196. der extreme environmental conditions Extreme environmental conditions can damage packs and cause malfunctioning Ensure that the limits shown in Figure 1 7 according to ETS 300 019 1 3 climatic class 3 2 are complied with during indoor operation June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information 363 211 150 Air temperature C 60 50 40 i 30 29 ha NI g m 10 5 0 10 4 i 30 i j _ Relative 0 10 2 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Udy l Figure 1 7 Climatogram according to ETS 300 019 1 3 Class 3 2 for indoor operation of the ONU Issue 3 June 2001 1 35 General safety information 1 36 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 i ____ General ONU information Contents 2 1 General 2 1 1 Functional description 2 1 2 Interfaces of the optical network unit ONU 2 1 3 Earthing grounding powering and ringing 2 1 3 1 Earthing grounding 2 1 3 2 Powering 2 1 3 3 Ringing 2 1 4 Environmental conditions 2 1 5 Alarming concept for environmental alarms 2 2 ONU configuration 2 2 1 Overview 2 2 2 Main components of the ONU 2 3 ONU arrangement 2 3 1 Arrangements for the ONU housing 2 3 1 1 Earthing studs 2 3 1 2 Door switch 2 3 2 Arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 2 3 2 1 Connector arrangement for the ONU Subshelf connection panel 2 3 2 2 Jumpers on the ONU Subshelf 2 3 2 3 Ringing generator unit RGU RGU500 2 3 2 4 Optical controller pack OCP CPF500 2 3 2
197. destruction by arcing of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU Use insulated probes for measuring Be very careful when taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measuring operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never remove connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery Remove test lead connections at the battery immedi ately after each reading is taken 11 12 3 Measure the battery voltage for each battery on the 2 pin 14 AWG lead assembly connector and record the battery voltage in the installation record View looking onto the Side view of battery contacts of battery assembly assembly connector connector front view f TL e BATTERY 48 RTN R BATTERY 48 V Sa Figure 11 3 Pinning of the 14 AWG lead battery assembly connectors Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Battery Temperature Because float readings are affected by discharges and recharges these readings must be taken when the batteries have been on continuous un interrupted float for at least one week For replacing see Chapter 11 4 15 page 11 18 Comment For battery replacement the battery manufacturer specifies the following
198. dobe Systems Inc AMP is a registered trademark of AMP Inc ANSI is a registered trademark of American National Standards Institute Inc AnyMedia is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies DynaMiTe and SpeedTouch are trademarks of Alcatel Alsthom Efficient Networks is a registered trademark of Efficient Networks Inc Find R Scope is registered trademark of FJW Optical Systems Inc Fluke is a registered trademark of John Fluke Mfg Co Inc Internet Explorer is a copyright of Microsoft Corporation Molex is a registered trademark of Molex Inc Netscape Navigator is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation OfficeConnect is a registered trademark of 3Com Corporation Pentium and MMX are registered trademarks of Intel Inc SpeedStream is a trademark of Efficient Networks Inc T amp Bis registered trademark of Thomas and Betts Corp UL is a registered trademark of Underwriters Labratories Inc WaveTek is a trademark of Wavetek Wandel Goltermann Inc Windows 95 and Windows 98 are copyrights of Microsoft Corporation Quality Management System The Quality Management System QMS for Lucent Technologies Multiservice Access has been registered to ISO 9001 under the Norwegian Scheme by Det Norske Veritas DNV since June 1993 ISO 9001 is an international quality standard recognized by more than 90 countries worldwide It is a model for quality assurance in design development production installation and servicing
199. e need not have more than one 2 048 Mbit s link N Near end The termination of an external interface at the access network element ANE site Non service affecting Refers to a condition not affecting the service e g telephony at the time it is detected Normal polarity The customer specific definition of the feeding polarity Some customers define normal polarity as the a wire is more negative with respect to the b wire Other customers define normal polarity as the b wire is more negative with respect to the a wire 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 GL 9 Glossary NT Network Termination The equipment that terminates the access transmission system on the customer side The best known network termination device is the NT1 that provides only physical layer functionality Other network ter mination devices with more functionality are NT N or NT a b NTU The network termination unit NTU is located at the customer side of an HDSL link and acts as the slave The NTU terminates the HDSL access transmission system on the customer side NVDS Nonvolatile Data Storage NVDS refers to that part of the database which can be retained even after a power fail ure e g provision parameters NVPS Nonvolatile Program Storage NVPS refers to nonvolatile memory on the COMDAC used to store the load image O Off hook In the off hook state the telephone receiver is picked up The off hook state indicates the busy state On dem
200. e 1 17 9 2 General fiber information Fiber routing From the AnyMedia Access System 8 optical links can be routed to 8 AnyMedia Optical Network Units ONU at maximum If broadband applications are sup ported only 7 ONUs can be connected to the AnyMedia Mainshelf because the 16th slot is occupied by the AFM pack The optical link is connected to the optical application pack OAP in the AnyMedia Mainshelf and routes to the optical con troller pack OCP in the ONU Subshelf 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 9 1 Fiber test and installation When the OCP or OAP is powered it will switch on its laser source No automatic laser shutdown ALS is equipped in these packs because the laser sources of both packs are Laser Class 1 products WARNING A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided Don t look into the end of an exposed fiber or pack optical connectors as long as the optical source is switched on The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature compliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered This must be considered especially before checking the fiber with an optical microscope Never view any unterminated optical connector with opti
201. e 3 June 2001 11 7 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Battery String Float Voltage GMT fuses Battery connections Electrolyte contact Acid spillage The GMT type fuses in the low voltage disconnect unit LVD can produce sparks during interruption or clearing of a fault on a high energy circuit Use only GMT fuses manufactured by Lucent Technologies Overtightening of the inter battery connectors could strip the bolt and or nut threads resulting in loose connections In the event of electrolyte contact with the skin remove the electrolyte immedi ately by rinsing the affected area with large amounts of plain tap water In the event of electrolyte in the eye pour water into the inner corner of the eye and al low at least one liter of water to run over the eye and under the eyelid Eye injuries should be treated by a physician immediately If large acid spillage occurs use agricultural or industrial lime instead of soda for neutralization before cleanup If lime is not available you may use baking soda Wear eye protection devices and rubber gloves when using lime on electrolyte spills Sprinkle the lime on the spillage allow it to absorb the electrolyte and then sweep it up and dispose of it in the proper manner Wash hands and face thor oughly after cleanup 11 4 5 The correctness of the battery string float voltage Float voltage It is extremely important to maintain the battery at the proper float voltage
202. e connectors D type connectors are provided in the system with DB3 DB9 and DB37 pin ar rangements Connectors as furnished on factory equipment are either of the insulation dis placement ID type or of soldering type If D type connectors furnished for use by installers are also ID type connectors then the use of special tools for wire inser tion or replacement is required Each D type plug jack connector combination has an associated covering hood which must be installed over the connector to complete the assembly Figure 4 1 page 4 6 depicts the D type connectors and the hood hardware assemblies for mating the connectors together Terminal numbers are embossed on the pin side of the assembly gt NOTE The connector s locking screws must have a thread of UNC 4 40 1 Molex is a registered trademark of Molex Inc 2 With power contacts 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 5 Parts description Locking screw UNC 4 40 Figure 4 1 D type connectors 4 2 3 2 General for application pack connectors Application pack connectors as furnished on factory equipment are of the insula tion displacement ID type gt NOTE If the connectors furnished for use by installers are also of the ID type then the use of special tools for wire insertion or replacement is required Each plug jack connector combination has an associated covering hood which must be installed over the connector to complete the assembly
203. e fan unit should be replaced after 40 000 working hours approx 4 years and 7 months if working 24 hours a day to ensure efficiency For filtering the fan unit works with a replaceable fan filter The fan filter can be replaced during operation The fan must not be de energized The filter can be cleaned externally by low pressure warm water or with a vacuum cleaner The lifetime of the filter depends on the environmental conditions for maintenance of the fan unit and the fan filter see Chapter 11 3 page 11 2 The following figure shows the fan with the fan filter Fan filter SA Mm ul iil Comcode 848456943 o J J J J J SLS Orientation mark T On T TI 5z Plastic strap E FF 5X Tie J LAO 0 29 O 9 O 6 6 Fan connector J204 NT TI x I 1 SZ HHA SI SZ 6 O D 0000 0000 0000 0000 o Fan fixing screws l oe Figure 2 13 Position of the fan unit with the fan filter IR 30EC batteries Issue 3 The ONU is buffered by 4 valve regulated lead acid type VRLA type batteries which are delivered separately with all connecting accessories For easy interconnectin
204. e for opera tion IS or OOS In this case the current availability is expressed in the secondary state which is controlled and changed automatically by the system Shelf daisy chain Connecting AnyMedia shelves to daisy chain AFMs together for ADSL services only This can be done locally by connecting the AFM ports directly or remotely via SDH transport network Side switch The operation of deactivating the active COMDAC and activating the stand by COMDAC Simplex mode One COMDAC is equipped in the AnyMedia Access System and controls the whole system If this COMDAC fails the system also fails Site specific Reflects the particular configuration of the site Site specific configuration is achieved by provisioning SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Used by the GSI AEM for the AnyMedia Access System broadband prod uct for accessing the MIB objects 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 GL 13 Glossary Software package At the architectural level software packages are the primary vehicle for functional partitioning of the system Soft ware packages are configuration units of the system Software factory The software factory is responsible for the pre configuration and pre installation of the system software The soft ware factory also creates installation files e g CD diskettes etc for delivery to the customer Status condition Report of a type of standing condition that reflects abnormal conditions or other anomalies that
205. e load if the battery voltage has reached approx 48 V When the LVD disconnects the batteries from the load the batteries will still be charged in the meantime by the PRU if the PRU is working In the case of a short the battery circuit breaker will trip if the current exceeds the nominal value 15 A The circuit breaker is of the single pole type the 48V path is protected Additionally a front accessible GMT type fuse 15 A is used for protecting the 48RTN path 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 13 General ONU information Test terminals for 48 V 2 1 3 3 Ringing Ringing generator unit The LVD is equipped with test terminals for the 48 V These terminals are con nected directly between the batteries and the battery fuse circuit breaker see also Figure 2 3 page 2 8 The rectifier output voltage measured at these terminals will be decreased by a voltage drop caused by the internal protection resistors and the internal resistance of the rectifier equipment The voltage drop depends on the input resistance of the multimeter used At the moment the LVDs are equipped with two protection resistors of 100 kQ Therefore the voltage drop is approx 1 V if the standard multimeters are used The ONU for indoor applications is designed for internal ringing via the ringing generator unit RGU The ringing generator unit is inserted into the ONU Subshelf where for other fu ture applications the power filter unit PFU ca
206. e number of allowed cleaning cycles as stated in the data sheet is reached 11 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries 11 3 2 Checking and replacing the fan filter Figure 11 1 363 211 150 e The fan filter can be replaced in during operation The fan must not be de ener gized If a spare filter is available the fan filter can be replaced and the removed fil ter can be cleaned externally in the meantime by low pressure warm water or with a vacuum cleaner For replacing the filter proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 For replacing the fan filter you must have the following Table 11 1 Fan filter for replacement Designation Comcode Apparatus Code Fan filter FF X55 Class 2 324A 848456943 NA 2 Locate the fan filter directly above the fan unit and pull out the filter using the two plastic loops see figure below Fan filter Comcode 848456943 Orientation mark Plastic strap e FF 5X O TATA TA TI IIa I DI DI AZ Fixing screws for fan Handles for pull out Position of the fan unit with the fan filter and the mounting elements Issue 3 June 2001 11 3 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Take the new filter and locate the two arrows on the metalwork of the filter The filter may only be inserted when the arrows point upwards For your help the arrows point upwards if the marked filter designation for
207. e thermal management system of the used power rectifier unit PRU is de signed to poll the battery thermal probes for the worst case battery temperature 2 14 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information and provides an indication to the control unit to lower the plant voltage if any tem perature threshold is exceeded gt NOTE The internal temperature compensation of the charging voltage is done by the PRU for ambient temperatures in the range 5 C to 53 C The compen sation rate of the PRU is 72 mV C for compensation see Figure 2 5 page 2 13 Cold start The lowest cold start temperature is 40 C 2 1 5 Alarming concept for environmental alarms Alarm input condi tions Failure and optical link Monitoring interval Alarm clearance 363 211 150 All 8 alarm inputs of the ONU Subshelf are ground closures via connector D1 ALARM For the wall mounted ONU the alarm inputs TLM1 to TLM7 are factory crossconnected as described in the table below from the backplane of the rectifier shelf TLM8 is not used The meaning of the alarming inputs cannot be changed by the customer The alarms on the rectifier backplane are not fuse protected and therefore not protected against overcurrent or overvoltages Errors and environmental ONU alarms in the ONU are logically routed by the OCP via the optical link to the AnyMedia Mainshelf where the alarms are monitored and recognized by the COMDAC Only the COMDAC
208. ected For adapting the charging voltage see also Figure 2 5 page 2 13 gt NOTE Operating the IR 30EC battery for any length of time above 25 C 77 F will result in reduced performance and premature failure Operation or stor age for a significant interval of time above 50 C 122 F may reduce or void the product warranty 363 211 150 For the IR 30EC batteries it is recommended to replace all 4 batteries if the batteries are older than about 1 to 2 years Issue 3 June 2001 11 13 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Clean and Inspect Instruction 11 4 10 For measuring the battery temperature proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Locate the Installation and Maintenance Record where the battery read ings the installation date and the first readings have already been re corded see Chapter 7 3 4 page 7 11 Warranty and installation and maintenance record 2 Use a contact thermometer or connect the temperature probe to the probe tips 3 Tape the thermometer to the surface on the can of one battery and wait two minutes before reading For waiting follow the instructions in the man uals for the thermometer temperature probe Record the temperature in the installation record Cleaning and inspecting Inspect the batteries and the battery compartment visually as needed ortwice a year If necessary clean the batteries and the battery compartment using a soft cloth dampened in water Ins
209. ed or not For future use the ED7C860 30 Gr1x cable will be provided with the male 20 pin AMP connector on the SHDSL side and an open end on the other side For the cable a 9 x 2paired cable with 28 AWG is used where the 9 th pair is not used On the connector pin 1and 10 and also pin 11 and 20 are crossed 4 38 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 5 3 Ringing generator unit RGU RGU500 The RGU does not have faceplate connectors The RGU is equipped with two jumpers for adjusting the ringing frequency 4 5 3 1 Adjusting the ringing frequency There are two jumpers MP1 with header P1 and MP2 with header P2 on the pack for setting the four output frequencies These frequencies are 17 Hz 20 Hz 25 Hz and 50 Hz The default frequency setting is 25 Hz Fuse 2 A time lag Fi AA oo 3 a o i 0 6 soa o gt CE Jumper MP1 setting for header P1 and jumper MP2 setting for I I header P2 to adjust the ringing frequency i MPT MP2 i Ringing fre Jumper Jumper Remarks I A BABE I quency MP1 MP2 I e o I nea o 3 0 3 1 17 Hz 2 3 2 3 camer 20 Hz 29 1 2 aoe 3 25 Hz 1 2 1 2 Default frequency factory setting 50 Hz 1 2 2 3 Figure 4 31 Location and configuration of the jumpers on the RGU for ringing frequencies 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 39 Parts description 4 6 Example of subscr
210. een face MISC Lit when one of the eight miscellanous alarm closure Yellow inputs is active because of an alarm condition CLF Carrier Line Failure Yellow Lit when a fault or facility alarm occurs on the optical ink Jacks and connectors on the OCP faceplate Connector jack Function SC type fiber connector for optical link Provides connection between the optical link and the optical link interface of the OCP CHAN MON Provides full splitting access to the channel side to ward the Z ports of the APs also provides bridging ac cess monitoring mode to listen in to an existing call DROP Provides full splitting access to the drop side toward the drop and subscriber equipment RMC Enables craft personnel to connect remotely to the COMDAC via a GSI if the optical link is working allows remote test access using a standard login procedure Figure 4 13 OCP faceplate Issue 3 June 2001 4 19 Parts description W m W W WMMmv s l tl gt RLSLL Vs s lt s gt x 4 20 Issue 3 The table below shows the transmit receive parameters for the laser transmit ter receiver of the OCP which are identical to the parameters of the OAP inside the AnyMedia Mainshelf Table 4 5 Optical parameters Parameters for the laser receiver transmitter of the OAP Value remark Laser type Laser transmitter of Laser Class Wavel
211. eground FSA First Service Application FU Fan Unit AB 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Abbreviations and acronyms G GA General Availability GDT Gas Discharge Tube GMT Special Fuse Type GND Signal Ground GPB General Purpose Bus GSI Graphical System Interface Software GUI Graphical User Interface H H1 Inventory Header of the AnyMedia Shelf HDB3 High Density Bipolar of Order 3 Code HDLC High Level Data Link Control HDSL High bit rate Digital Subscriber Line for AnyMedia two pair system HDSL AP Application Pack for High bit rate Digital Subscriber Lines HDSL Link HDSL Service without respect of numbers of copper pairs used HDSL Pair Copper pair used for HDSL Transmission without respect of Service HW Hardware IC Integrated Circuit 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 7 Abbreviations and acronyms ICC Interchangeability Code ICLE Initial Customer Laboratory Evaluation ID Identification IDC500 Apparatus Code of one IO_HDLC Pack old version IDC500B Apparatus Code of one IO_HDLC Pack new version IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IM Installation Manual INR International Region Market IS In Service ITU International Telecommunication Union ITU T International Telecommunication Union Standardization IO_E1 Quad E1 Interface Pack IO_HDLC HDLC Pack IP Int
212. enerator unit RGU RGU500 4 5 3 1 Adjusting the ringing frequency 4 6 Example of subscriber numbering and MDF assignment 4 7 Rectifier shelf 4 7 1 Backplane of the rectifier shelf 4 7 1 1 9 pin alarm out connector J202 4 7 1 2 3 pin 48V power connector J201 4 7 1 3 4 pin fan connector J203 4 7 2 Power rectifier unit PRU RS0450 4 7 2 1 Rectifier Margin switch 4 7 2 2 Faceplate of the PRU 4 7 2 3 Thermal probe connector 4 7 2 4 AC mains connectors 4 7 3 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD LVD500 4 7 3 1 Faceplate of the LVD 4 7 3 2 Test jacks of the LVD 4 7 3 3 Pinning of the battery connector J3 4 8 Fan unit 7A 4 9 IR 30EC batteries 4 II Issue 3 June 2001 cm n _ T N N RE IO N an N oo T N A ip no Dv N n DO os DO sn do a al km w o A o n A a ta A a pa A D A A N 1a A oo A do A do ra A ca a oO ig on Oo 1 ol par 1 ol aks 1 I pat 1 ol k bjt ol O w N 363 211 150 ocece _r_ i Parts description 4 1 General information This chapter describes for the AnyMedia Access System connectors and parts to which cables or wires are connected Also the connections inside the internal cables are shown gt NOTE Not all connectors cables described below are used in each AnyMedia Access System 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 1 Parts description
213. ength 1310 50 nm upstream 1550 50 nm downstream Fiber Single mode bidirectional wavelength division multiplexing Connector type Single connector SC type Optical link range about 15 km at least or about 30 km for fibers with 0 4 dBm km without splice connectors Optical laser transmit aver age power 8 dBm min 2 dBm max Optical receive sensitivity 23 5 dBm or better with 12 dB loss budget including fiber connec tors splices Reflection max 20 dBm Bit error rate BER lt 1x1010 Automatic laser shutdown No ALS June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 5 1 2 CHAN MON DROP connector Connector CHAN MON Note shown is the contact side of connector CHAN MON DROP on the OCP DROP J RGB1 CHAN MON J TGB1 a T1 Facility FAC ESDGRD D R1 J RGB2 TGB2 J T2 Equipment EQ 52 ESDGRD R2 DROP S12 RI R1 2 a Note for dual Bantam jack outer Screen 51 2 middle R1 2 ring wire FAC EQ T1 2 a Ea inner T1 2 tip wire FAC EQ T1 2 Figure 4 14 CHAN MON DROP connector of the OCP 4 5 1 3 RS 232C connector RMC Connector RMC Note shown is the contact side of connector RMC on the OCP identical to soldering side of cable connector RMC a ee o DSR out RxD RD out l 02 7 O4 RTS in TXD TD in _ 03 8 oo CTS out DTR in
214. ent gt 40 For cleaning see Chapter 1 10 5 page 1 17 WARNING A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation during optical inspec tion with a microscope Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature compliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered This must be considered especially before checking the fiber with an optical microscope Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical instruments other than indirect image converting devices such as the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Opti cal Systems Inc since viewing optics tend to collimate the energy from an opti cal connector and hence increase the potential risk of injury Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical microscope as long as the laser source is switched on Always test with an optical power meter that the fiber is deenergized Always observe the laser warning instructions see Chapter 1 10 page 1 12 9 6 Issue 3 4 If not already done remove the cable access cover on the right side of the ONU June 2001 363 211 150 Fiber test and installation 5 Route the tested fiber from the fiber termination box in the separate fiber trunk to the ONU Subs
215. ential frameground FRMGND via the mounting screws no additional green wire is nec essary In accordance with working in mesh BN or mesh IBN environments the common ground signal 48RTN and the metalwork FRMGRND are connected together directly at one point inside the ONU Subshelf Additionally an interconnection green wire connects the rectifier backplane RTN FRMGND potential to the metal work of the ONU housing The protective earth wire PE of the IEC 60320 AC power inlet receptacle is con nected to the metalwork FRMGND inside the power rectifier unit PRU gt NOTE For the first deliveries there are rectifiers with an IEC 320 AC inlet These rectifiers require a power cord with the appropriate IEC 320 plug for exam ple the power cord 848471 18 All internal connector housings are connected to FRMGND via the mounting screws Issue 3 June 2001 5 19 Mounting and installation procedures T look Di a l mike l Battery J GMT type fuse circui F1 15A breaker 15 A 5 A Internal LVD MOSFET LVD L l 48 RTN gt gt gt z aan 48AE oko l i 1 2 pin conn for Ow parallel operation in Svi Soe Margin 0 Margin 5 Battery Temp Probe 6 pin Margin l Internal fuses 1 e 1 IEC 60320 l
216. eplate The OCP is located in slot 1 of the ONU The OCP is a non protected pack The OCP supports narrowband as well as broadband services The remote maintenance connection interface RMC enables the craft personnel to connect to the COMDAC in the AnyMedia Mainshelf via a GSI to perform main tenance functions as long as the optical link is working Figure 4 13 page 4 19 shows the OCP faceplate lists the function and color of the LED indicators jacks and connectors on the faceplate 2 3 2 5 Application packs for the ONU Subshelf APs The application packs usable in the ONU Subshelf are m Application packs for narrowband services forthe packs usable see APs for NB services on page 2 5 m Application packs for broadband services forthe packs usable see APs for BB services on page 2 5 m Test application pack TAP100 1 metallic test path for the Equipment side towards the subscriber customer and for the Facility side towards the local ex change For the application pack connectors and the faceplates see Chapter 4 5 2 page 4 22 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 25 General ONU information 2 3 3 Rectifier shelf Rectifier shelf 2 3 3 1 2 26 The ONU for indoor applications is configured with an internal rectifier shelf de signed for the power rectifier unit PRU and the low voltage disconnect unit LVD LVD and RGU are delivered separately Rectifier shelf backplane Issue 3 From the rectif
217. erarchy PE Protective Earth PFU Power Filter Unit PFU500 PFU501 Apparatus Code for the Power Filter Unit PFU BYPASS Bridge on the Backplane of the ONU Subshelf for Internal Powering via the PRU factory setting AB 12 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Abbreviations and acronyms PLL Permanent Leased Line PM Performance Management PMJ Power Major Alarm PMN Power Minor Alarm POTS Plain Old Telephone Service ppm parts per million PPM Periodic Pulse Metering PPP Point to Point Protocol PRA Primary Rate Access PRC Product Realization Center prETS Preliminary European Telecommunication Standard PRU Power Rectifier Unit PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network Q QMS Quality Management System QOS Quality of Service R RADSL Rate Adaptive Digital Subscriber Line RD Receive Data 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 13 Abbreviations and acronyms REN Ringer Equivalent Number RGU Ringing Generator Unit RI Ring Indicate RING INT Bridge on the Backplane of the ONU Subshelf for Internal Ringing via the RGU factory setting RING EXT Bridge on the Backplane of the ONU Subshelf for External Ringing via Connector E1 RING RJ11 Modular 6 pin Plug Connector e g from AMP RJ45 Modular 8 pin Plug Connector e g from AMP also called Western connector RMC Remote Maintenance Channel ROC Remote Operations Channel RS 232C Serial Interface RRG Ring Wire o
218. ered The framework must be correctly connected to the approved earth before the start of work Never operate the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit with a disconnected ground a Bonding Configurations and Earthing at Remote Electronic Sites 1 9 1 1 10 Issue 3 Cables The housing of all connectors will always be connected with frameground FRMGND Every shielding is connected to FRMGND The CE marked ONUs need the EMC proof connecting material such as shielded cables and metallic or conductive D sub connector hoods to meet the CE directives All external cables except the a b cables of the application packs AP must be shielded and must be equipped with EMC tight connectors If EMC screening is needed for a b cables a 32 x 2 pair cable with EMC screen ing or a partly shielded cable has to be used per AP faceplate connector The partly shielded a b cables must be shielded for about 600 mm from the AP con nector downwards The screen has to be attached to the sheet metal of the ONU Subshelf The a b cables ED7C818 30Gr1x are designed for partly shielding If cables connected to APs have an exposed shield then this shield must be brought in metallic contact with the grounding finger below the AP via cable ties For connecting a PC GSI to the optical controller pack OCP via the RMC con nector RS 232C a 9 pin D sub connector with angled housing should be con nected to ease the cable routing All a b cables and xDSL cables sho
219. ernet Protocol IR 30EC Battery 12 V 25 Ah ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network L L1 L2 Phase of the AC Mains LAN Local Area Network AB 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Abbreviations and acronyms LCS Local Customer Support LE Local Exchange LED Light Emitting Diode LH Long Haul LL Leased Line LPA400 LPA400B Apparatus Code of one ADSL AP with 4 ADSL interfaces and 4 Splitters for Z Ports no G lite LPA400B Apparatus Code of one ADSL AP with 4 ADSL interfaces and 4 Splitters for Z Ports LPA408 Apparatus Code of one ADSL AP with 8 ADSL interfaces and 8 Splitters for Z Ports LPA414 Apparatus Code of one ADSL AP with 4 ADSL interfaces and 4 Splitters for ISDN Ports LPA416 Apparatus Code of one ADSL AP with 16 ADSL interfaces and 16 Splitters for Z Ports LPA417 Apparatus Code of one ADSL AP with 16 ADSL interfaces and 16 Splitters for ISDN Ports LPA419 Apparatus Code of one ADSL AP with 16 ADSL interfaces and 16 Splitters for ISDN Ports with Low Resistance Test Path LPA900 Apparatus Code of one AFMDS3 AP with DS3 interfaces No Duplex Operation LPA901 Apparatus Code of one AFMDS3 AP with DS3 interfaces for Duplex Operation LPA910 Apparatus Code of one AFM_E3 AP with E3 interfaces No Duplex Operation LPA911 Apparatus Code of one AFM_E3 AP with E3 interfaces for Duplex Operation LPA920 Apparatus Code of one Optical AFM AP with STM1 interface LPA941 Apparatus Code of one AFM
220. etely installed and equipped with the batteries weighs up to 75 kg The ONU can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked over or dropped This can also cause serious damage to the already installed shelves Use a sturdy vehicle for transport and secure the ONU against being dropped Two persons are required for lifting the ONU for mounting to the wall Do not store more than one packaged ONU on top of the other Never lift the ONU equipped with batteries IMPORTANT IMPORTANT A Ata IMPORTANT 1 24 Issue 3 Packaging Adverse effect on operation due to incorrect packaging Dampness and soiling can cause corrosion or tracking paths This can cause malfunctioning of the system components Shocks can cause damage Protect the system components against dampness soiling and shocks Use the original packaging if possible Electrostatic discharge ESD Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge Packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers Use the original packag ing if possible Always observe the ESD instructions see page 1 8 Climatic conditions Damage to packs under extreme environmental conditions Extreme environmental conditions can damage packs and cause malfunctioning Ensure that the limits shown in Figure 1 5 according to ETS 300 019 1 2 climatic class 2 3 are complied with during transport
221. example 2 4 ONU as it is delivered 5 7 ONU Subshelf 2 21 Cabling arrangement 2 36 Connector arrangement 2 23 Plug in arrangement 2 22 4 9 Switches and jumpers 2 24 ONU Subshelf connection panel 2 23 ONU Subshelf identifier adjustment 4 17 6 14 Optical controller pack 2 24 Installation 10 2 Optical link provisioning 10 6 Optical link testing 10 10 Ordering 3 1 Batteries 3 8 Components for replacement 3 9 Documents XXXI External cables 3 6 Grounding set 5 22 Internal cables 3 3 Low voltage disconnect unit 3 4 ONU assembly 3 2 ONU Subshelf plug ins 3 5 Optical controller pack 3 4 Plug ins and additional equipment 3 4 Power rectifier unit 3 4 Rectifier shelf plug ins 3 4 Ringing generator unit 3 4 P Parts for mounting the ONU 5 14 PC GSI cable PPP Multi mode bridge 4 22 PC GSI cable locally 4 22 Plywood mounting 5 11 5 13 5 15 IX 4 Issue3 June 2001 Power connector of the ONU 4 11 Power connector of the rectifier shelf 4 47 Power rectifier unit 2 10 2 27 4 48 Power rectifier unit faceplate 4 49 Power rectifier unit parallel operation 4 50_ Powering principle 2 10 5 20 Power up sequences 8 1 PPP mode 4 22 Product support Customer assistance requests entry system CARES A 3 Engineering and installation services A 2_ Training A 1 R Rectifier shelf 2 26 4 45 Rectifier shelf backplane connecting points 4 46_ Replacing the fan filter 11 3 Replacing the fan unit 11 4 Rerouting POTS over ADSL 6
222. ext to the ONU gt NOTE Use appropriate material handling equipment to ensure personnel safety and equipment protection while moving the battery pallet Bear in mind the weight of about 10 kg for an IR 30EC battery 2 Using slip joint pliers remove the staples from the wooden box gt NOTE Remove all the staples nails from the wooden box and dispose of them properly 3 Inside the wooden box locate the loose parts delivered with the batteries You must find the following Product Manual IR Series Batteries Issue 7 or later Comcode 107078859 gt NOTE If there are any problems with the equipment or equipment is missing refer to the job specification or equipment order for the name and telephone number of the local manager to contact and to rectify the problem 4 Locate the Installation and Maintenance Record in the Product Manual IR Series Batteries and reproduce or use the copies in Chapter 11 5 page 11 18 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 3 4 Battery inspection Battery inspection 363 211 150 For battery inspection and preparation of the installation proceed as follows Procedure Locate the Installation and Maintenance Record where the order number and measurements carried out during installation have to be recorded The Installation and Maintenance Record is required for warranty valida tion The packing list includes the order number Record this o
223. f back ONU shelf female D1 848457008 Alarm cable plane female J202 Rectifier shelf back 7A fan unit male J204 848456950 Fan cable plane male J203 Rectifier shelf back Door switch the two lower 848456992 Intrusion door switch ca plane E2 E3 plug plugs E2 E3 ble Rectifier shelf back Inside ONU housing upper 848467189 Interconnection wire plane E1 plug M6 grounding stud FRMGND 48VRTN Internal cables delivered which have to be connected during installation LVD female J3 Battery dangler cable con 848456968 Battery set cable nectors female for battery 1t04 Rectifier unit male IEC Customer s mains open end 848471181 AC mains power cord 320 AC mains inlet for fixed interconnection Issue 1 3 m 10 feet Input Rectifier unit male IEC ee to es ee ees 848506820 AC mains power cord 60320 AC mains inlet SoMa see footnotes 3 m 10 feet Input Rectifier unit male bat Ring type thermal probe in 84844446 Thermal probe tery temp probe con nector serted between the metallic case and plastic housing of battery 3 External cables prefabricated which have to be ro uted and to be connected during installation ONU shelf AP 1 to MDF ED 7C818 30Gr1x a b wires Lucent stan AP 8 also for optional dard cable 50 ft to 300 ft TAP100 15m to 91 5 m ONU shelf male C1 MDF ED 7C818 36Gr1x TAP B cable for ONU option shelf 50 ft to 300 ft
224. f the Ringing Voltage RRGO Ring Wire of the Ringing Voltage Input of the AnyMedia Shelf RRGE Ring Wire of the External Ringing Voltage RRGI Ring Wire of the Internal Ringing Voltage from the RGU RS540 Apparatus Code for the Power Rectifier Unit 540 W RTNBAT Positive Voltage of the Battery String RTS Request to Send RTU Right to Use License RxD Receive Data AB 14 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Abbreviations and acronyms S SAS Switching and Access Solutions SC Type of Keyed Fiber Connector in Plastic Housing with Snap in SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage SH Short Haul SN Serial Number SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol STENV Environmental Alarm Output STM Synchronous Transport Module STM 1 Synchronous Transport Module Level 1 155 52 Mbit s STM 4 Synchronous Transport Module Level 4 622 08 Mbit s SVC Service Channel SVGA Super Video Graphics Adapter SW Software T T R Tip Ring Wire the same as a b Wire T R Cable Cable for 32 Subscriber Lines with two wires each the same as a b cable also called VF cable TAMPER 52C Cabinet Alarm Intrusion or cabinet door open TAP Test Access Path 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 15 Abbreviations and acronyms TAP100 Apparatus Code for the Test Application Pack TAP B Test Access Path B TC TAP Connected TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Prot
225. face at the NTU to a G 703 for ISDN PRA service and to a leased line port V 35 V 36 X 21 for n x 64 kbit s digital leased line service The used timeslots of the G 703 port are routed to the V5 2 interface while the 64 kbit s timeslots used for n x 64 kbit s digital leased line service are routed to 2 Mbit s leased line links Monitoring The operator can hear the subscriber while the circuit is still operational and in a bridged state Additionally a speech connection can be established to allow the operator to talk to the customer MTBF Mean Time Between Failures The average time that the system remains operational between consecutive fail ures The MTBF is usually expressed in years In general MTBF MTTF MTTR where MTTF is the mean time to failure and MTTR is the mean time to repair MTIE Maximum Time Interval Error The maximum peak to peak delay variation of a given timing signal with respect to an ideal timing signal within a particular time period MTTF Mean Time To Failure The average time that the system remains operational between consecutive failures ex cluding outage duration for repair or maintenance activities The MTTF is usually expressed in years MTTR Mean Time To Repair The average time that the system remains out of service until it is repaired The MTTR is usually expressed in hours Multi link A collection of more than one 2 048 Mbit s link which together make up a V5 2 interface although a V5 2 interfac
226. formed by the pack the manufacturing in formation ordering information etc that is of importance in provisioning a new service maintaining the service and in restoring the service quickly in the event of a failure Engineering work order In order to build up a system on site or to grow or degrow a running system an engineering work order is neces sary By means of this order the installation group can plan and carry out the construction The engineering work order is done away from the site by the installation group in cooperation with the customer The engineering work order contains e g floor plan data sheet application schematic interconnections GL 4 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 Glossary Equipment pair The equipment pair of the TAP B interface consists of the 2 wires towards the customer premises equipment out ward direction F Facility pair The facility pair of the TAP B interface consists of the 2 wires towards the application pack circuitry inward direc tion Far end Any other network element residing in the network complex away from the AnyMedia Access System i e the loca tion of the service node is at the opposite end of the feeder E1 for the reported failure Feature packaging Customization mechanism where a subset of the overall set of software packages is selected and incorporated in a load image to support a certain functionality e g POTS only ISDN only V5 2 only Feature packaging allows the
227. g and placed in a wooden container or in a pasteboard box Uncrating should be done in the shipping position Requirement The tools required for uncrating racks and shelves are standard pinch bar and claw type hammer Care should be exercised when uncrating so that damage to equip ment does not occur Only use the pinch bar and or ham mer in areas that have been nailed 2 Transport the ONU near to the wall position where it has to be mounted gt NOTE The delivered ONU with the packaging weighs up to 200 kg WARNING Risk of injury due to unsecured ONU The ONU can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked over or dropped This can also cause serious damage to the already installed shelves Use a sturdy vehicle for transport and secure the ONU against being dropped At least two persons are required for taking the ONU out of the packaging 3 Cut and remove the packaging tape strapping Plate shears should be used to cut the metallic strapping 4 If the packaging is a wooden box remove top cover first so that an inspec tion of the contents of the shipping container can be made Remove side and end plates The bottom plate that the ONU is resting on may remain until the ONU is brought to the ONU location for wall mounting 5 If the packaging is a pasteboard box open the box 6 Remove the plastic bag and all foreign material 7 If the packing list can be found already put it aside for checking the deliv ery 8
228. g conditions the batteries should be replaced at a shorter interval if the ambient temperature has been permanently in the range above 25 C gt NOTE Operating the IR 30EC battery for any length of time above 25 C 77 F will result in reduced performance and premature failure Operation or stor age for a significant interval of time above 50 C 122 F may reduce or void the product warranty The fan filter should be checked for cleaning or replacement 2 months after the initial installation Then the fan filter should be checked at a maximum interval of 6 months The fan filter must be replaced after noticeable restrictions in air movement over electronics or if first signs of overheating occur gt NOTE The lifetime of the filter depends on environmental conditions Issue 3 June 2001 11 1 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Depending on the working conditions the fan unit should be replaced after 40 000 working hours about 4 years and 7 months if working 24 hours a day Any defective fan unit must be replaced immediately 11 2 Principle of maintenance sequences The maintenance works required must be carried out at different intervals for the fan unit and for the batteries For the batteries the Installation and Maintenance Record must be filled out and signed In the installation and maintenance record the maintenance personnel must record different measurable parameters during maintenance wor
229. g currents below 15 A Charging currents exceeding 18 A will destroy the cable If the battery is charged externally the charging current of the external charger must not exceed 18 A under any circumstances if the delivered cable assembly is used Do not use boost charger The battery manufacturer does not allow boost charg ing without written confirmation Short circuit and arcing in the batteries area DANGER A Destruction of batteries in the event of a short circuit A short circuit in the batteries will cause an arc destruction of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete system Be aware of potential hazards before servicing battery equipment A metallic ob ject causing a short of the battery terminals may be thrown or vaporized due to the battery energy Never short out the battery s terminals Always verify the polarity before connecting cables to the battery poles in the event of servicing The keyed 2 pin cable connector of the IR 30EC battery is pro tected against confusing poles You must always use properly insulated tools and test equipment for installing and connecting batteries When working on batteries always wear splash proof safety goggles acid resis tant gloves rubber overshoes and an apron Arcing WARNING A Arcing on removing or inserting a live battery connecting cable Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes or destroy the coat ing of the cab
230. g operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never re move connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery Remove test lead connections at the battery immediately after each reading is taken Review the safety precautions Overtightening of the inter battery connectors could strip the bolt and or nut threads resulting in loose connections If the battery is to be installed on an electrically conductive surface a non conduc tive mat or surface should be placed between the battery and the conductive sur face In the event of electrolyte contact with the skin remove the electrolyte immedi ately by rinsing the affected area with large amounts of plain tap water In the event of electrolyte in the eye pour water into the inner corner of the eye and al low at least one liter of water to run over the eye and under the eyelid Eye injuries should be treated by a physician immediately If large acid spillage occurs use agricultural or industrial lime instead of soda for neutralization before cleanup If lime is not available you may use baking soda Wear eye protection devices and rubber gloves when using lime on electrolyte spills Sprinkle the lime on the spillage allow it to absorb the electrolyte and then sweep it up and dispose of it in the proper manner Wash hands and face thor oughly after cleanup See also the warnings in
231. g the batteries are factory equipped with a 14 AWG lead assembly terminating with a preconnected keyed 2 pin plug June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information 2 3 6 2 3 6 1 2 3 6 2 2 3 6 3 Hexhead screw for 5 16 inch socket if required retorque with 40 10 inch pounds approx 4 4 Nm 0 1 Nm 7 00 in 4 17 78 cm ve 14 AWG lead assembly with keyed i 2 pin connector Cee never exceed 15 A load pet in 6 75 in 11902 Mhe gee 175 00 Battery weight 10 9 kg Figure 2 14 IR 30EC battery Labeling and numbering The packs are equipped with labels for the following m Apparatus Code e g LPZ100 Common Language Equipment Code CLEI m Interchangeability Code ICC m Serial Number SN The ONU housing is equipped with an identification label Door label of the ONU housing Inside the door of the ONU housing the combined warnings and parts label is at tached On the label all parts of the ONU can be identified Identification and marking of cables and connectors All cables are marked with the following m A label for cable Comcode or for the cable Equipment Code m A label on the connectors specifying the positions where the connectors are to be plugged in Battery label A combined warnings and installation label is attached to each battery During installation the installation date must be recorded to this label by the in staller 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 200
232. g to the material condition The weight of the completely equipped ONU is 75 kg 3 Open the door of the ONU housing and hang out the door Weight WARNING Risk of injury due to unsecured ONU A The delivered ONU housing partly equipped as it has to be mounted to the wall weighs up to 25 kg The ONU can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked over or dropped This can also cause serious damage to the already installed shelves Use a sturdy vehicle for transport and secure the ONU against dropping At least two persons are required for lifting the ONU for mounting to the wall Always mount and lift the ONU in the unequipped state without batteries 363 211 150 4 Lift the ONU housing and place it in the U shaped mounting bracket just mounted so that the ONU towers protrudes about 15 to 20 cm above the bracket 5 Bring the ONU housing to a vertical position and lower the ONU housing down slowly until the ONU housing is secure on the two mounting tabs of the bracket 6 Locate the battery bracket in the battery compartment area remove the left mounting screw loosen the right screw and remove the battery bracket Issue 3 June 2001 5 15 Mounting and installation procedures 7 Locate the 3 mounting holes in the lower part battery compartment of the ONU housing and secure the ONU housing with 3 hexagonal or roundhead wood screws 8 Mount the battery bracket 9 Hang in the door starting with the upper hinge
233. ge 4 12 By way of example Table 6 4 page 6 24 shows the connections to the MDF The TAP B cable is available in varying lengths however any excess may be cut off to relieve cable rack congestion Table 6 2 Length of TAP B cable ED7C818 36 Group 1x Description Code Length gt TAP B Cable ED7C818 36 Group 1 50 ft 15 m ED7C818 36 Group 1A 100 ft 30 5 m ED7C818 36 Group 1B 200 ft 61 m ED7C818 36 Group 1C 300 ft 91 5 m The cable should be installed in the following order Step Procedure 1 Verify that no a b cable is installed already 2 Pull the TAP B cable assembly with its connector end through the right hand side of the ONU opening Route it along the bottom of the rec tifier shelf to the gap between the rectifier shelf and the ONU shelf 3 Lead the cable in the gap upwards through the right opening of the ONU shelf to the 37 pin male connector C1 For cable routing of the ONU shelf see Figure 6 1 page 6 2 4 Add cable ties to the rectifier shelf as needed to fix the TAP B cable 5 Mate the TAP B connector with connector C1 of the ONU shelf 6 Check the correct labeling on the cable connector and mark if required Mark the other cable end in the direction of the MDF with the same label designation 7 Connect the TAP B cable to the MDF according to local regulations or ac cording to the instructions given by the network provider gt NOTE The TAP B ca
234. ge 9 3 If there are problems try to clean the optical connector If the fiber is cleaned always check the successful cleaning with an optical microscope enlargement gt 40 For cleaning see Chapter 1 10 5 page 1 17 WARNING A Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation during optical inspec tion with a microscope The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature compliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered This must be considered especially before checking the fiber with an optical microscope Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided The OCP does not have an Automatic Laser Shutdown ALS feature compliant with ITU T G 958 and IEC 60825 The internal laser source is on as soon as the OCP is powered This must be considered especially before checking the fiber with an optical microscope Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical instruments other than indirect image converting devices such as the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Opti cal Systems Inc since viewing optics tend to collimate the energy from an opti cal connector and hence increase the potential risk of injury Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical microscope as long as the laser source is swit
235. gement for external cables 6 3 6 2 Insertion and removal of an application pack connector 6 5 6 3 Shielding of the a b cable 6 6 6 4 ONU cabling complete 6 7 6 5 Empty ONU with delivered cabling 6 10 6 6 ONU backplane arrangement as viewed from front no pack inserted 6 12 6 7 DIP switch for ONU addressing on the OCP position 6 14 6 8 Cable routing below the ONU Subshelf 6 18 6 9 Plug In arrangement and connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 6 19 6 10 Cabling for integrated testing with TAP100 inserted in slot position AP 8 for colocated cross connect 6 22 6 11 Cabling for integrated testing with TAP100 inserted in slot position AP 8 for an outside cross connect 6 23 6 12 Principle for rerouting POTS over ADSL 6 25 6 13 IEC 60320 mains connector and power cord 6 28 6 14 Cable routing outside of the ONU 6 30 6 15 AC mains cable for FSA deliveries 6 31 S 7 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 1 7 1 IR 30EC battery 7 6 7 2 Cardboard box with charge no later than date 7 8_ 7 3 Copy of the initial charging recommendation of IR 30EC battery 7 9 7 4 Battery label with positions of battery serial number and installation date 7 12 7 5 Battery arrangement top view 7 13 7 6 Position of the thermal probe 7 15 EEe p HXx 8 System power up 8 1 8 1 Position of the Margin switch 8 3 XVI Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Figures 8 2 ONU with batteries LVD PRU RGU and an empty ONU Subshelf 8 4 8 3 Location and setti
236. ging generator Grounding points and ESD sockets When delivered one ESD socket is already mounted on the right side of the ONU Subshelf An ESD warning label is affixed directly below the socket Figure 5 8 shows where the sockets are mounted on the ONU a CELLFEE PEI Cass 9000000 0000000 35005 a mr Grounding point for inter connection of 48RTN to FRMGND ESD warning label dia ESD socket Fixing screw for the cable access cover inside the ONU Grounding stud M6 under the cable access cover Cable access cover m a re i LIU BEEBEREH Figure 5 8 ESD socket and grounding studs points Issue 3 June 2001 5 21 Mounting and installation procedures 5 5 4 Parts for grounding Grounding consid Co
237. gs 1 28 1 16 Warnings for taking the power supply into operation 1 32 _r11_ l1l 2 General ONU information 2 1 2 1 General 241 2 1 1 Functional description 2 3 2 1 2 Interfaces of the optical network unit ONU 2 4 2 1 3 Earthing grounding powering and ringing 2 6 2 1 3 1 Earthing grounding 2 6 2 1 3 2 Powering 2 10 2 1 3 3 Ringing 2 14 2 1 4 Environmental conditions 2 14 2 1 5 Alarming concept for environmental alarms 2 15 2 2 ONU configuration 219 2 2 1 Overview 2 19 2 2 2 Main components of the ONU 2 19 2 3 ONU arrangement 221 2 3 1 Arrangements for the ONU housing 2 21 2 3 1 1 Earthing studs 2 21 2 3 1 2 Door switch 2 21 2 3 2 Arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 2 21 2 3 2 1 Connector arrangement for the ONU Subshelf connection panel 2 22 2 3 2 2 Jumpers on the ONU Subshelf 2 23 2 3 2 3 Ringing generator unit RGU RGU500 2 24 2 3 2 4 Optical controller pack OCP CPF500 2 24 2 3 2 5 Application packs for the ONU Subshelf 2 25 2 3 3 Rectifier shelf 2 26 2 3 3 1 Rectifier shelf backplane 2 26 2 3 3 2 Power rectifier unit PRU RS0540 2 27 IV Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 Contents 2 3 3 3 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD LVD500 2 3 4 7A fan unit 2 3 5 IR 30EC batteries 2 3 6 Labeling and numbering 2 3 6 1 Door label of the ONU housing 2 3 6 2 Identification and marking of cables and connectors 31 2 3 6 3 Battery label 2 31 2 4 General installation information 2 32 2 4 1 Tools and measurement tes
238. habetical order the specific subject information in the document 2 Conventions used in this document Terms used 363 211 150 The following are terms used in this IM that may have a different meaning than general or common use of the term The term AnyMedia Access System is used here for the AnyMedia Main shelf and also equally for the ONU Subshelf The term system configuration is used here for the AnyMedia Access System when the text refers to a system equipped with certain packs or units for a certain application including the related database Mixed configuration means a configuration of the AnyMedia Access System including packs for narrowband services and for broadband ser vices The term AnyMedia Mainshelf is used when the text refers to the shelf which houses the COMDAC CIU OAP and AFM pack The term ONU Subshelf is used when the text refers to the shelf in the ONU housing the OCP which provides the interface for the optical link to the AnyMedia Mainshelf The term AnyMedia shelves is used whenever the text does not need to distinguish between both types of shelves Narrowband services typically include POTS services permanent leased line PLL and integrated services digital network ISDN as well as n times 64 kbit s to 2 Mbit s In the current release of the AnyMedia Access System narrowband services comprise POTS ISDN BRA services analog leased lines ALL digital leased lines DLL and high bit rate digital
239. he battery cable connector J3 plugged in the LVD by inserting the probes into the opening for the wires using small test probes m Measure on the contact side of the battery cable connector J3 discon nected from the LVD by inserting the probes into the contacts Be aware that maintenance actions will interrupt the battery buffering for the ONU Subshelf if the battery circuit breaker is switched OFF and J3 is disconnected A loss of AC mains during maintenance will cause a shut down of the complete ONU Instruction For measuring the string voltage proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Locate the Installation and Maintenance Record where the battery read ings the installation date and the first readings have already been re corded see Chapter 7 3 4 page 7 11 Warranty and installation and maintenance record Requirement Be aware to be at uninterrupted float for 48 hours at least 2 Switch the battery circuit breaker to OFF locate the 3 pin battery cable connector J3 and disconnect For pinning of J3 see Figure 11 2 page 11 10 Short circuit when taking voltage readings WARNING Risk of a short or arcing due to battery cabling without fuse protection A The battery cabling is not fuse protected for the battery interconnections up to the battery circuit breaker A short in this area will cause an arc destruction of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU Use insulated probes for measuring Be very careful when
240. he battery string Do not place batteries in a sealed enclosure Especially freshly charged batteries may produce explosive gases for about 24 hours after charging An explosion could occur when sparks are created near the battery string Check that the batteries are not charging or discharging before loosening or removing battery connections as sparks may occur As always adequate ventilation must be provided Such an explosion could short circuit other battery modules and re sult in a fire Issue 3 June 2001 7 3 Mounting and installation of batteries The GMT type fuse in the LVD can produce sparks during interruption or clearing of a fault on a high energy circuit Use only fuses provided with safety caps for this type of circuit Near the batteries there shall be a distance of 0 5 m cord measurement from any spark gaps flames or glowing plants EN 50272 2 gt NOTE Any mechanical power switches and also static electricity are sources of spark gaps Exercise extreme care to avoid any short circuit across the battery terminals Even a single battery poses a potentially high energy hazard if shorted Shorting a battery may result in explosion of the battery injury to the installer and damage to equipment A tool or other metallic object causing the short may be thrown or va porized due to the battery energy Be very careful when taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measurin
241. he optical source is switched on Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical instruments other than indirect image converting devices such as the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Opti cal Systems Inc since viewing optics tend to collimate the energy from an opti cal connector and hence increase the potential risk of injury Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical microscope as long as the laser source is switched on Always test with an optical power meter that the fiber is deenergized Always observe the laser warning instructions see page 1 13 A conventional laser produces a small beam of light and because the beam is small the power density is very high Lasers used in ONU lightwave systems are usually Class 1 lasers and have a larger beam divergence typically 10 to 20 de grees Inadvertently viewing an unterminated fiber or damaged fiber with the un aided eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches will normally not cause eye injury However damage may occur if an optical instrument such as a micro scope magnifying glass or eye loupe is used to view the energized fiber end Lightwave digital transmission systems and associated optical test sets may use semiconductor laser transmitters not belonging to Class 1 lasers The lasers emit lightwaves into lightguide cables at or near infrared wavelengths that are invisible to the human eye Light energy emitted by laser and high radiance LEDs may cause
242. he power supply is faulty Are the failure LEDs extinguished on the PRU of the rectifier shelf If not the power cable connection may be faulty check the A1 connector on the ONU Subshelf and measure the voltage if required for pinning see Figure 4 6 page 4 11 gt NOTE Some of the failure causes can only be monitored if the optical link works properly especially AP connector and AP cable are tested via the optical link 10 Repeat Step 2 through 9 for all APs listed in the engineering work order gt NOTE The application pack can be used for service only when it is provisioned by entering the TL1 commands ENT AP ED SUBSHELF in the AnyMedia Mainshelf and when the optical link works properly see also the note on page page 10 6 gt NOTE If the optical link works properly the LED on the APs can be checked by pressing the LED TEST button on the OCP Response All LEDs on the OCP faceplate and on the faceplates of the APs light for approximately 10 seconds then the LEDs return to their previous status 10 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 i _ lt WKW Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Contents 11 1 General maintenance information 11 2 Principle of maintenance sequences 11 3 Maintenance of the fan unit 11 3 1 11 3 2 11 3 3 Cleaning the fan filter Checking and replacing the fan filter Replacing the fan unit 11 4 Battery maintenance 11 4 1
243. helf Optical cable break IMPORTANT Fiber microdefects and or cable break with a bending radius less than 30 mm There is a risk to cause microdefects in the single fiber or a risk of a cable break if the bending radius of optical fiber cables is less than about 30 mm Microdefects can increase the fiber attenuation and reduce the long term stability Ensure that the bending radius for the single fiber is not less than 30 mm Always use the special protective spiral wrap of the delivered fiber jumper on the ONU side 6 Mark the fiber in the termination box The marking should be specified in the engineering work order or follow local regulations If not specified it is recommended to mark the fiber just installed with the ONU Subshelf iden tifier ONU addressing and to mark the incoming fiber from the multifi ber with the OAP slot position and AnyMedia Mainshelf destination loca tion 7 Remove the protective cap of the fiber and place them inside the termina tion box The cap is required if the fiber is disconnected later 8 Connect the fiber in the termination box Which fiber has to be connected to the OCP is specified in the engineering work order if more than one ONU is located on the site 9 Insert the fiber with the protective spiral wrap side through the right open ing of the ONU housing and route it below the ONU Subshelf to the OCP position Optical cable break IMPORTANT Fiber microdefects and o
244. helf broadband only shelf or as a mix of both In every configuration a COMDAC has to be installed in the AnyMedia Mainshelf The following APs can be used for narrowband services m The LPZ100C provides up to 32 Z ports m The LPP100B provides up to 24 Z ports m The LPZ120B 121B 122B provide up to 32 Z ports without TAP feature m TheLPU112 provides up to 12 U ports m The LPU430 provides up to 16 U ports m The LPS501 LPS503 LPS504 provide 2 x 2 HDSL ports for 1168 kbit s each m The LPS510 provides 8 duplex SHDSL ports and 4 duplex E1 ports which are not used for the ONU m Optionally one test application pack TAP100 for integrated test and mea surement The following APs can be used for broadband services m The LPA400B provides up to 4 ADSL ports to which 4 Z ports can be com bined via 4 internal splitters m The LPA408 ADSL8p AP provides 8 ADSL ports to which 8 Z ports can be combined via 8 on board splitters 363 211 150 The test path routes to the Equipment side towards the subscriber customer and to the Facility side towards the local exchange Issue 3 June 2001 2 5 General ONU information m The LPA414 ADSLAI AP provides 4 ADSL to which 4 ISDN ports with 2B1Q 4B8T can be combined via 4 on board splitters m The LPA416 LPA419 ADSL16p AP provide 16 ADSL ports to which 16 Z ports can be combined via 16 on board splitters m The LPA417 ADSL16i AP provide 16 ADSL ports to which 16 ISDN port
245. helf and thus it is able to provide the same types of services that the larger AnyMedia Mainshelf provides Issue 3 June 2001 2 3 General ONU information Fiber termination box for SC SC type connector I E POTS amp ADSL ONU s_l Addr 1 12 bits Local ta Exchange LE e g 5ESS Switch Splice box ONU side OCP Splice box main shelf side Fiber termination box POTS ISDN BRA for SC SC type connector ISDN PRA via HDSL N x 64 kbit s via _ HDSL ALL or DLL D lt gt OAP ne S ny CF e tonr AnyMedia l I l I l I Mainshelf transporti LE gt dOAP with N network ONU pen na Addr 2 AM EOMBAG BRERA POTS amp ADSL odi fee aa Non Switched l Digital Service l Node Multifiber cable to remote location 1 to 8 optical links 155 Mbit s I POTS ISDN BRA ISDN PRA via HDSL N x 64 kbit s via HDSL ALL or DLL i I l E3 or ONU DS30r Addr 7 STM 1 ATM POTS amp ADSL Switch OCP p43 l I Figure 2 2 Example of applications with the ONU 2 1 2 Interfaces of the optical network unit ONU Service interfaces The service interfaces to the subscriber side are located on the APs and therefore identical for the AnyMedi
246. iber numbering and MDF assignment Subscriber num The subscriber lines of the application packs for POTS AP are numbered from 1 bering and to 256 per ONU Subshelf The table below shows the subscriber numbering and connections to the the allocation to the Z port numbers which are numbered from 1 to 32 per appli MDF cation pack An example of the assignment of an MDF is indicated in the next chapter For the metallic test path TAP B cable terminals 225a to 226b and 258a to 259b are used in the example for the MDF assignment see Table 4 8 page 4 44 The internal cable connections for an MDF with 10 a b terminals per connector block are shown as an example in the following tables gt NOTE The connector pins of the application pack cable connector count from 1 to 68 the potential numbers of the application pack count from 0 to 33 and 100 to 133 for the 68 pins 4 40 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description Table 4 7 Channel numbering and connections to MDF example external cable ED 7C818 30 Gr 1x from ONU Subshelf APs to the MDF Sub Circuitno Potential no of Pin of AP cable MDF scriberno AP no of the AP the AP conn connector Wire 10 pins row AP 01 0 1 shorted to pin 35 no connection 1 1 1 2 T1 Tip a wire W BL 001a 2 3 R1 Ring b wire BL W 001b 2 2 3 4 T2 W
247. ical layer 3 address used in the relevant protocols on the V5 x interface With respect to the V5 x interface the layer 3 address uniquely identifies one PSTN user port R RAI Remote Alarm Indication Indicates an alarm at the far end of the E1 interface Remote mass provisioning Mass provisioning performed from a remote GSI EM connected to the AnyMedia Access System via ROCs Before an AnyMedia Access System can be mass provisioned from a remote node some minimal configuration is needed in order to allocate the resources needed by the ROCs This has to be done locally using a GSI either manually or using the initial mass provisioning procedure Remote power feeding Refers to the power feeding of the NT Regenerator by the ISDN AP Normal powering and restricted powering mode are distinguished In the restricted powering mode the polarity of the feeding voltage at the S T interface is reversed Normal powering mode In the normal powering mode the NT and an optional regenerator receive power from the ISDN AP The power for all subscriber terminals on the subscriber side of the S T interface is supplied by a mains operated power sup ply unit at the CPE Restricted powering mode The restricted powering mode occurs when the main power at the CPE fails In this case the ISDN AP must pro vide power for the NT and an optional regenerator and also to a single designated restricted mode terminal on the subscriber side of the S T interface
248. ier backplane cables are routed to the ONU Subshelf for power ing alarming and to the fan unit Also the door switch is connected via the back plane Connector J201 is the 48 V power connector and is connected to the ONU Sub shelf connector A1 Connector J202 is the output alarm connector for the rectifier shelf 7 environmen tal alarms for the rectifier the batteries the fan and for the LVD are used For the alarms see Table 2 4 page 2 17 J202 is connected to the ONU Subshelf con nector D1 for the alarm inputs J203 is the power and alarm connector for the 7A fan unit The blade terminal E1 is used for interconnecting 48RTN and FRMGND The ter minal is connected to the M4 earthing point inside the ONU housing The blade terminals E2 and E3 are connected to the door switch for door alarm ing June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information Alarm out 0 8 di L gi Connection to FRMGND o 3 2 63 lt l _ Connection to n door alarm switch O ol 1202 Ga o o aa 203 T Fan power and alarm Power B connector connector 201 o 8 Figure 2 10 Backplane of the rectifier shelf 2 3 3 2 Power rectifier unit PRU RS0540 Rectifier The power rectifier unit PRU is fed by AC mains 93 V up to 264 V 47 Hz up to 63 Hz via an IEC 60320 AC power inlet
249. igure 4 30 page 4 38 Note Shown is the wiring soldering side ofthe E1 cable connector of the E 1 cable for the 4 unstructured E1 ports identical to the contact side of the E1 connector on the SHDSL AP O f Short GND 1 A ll i Elpot1 p DSX1DIR BK 2 JE 12 BK DSXIUIR E1 port1 U DSX1D1T R 3 13 Yi DSX1U1T De DI Elport2 D DSX1D2R BK 4 TE 14 BK DSX1U2R EI port2_U x DSX1D2T WH 5 15 BR DSX1U2T g ZE i Elport3 D DSX1D3R BK 6 Te 16 BK DSX1U3R E1 port3_U DSX1D3T G 7 17 OR DSX1U3T Ds DX Elport4 D DSX1D4R BK 8 TE 18 R DSXIUAR 1 port4 U DSX1D4T BL 9 19 WH DSX1U4T Dd DX Notes By default the unstructured E1 ports Short Note DSX1U4T stands for DSX1 E1 signal are routed to the duplex SHDSL ports 5 to 8 until U Upstream until other provisioning O 4 E1 port 4 T tip wire Wiring side Figure 4 30 Pinning of the E1 cable connector E1 4 unstructured E1 ports The 20 pin AMP connector AMPLIMATE 050 series is used for the E1 cable of the SHDSL AP LPS510 The SHDSL AP has a also the standard 68 pin AP con nector for the 8 duplex SHDSL ports see Figure 4 29 on the previous page 4 37 The 8x2 twisted pair cable must have an impedance of 120 gt NOTE Four pins on this 20 pin connector have to be shorted so that the AnyMedia Access System can verify whether an E1 cable is connect
250. in shelf OAP number and to mark the leaving fiber towards the multifiber with the ONU Subshelf identifier ONU addressing and with the ONU destination location 7 Be sure that the main multifiber cable has been tested successfully with an optical time domain reflectometer for example Wavetek MTS5100 for each fiber from termination box to termination box 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 9 5 Fiber test and installation 9 3 Fiber cabling of the ONU For the ONU the fiber cabling should be done as follows 1 Locate one separately delivered fiber cable per ONU with an SC type fi ber connector on each side Table 9 2 Delivered fiber cable for the ONU Subshelf Designation Comcode Equipment description Length Fiber Jumper Cable 408267532 Fiber Jumper Cable with 30 ft 10 m SC SC connector with protective spiral wrap of about 3 ft 1 m on the ONU side a Two fibers are delivered one is for spare 2 If required remove the protective caps of the delivered fiber and test the SC SC fiber For fiber testing follow local regulations If not specified use an optical power meter for example Wavetek OLP6 OLS16 After test ing put the protective caps on the fiber connectors 3 If required clean the optical connectors to avoid loss of optical power or to avoid contamination of the second connector coupling If the fiber is cleaned always check the successful cleaning with a microscope en largem
251. in pdf format Ordering Guide in pdf format Commands and procedures for narrowband services in HTML and in pdf format Commands and procedures for ATM xDSL services in HTML and in pdf format Installation Manual for the Mainshelf and for DC Powered Racks in pdf format Installation Manual for AC Powered Racks in pdf format ONU Installation Manual for Indoor Applications in pdf format ONU Installation Manual for Outdoor Applications in pdf format Mass Provisioning Tool for V5 Services User Manual MPT USM in pdf format Description of TL1 commands in HTML format a For the ordering address see How to order this document 1 Acrobat Reader and Adobe are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated XXX Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 About this document 4 How to order this document Ordering number The ordering number for theof the AnyMedia optical network unit for Indoor Appli cations Release R1 6 R1 11D is 363 211 150 Order procedure To order additional hard copies of this document and or to request placement on the standing order list send or call in an order as follows Telephone order Mail order Monday through Friday Lucent Technologies Phone within USA 1 888 LUCENT 8 Customer Information Center 8 30 a m to 5 30 p m EST Attention Jackie Watts FAX from USA email jswatts lucent com 1 800 566 9568 2855 N Franklin Road P O Box 19901 Prone worldwide
252. ineering and Installation Services group provides the customer with an in dividually tailored quality tested job that meets our published high standards and the customer s operational requirements The group ensures that the customer s system order is integrated into a complete working system tailored to office condi tions and preferences It includes provision for cabling lighting power equipment and ancillary connections to local and or remote alarm systems The group re sponds to any customer changes that occur during installation Equipment engineered and installed by Lucent Technologies is thoroughly tested and integrated into a reliable system at cut over Once approved by Lucent Tech nologies Quality Assurance Test group the system is turned over to your com pany The Quality and Assurance Test Group also provides any specialized engineering and installation services required for unusual or highly individualized applications These specialized services may include engineering consultations and database June 2001 363 211 150 Product support preparation Your local Account Executive can provide more information about these services A 4 Customer assistance requests entry system CARES Introduction The customer assistance requests entry system CARES software tool is de signed to assist Lucent Technologies in providing quality service to our customers for a variety of products Customers can use the tool to com
253. ing battery equipment A metallic ob ject causing a short of the battery terminals may be thrown or vaporized due to the battery energy Never short out the battery s terminals Always verify the polarity before connecting cables to the battery poles when ser vicing The keyed 2 pin cable assembly connector of the IR 30EC battery is pro tected against confusing poles You must always use properly insulated tools and test equipment for installing and connecting batteries When working on batteries always wear splash proof safety goggles acid resis tant gloves rubber overshoes and an apron Supply voltage of the ONU Subshelf CAUTION A Destruction of components due to a supply voltage of incorrect polarity or a supply voltage which is too high The ONU Subshelf operates at a nominal voltage of 48 V DC The permissible tolerance range is 40 5 V to 57 V DC Ensure that the supply voltage has the correct range and polarity before connect ing the voltage to the ONU Subshelf If the ONU is equipped with the power recti fier unit the correct supply voltage is ensured Ensure that fuses will be replaced with the same type and rating of fuse Never connect the ONU Subshelf to 60 V DC Short circuit CAUTION A Destruction of packs in the event of a short circuit A short circuit in the ONU can cause destruction of electronic components and thus malfunctioning of the complete system You must therefore not
254. ing generator unit RGU500 is used the 48 V return path 48RTN and the ringing return path TRGO are connected inside the RGU This connection is invisible If the RGU is removed this connection does not exist anymore FRMGND and the 48 V return path 48VRTN are connected on the backplane of the rectifier shelf Additionally both potentials are crossconnected by factory in stalled wire External 48V powering external For the standard application external powering and ringing are not supported cur rently for indoor applications For future applications the ONU can easily be adapted for these variants Issue 3 June 2001 1 11 General safety information 1 10 Handling components with lasers and fibers 1 10 1 General laser information In its normal operating mode the used lightwave system of the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit is totally enclosed It is a Laser Class 1 1 product under the IEC schemes for different laser classes see Chapter 1 10 3 The wavelengths used are between 800 nm and 1600 nm the laser radiation emitted is lt 10 mW at max imum Laser safety CAUTION Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided Don t look into the end of an exposed fiber or optical connector of a pack as long as t
255. ing the grounding see Chapter 5 5 5 page 5 24 General considerations Environment 363 211 150 The AnyMedia optical network unit is designed to work in mesh BN or mesh IBN environments according to ETS 300 253 Issue 3 June 2001 5 17 Mounting and installation procedures Earthing For grounding the ONU housing is equipped with an M6 grounding stud on the right side of the ONU under the cable access cover To this stud the installer has to connect the approved earth electrode terminal The ground connections to the ONU shall be made in such a manner as to ensure a low resistance contact with the metal framework Remove any paint if neces sary AII ground connections must have a very low impedance for an effective conduc tion of interference currents and for avoiding EMC interference The grounding connection required for each ONU housing serves several pur poses m A direct earth ground connection for lightning protection in common bond ing networks Acommon ground potential for electrostatic discharge ESD protection m A safety ground Therefore it should be the first common wiring connection established after the ONU housing has been mounted to the wall The ONU metalwork must always be connected to the approved earth elec trode terminal WARNING A Risk of injury due to disconnected ground The installation must have an independent ground connection to an approved earth electrode for ind
256. ir Two HDSL ports are mounted on one HDSL interface to enable a transmission rate of 2 x 1168 kbit s High impedance state This state refers to the Z interface and implies that the physical Z port circuit is disabled Consequently no feeding current can flow from the Z interface to the subscriber s terminal no loop scanning will be performed and no AC signal transmission is possible This state also refers to the clock termination on the CIU if clock distribution is supported for the DC powered rack If the CIU is jumpered for high impedance the clock termination is done from outside via the dummy load connector on the clock distribution panel Hook flash Hook flash is a signal of POTS A hook flash signal is a short interruption of the subscriber s loop which is gener ated at the subscriber s terminal Hook flash signals are used to request additional service features e g establish ing a three party telephone conference ICC Inter Changeability Code The ICC is of the form Sm n where m is the issue number and n is the series num ber This is used to accurately indicate the interchangeability among packs with the same pack name and appara tus code but different manufacturing versions In general a pack can be replaced by another pack that has the same apparatus code and the same issue number regardless of the series number Because Transaction Lan guage 1 TL1 uses the as a delimiter for inventory retrieval using TL1 the
257. is generally used for circuit pack units e g LPZ100 IO_E1 which have pre designated slots with the ca pability to plug in the circuit pack Pack Type Different pack types can be plugged in the AP slots of the AnyMedia Access System m POTS AP LPZ100 LPZ120 LPP100 ISDN AP LPU112 for 2B1Q U interface LPU430 for 4B3T U interface HDSL AP LPS501 ADSL AP LPA400 OAP LPF500 AFM_E8 LPA910 AFMDS3 LPA900 TEST AP TAP 100 Payload The interface rate minus frame overhead This is the net capability for information transfer provided for the next lowest level of the digital signal hierarchy PID Program Identification Code Identifies the version of firmware on one or more devices on the pack PLL Permanent Leased Line These lines may be analog ALL or digital DLL They are not switched services and are not carried to the LE through the V5 interface but on special separate 2 Mbit s links Plug in The same as Pack Port Refers to the devices and functions built on or provided by a pack for one subscriber or line interface sometimes referenced as circuit POTS Plain Old Telephone Service Analog telephony service via a copper pair POTS AP Plain Old Telephone Service Application Pack A pack containing Z ports that provide service to analog subscriber interfaces POTS only mode An operation mode of the AnyMedia Access System where only POTS service is possible Since no ISDN sub scribers are provided no
258. is manual is accessible from the Lucent Technologies internal webpage http access de lucent com ACCESS cdoc index html c The MPT User Manual is included in the Mass Provisioning Tool delivery Additionally it is available in PDF format on CD ROM d Ordering address Lucent Technologies 49 rue de la republique BP 26 F 76250 Deville les Rouen France Tel Fax 33 2 32 10 70 00 33 2 35 74 83 23 e The CPS2000 Product Manual cannot be ordered separately It is included in the CPS2000 delivery f Acrobat Reader and Adobe are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc g The CD ROM includes all manuals listed in Table 3 page XXX 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 XXIX About this document 3 1 Print copy hard copy Document All listed documents are available in print packaging and format 3 2 CD ROM The Applications Planning and Ordering Guide the Command and Message Manual the User Service Manual the Installation Manual for the rack configura tions and the User Manual for the Mass Provisioning Tool are available in PDF for mat on CD ROM and an Adobe Acrobat Reader is provided to view them Adobe Systems distributes the Acrobat Reader software for free the user does not need a license Table 3 Customer documentation on CD ROM CD ROM Comcode Ordering Number AnyMedia Access System Customer Documentation on CD ROM 108298787 363 211 1144 includes Applications and Planning Guide APOG
259. it Metallic test Ringing RGU conn conn 48V Alarm conn conn qa sll ST PIE o z pi al di 3 ta so 29 LI Wee Lal o i o a E I 9 L a i N I CHANMON o IL Dl I E ibe sizz aze ggg O L L T L L L 01 01 02 03 04 o5 06 07 08 ID I gUuUuoCoUd olo o 8 a 5 ze DI u mel i TAGS CG Da SZ SI ZI gr n i 9909 a 3 PP ae l4 PP J o Is I ID AP Application pack conn Connector OCP Optical controller pack Note Cabling not shown for all cables see Figure 6 4 page 6 7 Figure 2 6 2 20 Issue 3 June 2001 ONU with batteries LVD PRU RGU and a fully equipped ONU Subshelf 363 211 150 General ONU information 2 3 ONU arrangement In this chapter the main components of the ONU for indoor applications will be de scribed 2 3 1 Arrangements for the ONU housing The main parts of the ONU can be found in Figure 2 6 page 2 20 2 3 1 1 Earthing studs The approved earth electrode must be connected by the installer to the M6 earth ing stud The earthing stud is located under the cable access cover on the right side of the ONU housing For the earthing grounding and ESD points of the ONU see Figure 4 2 page 4 7 2 3 1 2 Door switch The door switch is located on the upper right side of the ONU housing Figure 2 6 page 2 20 The door switch is fac
260. ith the optical con troller pack OCP and with the application packs for POTS ISDN ADSL and or HDSL The assumptions and conditions for these procedures are as follows m Planning procedure for cabling powering and installation has been done properly and an engineering work order is available for Type and location of needed packs ONU Subshelf identifier address How where to connect the application pack cables to the MDF 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 10 1 Equipping the ONU Subshelf 10 3 m The ONU has been properly installed and is powered up m Cabling has been completed and verified For testing the APs of the ONU the optical link must work properly That means for the optical link m the OAP is inserted in the AnyMedia Mainshelf m the continuity of the complete fiber connection is checked m the optical link is already provisioned in the AnyMedia Mainshelf m the ONU addressing is correct m the OCP and the APs are installed in the ONU Subshelf m The PC GSI connected to the RMC connector of the OCP OCP installation at ONU Subshelf Background CAUTION Atei 10 2 Issue 3 The installation of the OCP in the ONU Subshelf is the same as the installation of the OAP in the AnyMedia Mainshelf To prevent a malfunctioning pack from being installed in a disconnected subshelf without recognizing the failure on site the system uses the existing fault LED indicators of the packs to indicate rec
261. k These param eters must be recorded at quarterly intervals by the maintenance person The completed forms will be used for any future warranty claims 11 3 Maintenance of the fan unit The fan filter should be checked for cleaning or replacement 2 months after the initial installation Then the fan filter should be checked at a maximum interval of of 6 months For extreme purification conditions which are not conform to ETS 300 019 1 3 Class 3 2 the filter must be cleaned or replaced at shorter intervals Also the fan should be visually inspected for extreme impurification and dust dur ing this work Depending on the working conditions the fan unit should be replaced after 40 000 working hours about 4 years and 7 months the fans work as long as they are powered 11 3 1 Cleaning the fan filter The fan filter can be cleaned externally by low pressure warm water or with a vac uum cleaner For vacuum cleaning always consider that the cleaning airflow must be reverse to the operational airflow Vacuum the intake side only For washing the filter use low pressure warm water and mild detergents no chlo rine or bleach Rinse from the exhaust side and push dirt out The fan filter should be replaced after noticeable restrictions in air movement over electronics if first signs of overheating occur or if the filter is destroyed partly or completely Depending on the filter manufacturer the fan filter must also be re placed when th
262. l entity or entities within a network element to which the command applies It has the format of a unique component identifier followed by hierarchical addresses of components For example e1 1 2 4 is an object representing E1 4 on IO_E1 pack 2 in the AnyMedia Mainshelf 1 ALL Analog Leased Line Service using a 2 wire Z interface for analog subscriber terminals without out band signaling and without DC feeding normally for uses other than telephony e g data transmission ANE Access Network Element An access network element is a system implemented between the service node e g local exchange LE and the user replacing part or all of the local line distribution network AnyMedia Access System The AnyMedia Access System is an access network element which supports various narrowband and broadband services digital as well as analog AnyMedia Mainshelf The AnyMedia Mainshelf is a metal construction that serves to guide and fasten packs locate and mount a multi layer backplane It allows mounting into supporting structures such as racks and provides an interface for internal and external connections One shelf houses up to 16 E1 feeders and up to 16 subscriber distribution application packs 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 GL 1 Glossary AP Application Pack A 3N seized pack which is located in any of the AP slots of the AnyMedia Access System APs are for example LPZ100 LPU112 TAP100 as well as ADSL and AFM packs fo
263. lalalalalajalalia L L L L L I L lt L 01 01 02 08 04 05 06 07 08 OCP AP 1 AP 2 AP 3 AP 4 AP 5 AP 6 AP 7 AP 8 y Cable routing area 250 mm a p Figure 2 7 Pack arrangement and connector arrangement of the ONU Sub shelf On the right side of the upper row the ONU Subshelf connection panel SCP is lo cated The cables plug into the connectors which are accessible at the SCP and route horizontally to the right side of the ONU Subshelf A cable routing area is located at the bottom of the ONU Subshelf The a b cables plug into the faceplate connectors of the application packs and route vertically down to the cable routing area and horizontally to the right side of the ONU Sub shelf For the cabling arrangement see also Figure 2 15 page 2 36 2 3 2 1 Connector arrangement for the ONU Subshelf connection panel The figure below shows the connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf Connec tion Panel 2 22 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information Powering Ringing Alarming Testing o oo 1 ol Figure 2 8 Connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf connection panel For the delivered standard application the 2nd 48V power connector B1 is not used The ONU Subshelf is powered by the power rectifier unit PRU in the rectifier shelf via the A1 connector The PRU is buffered by 4 IR 30EC batteries For the delivered standard application the ringing connector E1
264. ld assembly of the ONU housing to the wall including precautions and details for handling inspection place ment mounting and grounding the housing Chapter 6 Cabling wiring and assembly This chapter contains information for installing cable assemblies for appli cation packs AP and for AC mains Also included are general descriptions of cable and connector types Chapter 7 Mounting and installation of batteries This chapter contains information for uncrating and inspecting batteries and how to mount them in the ONU housing Chapter 8 System power up This chapter describes the procedures for the first power up of the ONU and the initial charging of the already installed batteries Chapter 9 Fiber test and installation This chapter describes the principle of the fiber cabling and how to test the fibers with external test equipment Chapter 10 Equipping the ONU Subshelf This chapter contains the procedures to equip the ONU with the optical controller pack and with application packs 363 211 150 About this document m Chapter 11 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries This chapter describes the different maintenance actions for the fan unit with the filter and for the batteries m Abbreviations and acronyms Lists the abbreviations and acronyms used to replace the longer expres sions the abbreviations acronyms represent m Glossary Defines terms that may be unfamiliar to the user m Index Lists in alp
265. le connector The lower opposite pins 1 and 35 and the upper opposite pins 33 and 68 are shorted to check that the connector is connected Only the number of Tip Ring wires used differs per AP For the ADSL4 AP LPA400 for example ports 1 3 5 and 7 are the ADSL ports to the customer via MDF Ports 2 4 6 and 8 are connected to the switch side a b wires POTS which have to be routed to the customer over the ADSL signal How to connect or disconnect an a b connector can be seen in Figure 6 2 page 6 5 The shielding of a b cables can be found in Figure 6 3 page 6 6 gt NOTE For the application packs LPS501 and LPS503 HDSL APs a sealing cur rent of 2 mA is provisionable for all ports per AP avoiding corrosion prob 4 22 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description lems of wires which are only connected mechanically for example wires which are drilled together only 4 5 2 2 Faceplate of APs Apparatus code Interchangebility code LED Function Color FAULT Pack out of order Error Red Lit when a fault is detected on the pack Flashes ata rate of approximately 1 Hz during pack initialization built in self test CLF Slider ejector for AP cable connector Carrier Line Failure Yellow Lit when a fault or facility alarm occurs on the opti cal link AP connector 32 ports with a b each for 64 wires Barcode label with serial number For F
266. le connectors Ensure that the battery circuit breaker on the LVD is in the OFF position before disconnecting a battery cable Supply voltage of the ONU Subshelf CAUTION A Destruction of components due to a supply voltage of incorrect polarity or a supply voltage which is too high The ONU Subshelf operates at a nominal voltage of 48 V DC The permissible tolerance range is 40 5 V to 57 V DC Ensure that the supply voltage has the correct range and polarity before connect ing the voltage to the ONU Subshelf If the ONU is equipped with the power recti fier unit the correct supply voltage is ensured Ensure that fuses will be replaced with the same type and rating of fuse Never connect the ONU Subshelf to 60 V DC 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 1 33 General safety information IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT A Atei IMPORTANT A Ate IMPORTANT IMPORTANT 1 34 Issue 3 Short circuit Destruction of packs in the event of a short circuit A short circuit in the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit can cause destruction of electronic components and thus malfunctioning of the complete system You must therefore not use objects such as a screwdriver in the pack area Never push objects of any kind into this product through slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or cause a short circuit Circuit pack handling Destruction of components by incorrect handling The po
267. light of the above a one hour discharge similar to the plant load of a single bat tery string off line is the preferred routine maintenance test The one hour dis charge rate to 11 4 V per battery is a reasonable value since it will leave approxi mately 60 reserve at a lower rate The resulting string voltage is therefore 45 6 V To carry out a discharge test properly measure and record the time current bat tery voltages and initial battery temperature The thermometer should be accurate to within 1 C to achieve reasonable accuracy The current and the time should be measured to an accuracy of 1 and the module voltage measured to the nearest millivolt 11 4 14 External charging IMPORTANT 11 16 Issue 3 The Tyco IR 30EC batteries may be charged either by constant potential or con stant current chargers Boost charging IR 30EC batteries Water loss due to electrolysis caused by boost charging During boost charging water loss is increased and can result in premature failures caused by cell dry out Boost charging the IR 30EC batteries is not recommended without the concur rence of Tyco Technologies Refer to the Product Manual for IR 30EC and IR 40EC Batteries Section Operations gt NOTE In all cases observe the battery manufacturer s regulations for external charging June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Voltage Ripple for Ext Charging 11 4 14 1 Charging voltage f
268. lines pass through the V5 x interface and are established under the control of the LE by using the BCC protocol after recovery of the V5 2 interface V5 1 bearer connections are established anyway No on de mand signaling is possible Semi permanent leased lines are supported for both POTS and ISDN subscribers Serial number The serial number is a 12 character code uniquely identifying each pack and indicating the date and place of man ufacture Server pack The pack in an AP slot of the AnyMedia Mainshelf which provides server ports necessary for connecting the Any Media Mainshelf and the ONU Subshelf The Optical Application Pack OAP is also called server pack Service affecting Refers to a condition affecting the service e g telephony at the time it is detected Service state Each unit in the system at any time has a defined service state This service state is system driven and shows the usability of the unit The normal service state is a read only value and cannot be changed by the operator Each service state consists of two parts a primary service state displaying the general usability in service IS or out of service OOS and a secondary service state displaying the failure reason if appropriate e g not operational NOP The secondary service state is not used in all cases Additionally there is an administrative service state whose primary service state is changeable via TL1 commands The operator can set the desired mod
269. ll be easier to return at this point than if the battery has been completely installed Issue 3 June 2001 7 11 Mounting and installation of batteries 8 Note this battery number and the battery serial number which can be found on the battery sticker in the Installation and Maintenance Record for position of the serial number see figure below IR Series Model Number 1A30EC KS 23815 L11 Valve Regulated Lead Acid Battery iNon Spi lable Nominal Voltage 12 Volts Capaci ty 26AH al 10 HR Rate eee I Serial number Date installed PC adam BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED Installation date which A DANGER the installer has to record H VOLTAG FLUSH EYES 9 RISK OF IVR er No ONNSULATEO 1 GET MEDICAL e SPARKS ge scans 7 IRMMMASOA 1Y HELP FAST y ris EYES Ton ACID c EASES pi CAUSE SLINDNESS OR C BLINDNESS OR INJURY SEVERE BURNS Do fata REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERS SHIELDS ENT CAPS VENTILATE WELL WHEN IN AN ENCLOSED SPACE AND WHEN CHARGING REFER TO PRODUCT MANUAL FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC 600 MOUNTAIN AVENUE MURRAY HILL NJ coxittss Figure 7 4 Battery label with positions of battery serial number and installa tion date 9 Measure the open circuit voltage of battery 1 and record in the Installation and Maintenance Record Comment In a running system the IR 30EC battery may be dis charged to 10 5 V at minimum gt NOTE If the battery voltage has reached 12 84 V the complete battery stri
270. loat voltage of 13 5 0 06 volts per battery Using an external charger charge the string at 13 98 0 06 volts per 12V battery for 24 hours Continue the charge for another 24 hours at the plant float voltage 13 5 0 06 volts Make voltage and polarity checks and connect the string s to the plant Do not install Replace batteries If the storage temperature exceeds 90 F 32 C the open circuit time should not exceed 3 months The charger must have overcurrent protection in its output must be able to remain across the batteries in case of an ac power failure and should not have crowbar protection Crowbar protection is an option used on some commercial portable power supplies that clamps a short across the output leads of the rectifier when the rectifier senses a higher voltage at the load than it is generating This feature should not be used with batteries COPY of the Tyco Product Manual IR 30EC and IR 40EC Batteries Issue 7 Comcode 107078859 Figure 7 3 363 211 150 Copy of the initial charging recommendation of IR 30EC battery Issue 3 June 2001 7 9 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 3 3 Unpacking and completeness check Completeness check 7 10 Issue 3 For unpacking and a first completeness check proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Move the pallet with the wooden box containing the batteries and the bat tery accessories Manual Silica Gel desiccant n
271. lue cannot be changed Eightfold DIP switch for ONU addressing 363 211 150 For the ONU addressing a DIP switch with 8 switches is located on the backplane of the ONU Subshelf in the position where the OCP has to be inserted The DIP switch is front accessible as long as the OCP and the first 4 APs AP1 to AP4 are not inserted Each ONU must have its own ONU Subshelf identifier ONU ad dress which must correspond to the AID subsh 1 8 entered with the TL1 com mand ENT SUBSHELF The switches are inverse binary coded The following figure shows the location of the DIP switch and the adjustments for the ONU Subshelf identifiers 1 to 8 Issue 3 June 2001 4 17 Parts description 4 5 4 5 1 4 18 Viewed from front looking at the position where the OCP has to be inserted IL 19 DIP switch ONU identifier 7 shown ONU NUMBER ONU identifier adjustments lt 4 Backplane connector for the OCP ON position ON MONON J 2 ae a af n g A OFF position l a 1 OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON oo ooo 2 on OFF on ON ON ON ON ON 3 OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 4 ON on OFF ON ON ON ON ON 5 OFF ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON 6 ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON
272. ly equipped without packaging as it has to be mounted to the wall weighs up to 25 kg The ONU completely installed and equipped with the batteries weighs up to 75 kg The ONU can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked over or dropped This can also cause serious damage to the already installed shelves Use a sturdy vehicle for transport and secure the ONU against being dropped Two persons are required for lifting the ONU for mounting to the wall Do not store more than one packaged ONU on top of the other Never lift the ONU equipped with batteries Laser warning labels WARNING A Ineffectiveness of laser warning labels if removed or concealed Warning labels on the optical components warn of the dangers of invisible laser radiation Removed concealed or illegible labels can lead to incorrect action and thus cause serious injuries to the eyes of operating staff Ensure that the laser warning labels are not removed or concealed and always clearly legible IMPORTANT A Ata 1 26 Issue 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge The wrist strap used must be checked periodically for a resistance between 250 kQ and 1 5 MQ to avoid electrostatic discharge Therefore before using the wrist strap check the wrist strap for shorts opens and proper resistance value For checking follow local reg
273. m hardware see Chapter 3 2 page 3 2 m and the required ancillary equipment see Chapter 3 3 page 3 4 m and the batteries see Chapter 3 4 page 3 8 Test equipment necessary for the turn up testing and maintenance of the system are not listed here Complete detailed ordering information can be found in the Applications Planning and Ordering Guide APOG 363 211 110 Issue 3 June 2001 3 1 Parts lists and kits 3 2 Basic AnyMedia optical network unit hardware 3 2 1 ONU for indoor applications in wall mounted housing ONU assembly The following table lists all equipment delivered with the AnyMedia optical network unit ONU Table 3 1 Wall mounted ONU for indoor applications Orderable Item Number The Orderable Item Number includes the following main parts ED7C841 01 Gr 1 Consisting of Quantity per 601 948 946 product identifier code Description n a 1 ONU indoor housing for wall mounting with door and door key e door switch 407667658 po cable access cover 848403796 2 2 power ringing bridges 848461489 S J1C289AA 1 L1 1 ONU Subshelf empty J1C290AA 1 L1 1 Rectifier shelf empty E 108583428 S1 1 1 7A fan unit C 1669 No 848403754 A with 2 the a removable filter 848456943 already inserted see Table 3 2 page 3 3 Internal cabling 402375265 30 Set of cable ties 110 mm 996747689 12 Set of cable ties 170 mm S 408026243 5 GMT type fuse 15 AS
274. ment ID code The CLEI is a 10 character code assigned by Bellcore identifying each pack The CLEI information relates to the function of the pack the condition of use the source document used in creating the CLEI code etc If two packs have the same first seven characters in the CLEI code then the packs are electrically and mechanically interchangeable Knowledge of the CLEI is useful in planning engineering and provi sioning Comcode The comcode is a unique nine digit code with the ECI being represented by the digits 2 through 7 The comcode is used by various Lucent organizations for the ordering of components COMDAC Common Data and Control Pack which provides the central control and transmission fabric for the AnyMedia Access System The COMDAC supports multiple system applications including V5 x switched services and ana log and digital leased lines ALL and DLL and a variety of application packs CPE Customer Premises Equipment CPE covers the subscriber s installation and the subscriber s terminal CRC 4 procedure Cyclic Redundancy Check 4 A multiplication division process specified in ITU T G 704 It offers additional pro tection against simulation of the frame alignment signal and provides a capability for enhanced error monitoring Customer specific Reflects the particular configuration needs of a customer Customer specific configuration of the system is achieved by constant data which is part of the code E g custome
275. minal interface protocol which allows remote login capability into a system on a network from any other node on that network that is also running TELNET TELNET is a TCP IP application Terminating call A terminating call is the type of call initiated on the network side of the network user interface It comprises the build up speech and the tear down phase For a POTS call for instance it starts with a message from the LE to the AnyMedia Access System to seize a given subscriber and to supply ringing current Test Access Path TAP See TAP GL 14 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Glossary Test session A test session is the procedure including all necessary functions to test a subscriber This includes the setup of the test path as well as the release of the test equipment The test session runs in the AnyMedia Access System Timeslot number A timeslot number identifies a timeslot of 64 kbit s within the 2048 kbit s V5 x link The range is 1 to 31 The timeslot may be used as a bearer channel communication channel or protection physical channel Timeslot 0 is re served and not used for the purposes described above TL1 Transaction Language 1 A Bellcore standard message language It is the primary means of operating and main taining the AnyMedia Access System A TL1 message session supports bi directional message transmission and when a TL1 link is established the system can initiate autonomous messages to monitor alarms and changes in
276. municate with the technical support groups Support groups use CARES to track action requests ARs and keep them up to date Action request forms may be obtained from m Designated local area coordinators m Lucent Technologies account representatives Login requests may also be handled by the technical support groups CARES The CARES tool allows customers to process action request information The applications CARES application is the customer s primary interface to Lucent Technologies support structure Using this application users input their varied assistance re quests including but not limited to m Product problems m Engineering complaints m Procedural assistance m Installation assistance m Dispatching The following assignment is to be considered in order to guarantee that the ARs are sent to the correct assignee ARs related to Assigned Group AnyMedia Access System Germany SAS Customer Technical Support AnyMedia Element Manager SAS R amp D ACCESS Spain NB amp BB Support labs For technical support call the Local Customer Support LCS of Lucent Technologies If no LCS is available call the Lucent Technologies Customer Tech nical Support CTS organization at Phone 49 911 526 3849 or FAX 49 911 526 4120 The Lucent Technologies Customer Technical Support CTS organization has the Customer Advocate System Test Lab CASTL in place to aid in support of the customer The various functions performe
277. n 4 4 Pinning of connectors and connecting points of the ONU Subshelf The figure below shows the connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 363 211 150 pe si a Space for air outlet f Sa PFU RGU A B c D E Al Bl cl DI El o o e 3 o o Ga E EE O o o o el aa o FAULT O TCO MISC O CLF O nesta CHAN MON o o DROP s RMC alalalalalajalala O L lt L lt lt I L O 01 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 OCP AP 1 AP 2 AP 3 AP 4 AP 5 AP 6 AP 7 AP 8 Cable routing area Figure 4 4 ESD warning label dia ESD socket Positions to plug in Pack Position POTS AP1 8 lt 96 subscr ISDN AP 1 8 lt 48 subscr SDSL HDSL AP1 8 TAP100 1x AP1 8 xDSL AP1 8 OCP OCP 1 Pack arrangement and connector arrangement of the ONU Sub shelf Issue 3 June 2001 4 9 Parts description 4 4 1 Connectors of the ONU Subshelf con nection panel SCP The figure below shows all connector positions of the ONU Subshelf connection panel SCP Connectors not used E co O E1 O amp O Connector ESD socket alarming O Connector for 48 V o f Connector for metallic test path
278. n troller pack Issue 3 June 2001 1 13 General safety information 1 10 3 Classification of lasers Laser classes Laser warning labels 1 14 Issue 3 The laser classes are defined in standards such as IEC 60825 or EN 60825 and its supplements A maximum laser radiation is defined for each laser class ac cording to the wavelength The maximum laser radiation depends on the type of laser diode used This results in different laser classes for the various optical plug in units These standards require manufacturers to classify their laser products as belong ing to one of the major classes classes 1 2 3A and 3B Manufacturers of lasers and laser products in the U S are regulated by the Food and Drug Administra tion s Center for Devices and Radiological Health FDA CDRH under 21 CFR 1040 Classification schemes are similar to the IEC with categories such as class I II Ila Illa or Illb In both cases laser products are classified according to the ac cessible emission levels and their potential for causing injury Table 1 1 Laser classes to IEC 60825 and DIN EN 60825 Laser class Wavelength Max laser radiation Class 1 1300 nm 8 85 mW Class 1 1550 nm 10 mW Class 3A 1300 nm 31 mW Class 3A 1550 nm 50 mW Class k x 3A 1300 nm 81 mW Class k x 3A 1550 nm 50 mW Class 3B 1300 nm 0 5 W Class 3B 1550 nm 0 5 W Optical transmission systems are identified by yellow laser warning labels
279. n Connection to customer s mains after installation 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 3 3 Parts lists and kits 3 3 Packs units and additional equipment Overview The following table lists all the separately delivered packs and additional equip ment which is not included in ONU assembly and which has to be ordered sepa rately to configure the AnyMedia Access System according to the functions and features to be provided 3 3 1 Orderable packs units for the ONU The following 4 packs units have to be ordered separately for each ONU These parts are always required except the ringing generator which is only required for POTS applications They are delivered with the ONU housing in a separate pack aging Table 3 3 Orderable packs units item 2 to 4 always required Quantity Comcode Or Item per ONU derable Item No Equipment Description Apparatus Code 1 1 108489741 Ringing generator unit RGU RGU500 2 1 108741265 Optical controller pack for ONU OCP CPF500 Issue S2 3 or later 3a 1 108595844 Power rectifier unit 540 W PRU with RS0540 IEC320 inlet not to use anymore 3b 108595844 Power rectifier unit 540 W PRU with RS0540 IEC60320 inlet Issue 1 1 or later 4 1 108784109 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD LVD500 Issue 2 2 or later a Not required for xDSL only or ISDN only applications b Must be inserted into slot 1 of the ONU Subshelf In the AnyMedia Mainshelf the optical AP
280. n be inserted alternatively The ringing generator output is 86 V superimposed due to the DC supply volt age of the PRU The ringing frequency is adjustable via two jumpers to 17 20 25 50 Hz The fac tory installed frequency is 25 Hz for adjusting see Figure 4 31 page 4 39 The ring return path TRGO is invisibly connected to the 48 return path 48RTN inside the RGU If the RGU is removed this connection does not exist anymore 2 1 4 Environmental conditions Indoor operation Transport Storage Thermal voltage compensation for charging The AnyMedia optical network unit is designed to meet the appropriate regula tions of European Telecommunication Standard ETS 300 019 1 Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment For indoor operation the AnyMedia optical network unit fulfills the conditions of en vironmental class 3 2 stationary use at weatherprotected locations partly tem perature controlled of ETS 300 019 1 3 for climatogram see Figure 1 7 page 1 35 For transport the AnyMedia optical network unit fulfills the conditions of environ mental class 2 3 public transportation of ETS 300 019 1 2 for climatogram see Figure 1 5 page 1 25 For storage the AnyMedia optical network unit fulfills the conditions of environ mental class 1 2 weatherprotected not temperature controlled storage locations of ETS 300 019 1 1 for climatogram see Figure 1 6 page 1 25 Th
281. n exposed braided shield then this shield must be brought in metallic contact with the grounding finger below the AP via cable ties During installation the braided shield of the a b cable must be metallically con nected correctly to the metalwork of the ONU shelf potential FRMGND For this reason the shelf s metalwork on the lower part is designed so that grounding bracket fingers are shaped directly below each application pack see the following figure Issue 3 June 2001 6 5 Cabling wiring and assembly gt Length of shrinking tube 100 to 115 mm at maximum i Figure 6 3 Shielding of the a b cable 6 4 Cabling overview a b cable connector Faceplates of the application packs Ferrite beads Shrinking tube Cable tie to make metallic contact If the braided shield is covered ensure GA that the heat shrink tubing is removed in this contact area Shorten to 115 mm if required E Shelf s metalwork Grounding bracket fingers Braided shield lt q Cabling area below the ONU Subshelf This section gives an overview of all internal and external cables of the ONU for wall mounted indoor applications 6 4 1 Schematic drawing for all cables The figure below shows all cables of the ONU The external cables which the in staller has to insert and to connect are routed to the right side in the figure 6 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly
282. n little or no current there is no employee safety hazard Electrostatic discharge for example caused by touching with the hand can de stroy semiconductor components The correct operation of the complete system is then no longer assured Identifying ESD damage can be difficult because in most cases physical damage cannot be seen A pack which has been exposed to an ESD may 1 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information ESD wrist strap IMPORTANT d Atei 363 211 150 Not be affected that is work perfectly with normal life expectancy m Function normally but with reduced life expectancy Function erratically at times Stop functioning altogether gt NOTE Static discharges may also result from other sources If a piece of plastic is placed near one end of a circuit pack lying on an insulated table top it can direct its charge into the circuit pack Packs and other equipment containing components that are especially sensitive to electrostatic discharge are identified by warning labels bearing the barred hand symbol y Atei To reduce the possibility of ESD damage the shelves are equipped with a ground ing jack to enable personnel to ground themselves using wrist straps with a mini mum resistance of 250 kQ while handling circuit packs or working on a shelf shelves The jacks are located on the right of the ONU Subshelf and are ac cessible from the front When grounding jacks are not provided
283. n wire is used for interconnection between 48RTN and FRMGND The wire is connected from the backplane of the rectifier shelf blade terminal E1 to a sepa rate earthing stud on the upper right side of the ONU housing The ringing return path TRGO is invisibly connected to the 48 V return path 48RTN inside the ringing generator Issue 3 June 2001 2 9 General ONU information 2 1 3 2 Powering Rectifier shelf Rectifier The ONU for indoor applications is designed for powering via AC mains local powering The ONU for indoor applications is configured with an internal rectifier shelf de signed for the power rectifier unit PRU and the low voltage disconnect unit LVD They are delivered separately From the rectifier backplane power cables are routed to the ONU Subshelf and to the fan unit Also the door switch is connected via the backplane Power rectifier unit PRU The power rectifier unit PRU is fed by AC mains via an IEC 60320 AC mains power inlet The PRU is buffered via 4 IR 30EC batteries which are connected to the PRU via the internal low voltage disconnect unit LVD gt NOTE For the first deliveries there are rectifiers with an IEC 320 AC inlet These rectifiers require a power cord with the appropriate IEC 320 plug for exam ple the power cord 84847118 Table 2 1 Input specification of the PRU Parameter Value Input voltage range 93 to 264 V AC nominal 120 240 V AC Input fre
284. ne 2001 IX 5 Index IX 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150
285. ng just installed must be charged by the internal power rectifier unit immediately af ter mechanical installation see Chapter 8 5 Connecting and charging batteries on page 8 10 Otherwise the batteries must be charged externally 10 Note the installation date on the sticker of each battery and also in the field Date Installed in the Installation and Maintenance Record 11 Repeat Steps 4 to 10 for the other 3 batteries mark note with numbers 2 to 4 7 12 lIssue3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 3 5 Battery arrangement Battery compart The next figure shows the battery arrangement for the 4 IR 30EC batteries The ment battery compartment is located in the lower part of the ONU housing ESETEI ur UU uu UU uv DE x UU L dI QI LI O05 n SR i Battery fixing bracket Battery 1 Battery 2 Figure 7 5 Battery arrangement top view 7 3 6 Mounting batteries Installation The 4 IR 30EC batteries have to be inserted in the ONU housing and have to be 363 211 150 connected to the factory installed battery cable with the four 2 pin connectors For thermal adjustment of the charging voltage a thermal probe has to be inserted be t
286. ng of the AC mains cable valid only for the first service application FSA in 1999 6 31 363 211 150 6 II Issue 3 June 2001 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 1 363 211 150 Cabling overview This section gives the steps for cabling the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU The following information and instructions are contained in this section General wiring and cabling informations such as cable routing see Figure 6 1 page 6 3 AP connector insertion removal see Figure 6 2 page 6 5 shielding information for the a b cable see Figure 6 3 page 6 6 schematic drawing for routing of all cables see Figure 6 4 page 6 7 and Table 6 1 page 6 8 delivered internal cabling see Figure 6 5 page 6 10 gt NOTE An experienced installer familiar with the ONU can jump to Chapter 6 5 1 page 6 11 and start with the cabling m Adjustments for the ONU addressing see Chapter 6 5 5 page 6 13 m Checking the delivered cabling see Chapter 6 5 3 page 6 12 m Installing the TAP B cable optional see Chapter 6 5 6 page 6 14 m Installing the a b cables to the APs and rerouting for ADSL see Chapter 6 5 7 page 6 16 and Chapter 6 5 10 page 6 25 m Wiring for the metallic test path using the TAP100 optional see Chapter 6 5 9 page 6 21 m Installing the AC mains see Chapter 6 5 11 page 6 26 Issue 3 June 2001 6 1 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 2 General wiring information This section contai
287. ngs of the jumpers MP1 MP2 on the RGU 8 6 8 4 Pinning of connector J3 for the LVD and pinning of battery cable connector J3 8 10 _rrr rr 9 Fiber test and installation 9 1 9 1 Fiber routing 9 8 9 2 Location of the fiber fixing bar and placing the fiber under the fixing bar 9 9 N 10 Equipping the ONU Subshelf 10 1 10 1 Pack arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 10 3 10 2 Upper and lower latch of a pack shown in open position 10 4 es 11 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries 11 1 11 1 Position of the fan unit with the fan filter and the mounting elements 11 3 11 2 Pinning of battery cable connector J3 11 10 11 3 Pinning of the 14 AWG lead battery assembly connectors 14 12 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 XVII Figures XVIII Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Tables About this document XXIII 1 List of documents for the ONU installation XXVIII 2 List of documents for the AnyMedia Access System XXVIII 3 Customer documentation on CD ROM XXX T 1 General safety information 1 1 1 Warning symbols 15 1 1 Laser classes to IEC 60825 and DIN EN 60825 1 14 rr _ ev 2 General ONU information 241 2 1 Input specification of the PRU 2 10 2 2 Output specification of the PRU 2 11 2 3 Charging adjustments for the PRU via Margin switch at 25 C 2 12 2 4 Example of using alarms from the AnyMedia optical network unit 2 17 2 5 List of tools and equipment 2 32 lt x 3 Parts lists and kits 3 1 3 1 Wall mounted ONU for
288. nnected to the ONU at maximum For positions of the APs see Figure 6 9 page 6 19 Stamp or mark the cable connector before mating to its associated AP connector Mark the other cable end in the direction of the MDF with the same label designation Snap in the cable connector to the blank faceplate If APs are already in stalled you must lift the ejector of the AP first before you can connect Re fer to Figure 6 2 page 6 5 for how to remove or insert an AP connector Arrange the a b cable so that the a b cable reaches the grounding bracket fingers of the ONU shelf directly below the application pack gt NOTE The a b cable is of the partly shielded type An additional braided shield is provided from the application pack connector upward to a length of about 0 6 m and is fixed with shrink tubing or by cable ties Put the a b cable flush against the grounding bracket finger so that the braided shield is in good metallic contact with the bracket gt NOTE If the shrink tubing is too long so that the braided shield is covered in the grounding finger area shorten the shrink tubing as stated in Figure 6 3 page 6 6 Snap a cable tie over the cable and the grounding bracket and fasten to gether ensuring good strain relief see also Figure 6 3 page 6 6 Carefully place the cables into the bottom of the ONU Subshelf so that eight cables will fit in this area and allow the application packs to be re moved Issue 3 June 200
289. nnecting and for uninterrupted initial charging of the batteries for 48 hours proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Verify that the battery circuit breaker on the LVD is switched to OFF 2 Connect the battery cable to connector J3 of the LVD 3 Switch ON the battery circuit breaker on the LVD Response The LEDs have the following states LED on the PRU Color State Cause Normal Operation Green Lights Batteries connected Warning Yellow Extinguished Thermal probe connected Alarm Red Lights or extin Battery balance failure guished Extinguished Batteries and rectifier o k Thermal Shutdown Red Extinguished Rectifier o k a Flashes at overload b If batteries are charged for the first time this failure need not be considered for the first 48 hours Comment Additionally the PRU is equipped with a supervision part which compares the voltage of batteries 1and 2 partial string to the voltage of batteries 3 and 4 The allowed dif ference is lt 1 7 V Values gt 1 7 V will generate a balance failure in the rectifier If batteries are charged for the first time this failure need not be considered 4 Record the charging date in the installation record 5 Charge the batteries for at least 48 hours without interruption 6 After 48 hours no alarm may be generated on the PRU Issue 3 June 2001 8 11 System power up 7 After 48 hours switch OFF the battery circuit breaker on the LVD and lo
290. nnections erations Grounding proce dure 5 22 Issue 3 The following table lists the recommended parts for grounding the ONU Table 5 4 Recommended parts for grounding Item Qty Description Remark 1 1 External toothed lock washer J6 4 Delivered and al 2 1 Hexagonal nut M6 ready mounted 3 1 Cable lug M6 6 mm for example Thomas amp Betts C71 lug terminal cable lug M6 6 mm 1 Washer 6 3 1 Green wire gt 6 mm lt 9 AWG a Thomas amp Betts is a registered trademark of Thomas amp Betts Corporation gt NOTE The wire for grounding is not part of the delivery The wire for the bonding ring conductor green wire 26 mm lt 9 AWG must be delivered by the cus tomer The installer has to crimp the delivered cable lug to the customer s corresponding cables No soldering is allowed The considerations to be observed are as follows m The AnyMedia optical network unit must be connected with grounding wire using the provided lug It will be necessary to terminate or crimp this rack ground wire to the approved ground wire or ground ring bonding wire in the building In all cases comply with local grounding practices gt NOTE In all cases comply with local grounding practices The MDF must have pri mary protection if the subscribers are located outside the building or the ca bling is very long In all cases for protection follow local regulations The mounting f
291. nnections for the ONU complete 6 8_ 6 2 Length of TAP B cable ED7C818 36 Group 1x 6 15 6 3 Length of a b cables ED7C818 30 Group 1x 6 16 6 4 TAP B cable ED 7C818 36 Gr 1x ONU Subshelf C1 to MDF example for TAP100 using AP8 6 24 6 5 Fusing values for AC mains 6 26 XX Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Tables 7 Mounting and installation of batteries 7 1 7 1 Delivered batteries 7 5 ee 8 System power up 8 1 8 1 Packs of the rectifier shelf for powering 8 2 8 2 Charging adjustments for the PRU via Margin switch 8 3 8 3 Packs of the ONU Subshelf for ringing 8 5 9 Fiber test and installation 9 1 9 1 Parameters of the optical link 9 3 9 2 Delivered fiber cable for the ONU Subshelf 9 6 o 10 Equipping the ONU Subshelf 10 1 10 1 OCP pack 10 3 10 2 Application packs available for AP1 to AP8 10 7 e x 11 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries 11 1 11 1 Fan filter for replacement 11 3 11 2 Fan unit for replacement 11 4 11 3 Required maintenance intervals for IR 30EC batteries 11 6 11 4 Suggested maintenance routines additional 11 6 ee A Product support A 1 1 Training courses A 1 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 XXI nm rc Tables XXII Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 r _ EE SsS ci gI About this document 1 Overview Purpose Scope Intended audience Issue Reason for reissue Document organization 363 211 150 This I
292. nnector of the power cord 4 50 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 7 3 Low voltage disconnect unit LVD LVD500 The LVD is designed for connecting the 4 IR 30EC batteries to the PRU The LVD is equipped with an automatic battery disconnect feature which disconnects the batteries automatically if the battery voltage is lt 42 5 V Low voltage dis connect 4 7 3 1 Faceplate of the LVD The figure below shows the position of the controls and indicators of the LVD Lucent O LVD500 48v 48 V RTN ON gt 15 A Z css OFF 15A BATTERY BATTERY INPUT DISCONNECT J3 D LVD D Figure 4 40 Faceplate of the LVD 4 7 3 2 Test jacks of the LVD Test jacks The LVD is equipped with test jacks for the 48 V voltage These jacks are located 48 V 48 V RTN in the path between the batteries and the battery fuse battery circuit breaker The output voltage of the PRU measured on these jacks will be decreased by the voltage drop caused by the internal protection resistors and the internal resistance of the rectifier equipment The voltage drop depends on the input resistance of the multimeter used 4 7 3 3 Pinning of the battery connector J3 The following figure shows the pinning of the battery connector J3 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 51 Parts description Front view looking onto the LVD connector J3
293. nnector with optical microscope or magni fying glasses as long as the laser source is switched on Always test with an op tical power meter or infrared detectors that the fiber is deenergized and ensure that the laser source can not be activated during inspection with the microscope For receiving and transmitting a single fiber is used carrying two wavelength of 1310 nm and 1500 nm In normal operation the OCP is classified as belonging to laser Class 1 The light guide cables can be disconnected or break and may expose people to lightwave emission Therefore m Disconnect the fiber from the OCP and remove the OCP from the subrack before working on the optical fiber or connectors inside the pack m Never look into an unterminated optical fiber or connector directly without first checking that the laser has been turned off m Inadvertently viewing an unterminated fiber or damaged fiber with the un aided eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches will normally not cause eye injury with Class 1 lasers m iIf the OCP is powered the internal laser of the OCP will work If the fiber is connected to the OCP and the yellow CLF LED lights the fiber is broken or not connected or the OAP in the AnyMedia Mainshelf does not work 1 11 Handling batteries 1 11 1 General precautions valid for all battery types 1 18 Issue 3 Always use the following basic precautions m Use only properly insulated tools and test equipment June
294. ns general wiring information for the copper cables Fiber For installing and testing the fiber see Chapter 9 Fiber test and installation 6 2 1 Principle of ONU cabling and cable routing Types of cables There are two types of cables m Internal cables wiring which connect all assembled parts within the ONU m External cables which connect to parts outside the ONU housing e g to main distribution frame MDF and to the mains For a more detailed description of cable types see Chapter 4 2 1 page 4 2 Internal cables The ONU will be delivered with all internal cabling Most of these cables are con nected to the right position For these cables the installer has only to check that the cables are correctly fastened For 3 cables the installer must connect the ca bles to the batteries and to the power rectifier unit PRU and to the low voltage disconnect unit LVD which are mounted during installation Addressing After checking the delivered cabling the installer must adjust the ONU Subshelf identifier via DIP switch on the backplane The DIP switch is front accessible External cables After adjusting the ONU Subshelf identifier the installer has to bring in the optional TAP B cable for the metallic test before the other cables are inserted Then the a b cables can be inserted and connected to the blank faceplates The a b cables can be connected to the MDF If the position of the optional TAP100 is known the cross connections to the
295. nstallation Manual IM provides installation instructions for Lucent Technolo gies AnyMedia Optical Network Unit ONU Releases up to R1 6 and R1 13D The system will be delivered in only one configuration a Wall mounted ONU for indoor applications The ONU IM for Indoor Applications is intended to enable installation personnel to install the AnyMedia optical network unit As only one configuration will be deliv ered with all passive system components and with all internal cabling pre in Stalled the installer has mainly to perform the connections from and to the ONU The IM ends before turning up the system The document can also be used as a trouble clearing guide for installation wiring problems This installation manual is for customers who maintain their own installation orga nization to install the AnyMedia optical network unit and for technical support per sonnel This is Issue 3 of the AnyMedia optical network unit Releases up to R1 6 and R1 13D nstallation Manual The Installation Manual has been reissued to include the following new features m Additional application pack AP to support single pair high bit rate digital subscriber line SHDSL and unstructured E1 ports The nstallation Manual has been reissued to include the following corrections m Orderable documentation table corrected The document has the following organization m How are we doing A comment form so readers can give feedback to improve the
296. nt unit gt NOTE If you do not understand any of the safety information in this section please see your manager immediately You should also talk with your manager if you feel you do not understand any procedures in this manual or if you feel you need additional training before performing any of these procedures Not only the general instructions in this chapter on safety must be observed but also the specific safety instructions in the individual chapters Only trained service personnel should perform the procedures in this document These procedures involve exposure to high electrical energy and or current that may result in electric shock and or injury to untrained personnel during servicing maintenance and installation of this system All safety instructions have a uniform appearance This appearance is described in detail in Chapter 1 5 gt NOTE The wall mounted ONU for indoor applications as it is described in this Installation Manual must be connected to the AC mains which must have an approved earth terminal The indoor variant of the ONU is factory configured with the correct power rectifier unit which fulfills the requirement above gt NOTE For other applications not described in this Installation Manual the loose ONU Subshelf must be supplied with Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV of 48 V and the positive terminal of this source must be correctly connected to the protective earth GND this means the ONU
297. number of the ONU on the wall plywood in the space where the ONU is to be located This will help later in locating ONU positions when the ONUs arrive Cover the markings with a clear shellac if a period of time is expected before the arrival of the ONU so that markings do not rubb off gt NOTE For easy installation and servicing the required free space in front of the ONU should be at least 800 mm measured from the wall plywood 2 Refer to Figure 5 3 for ONU dimensions gt NOTE For wall mounting the ONU should be mounted about 900 up to 1200 mm above the ground level to ease installation and maintenance 5 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures 3 Level and attach the delivered drilling template with tape dumb tacks to the wall plywood and mark the positions of the 9 holes or use Figure 5 4 page 5 13 to mark the positions of the 9 holes 4 For plywood mounting Drill the 9 pilot holes with diameter of about 1 5 to 1 6 mm fitting to the wood screws used 5 For wall mounting Drill the 9 holes with percussion drill with diameter fitting to the anchors used and clean the holes Bring in the 9 anchors 8 x 50 refer to the drilling pattern in Figure 5 3 Ensure that the condition of the wall is able to bear the weight of the ONU Use only anchors fitting to the wall material condition 6 Remove the template 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 5 11 Mounting and installation procedures
298. ny other jewelry Wear safety glasses acid resistant gloves rubber overshoes and apron Test circuits before touching Lock out and tag any circuit breakers fuses when possible to prevent acci dental turn on Be aware of potential hazards before servicing equipment Do not short the battery Identify exposed hazardous electrical potentials on connectors wiring etc Note the condition of these circuits especially any wiring Take care when removing or replacing any covers or brackets avoid con tacting any terminals Always verify the polarity before connecting cables to the batteries For cleaning batteries use a damp soft cloth only Do not use solvents par affin abrasive or proprietary cleaning fluids While unpacking and or installing the batteries you must Never place metal objects including tools on top of a battery Never short out the battery s terminals Never use an open flame near batteries Never stack batteries in or out of their shipping cardboard boxes Never transport or move batteries so that their weight is supported by the terminal connections Never charge batteries which are visibly damaged or frozen typically at temperatures below 40 C if the battery is fully charged All lead acid batteries generate hydrogen gas even under open circuit conditions If not permitted to escape this gas can build up to explosive concentrations An explosion could occur when sparks are created near t
299. ocol TD Transmit Data TDM Time Division Multiplexing TE Terminal Equipment TELNET Telephone Network TL1 Transaction Language 1 TLM Alarm Input TRGO Ring Return Wire Tip Wire of the Ringing Voltage Input of the AnyMedia Shelf Grounded TS Timeslot TSI Timeslot Interchange TxD Transmit Data U UAWG Universal ADSL Working Group UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter UDSL Universal ADSL G Lite ITU G 992 2 1 5 Mbit s downstream 128 kbit s upstream UPN Urgent Problem Notification USM User Service Manual AB 16 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Abbreviations and acronyms V V 11 Serial Interface V 24 Serial Interface V 28 Serial Interface VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker e V German equivalent to IEEE VF Voice Frequency VF Cable Cable for 32 Subscriber Lines with two wires each the same as a b cable also called T R cable VRLA Valve Regulated Lead Acid battery type Ww Win95 PC Operating System Windows 95 Microsoft WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexing X XOFF Transmit Off XON Transmit On XON XOFF Software Handshake Protocol for Serial Interface Z Z Port 2 wire Analog Subscriber Port Z Interface 2 wire Analog Subscriber Port 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 AB 17 Abbreviations and acronyms Z Cable Cable for 32 Subscriber Lines with two wires each the same as a b cable ZEUS AP Synonym for
300. ognized hardware or sanity test failures To install the OCP proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Open the ONU door Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge Ensure that your electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap is secure Handle all circuit packs by the faceplate or latch and by the top and bottom outer most edges Never touch the components conductors or connector pins Pay attention to the ESD safety guidelines in Chapter 1 8 2 page 1 8 2 Attach the electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap that must be grounded on the ONU Subshelf 3 Verify that the ONU Subshelf identifier ONU addressing on the DIP switch is adjusted to the value stated in the engineering work order For adjustment see Chapter 8 1 1 page 8 1 4 Move the already installed fiber aside carefully so that the outermost left position in the ONU Subshelf is free for the OCP June 2001 363 211 150 Equipping the ONU Subshelf 5 For inserting you must have the following pack Table 10 1 OCP pack Pack designation Comcode Apparatus Code Optical Controller Pack OCP 108741265 CPF500 Issue 2 3 6 Insert the OCP into the slot marked OCP for the location of the slot see figure below pos Space for air outlet car i ad ray ok l o o I E
301. on which only the laser class see Figure 1 3 is indicated Lightwave systems are generally classified as class 1 l because under normal operating conditions all energized laser transmitting circuit packs are terminated on optical fibers which enclose the laser energy with the fiber sheath forming a protective housing Also covers are typically in place over the circuit pack shelves The label shown below is used to identify systems belonging to laser class 1 in normal operation June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information 363 211 150 Figure 1 3 Laser warning labels for Class 1 lasers Appropriate labels are also available for the remaining laser classes k x 3A 3B each label indicates the laser class wavelength and maximum laser radiation These labels are affixed in a clearly visible position on the equipment gt NOTE The AnyMedia Access System equipped with optical packs OAP or OCP is completely classified as a Class 1 laser product The following laser warning symbols can be affixed to the optical packs The opti cal connectors from which laser radiation can be emitted can be identified by a la ser warning symbol near the connector Due to lack of space laser warning labels cannot be affixed to the potential source of laser radiation that is directly to the optical connectors Figure 1 4 therefore illustrates the optical connectors which can be a source of laser radia tion Issue 3 June 20
302. on ground potential for electrostatic discharge ESD protection m A safety ground All ground connections must have a very low impedance for effective conduction of interference currents and for avoiding EMC interferences 1 Meshed bonding network 2 Meshed isolated bonding network 2 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information The ONU metalwork must always be connected permanently to the approved earth electrode via the independent green wire grounding connection WARNING A Risk of injury due to disconnected ground The installation must have an independent ground connection to an approved earth electrode for indoor applications Grounding circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the AnyMedia optical network unit The minimum size of the independent ground connection should be 26 mm or lt AWG 9 The framework must be correctly connected to the protective earth before the start of work Never operate the AnyMedia optical network unit with a disconnected ground 363 211 150 The following figure shows the connecting principle for powering ringing and earthing Issue 3 June 2001 2 7 General ONU information atter GMT type fuse F1 15 A breaker 15 Alo 5 a Internal LVD MOSFET LVD L l 48RTN gt gt gt Di NAA ARA 2 pin
303. on of two colors separated by a hyphen per wire means that the wire has a basic color marked with an additional second color e g white blue means a white wire marked with blue rings The indication of two colors separated by a slash means two twisted wires e g white blue blue white are twisted wires where the first wire is white with blue rings and the second wire is blue with white rings 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 3 Parts description 4 4 Issue 3 Table 4 2 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables 32 pair Conductor Connector Binder Identification colors pair no tTerminals color Tip Ring Color coding 1 2 3 blue white blue blue white W BL BL W 2 4 5 blue white orange orange white W O O W 3 6 7 blue white green green white W G G W 4 8 9 blue white brown brown white W BR BR W 5 10 11 blue white slate slate white W S S W 6 12 13 blue red blue blue red R BL BL R 7 14 15 blue red orange orange red R O O R 8 16 17 blue red green green red R G G R 9 18 19 blue red brown brown red R BR BR R 10 20 21 blue red slate slate red R S S R 11 22 23 blue black blue blue black BK BL BL BK 12 24 25 blue black orange orange black BK O O BK 13 26 27 blue black green green black BK G G BK 14 28 29 blue black brown brown black BK BR BR BK 15 30 31 blue black slate slate black BK S S BK 16
304. on platform for all services m Architectural flexibility by a modular structure AnyMedia Mainshelf and ONU m The AnyMedia Access System supports up to eight remote optical network units ONUs m Simplified operations for system turn up and upgrades ONU features Special features of the ONU are m Very compact size 876 mm h x 437 mm w x 345 mm d a Wall mounting for indoor applications m Precabled for ease of installation m Internal cooling by a fan unit m Powering by AC mains and buffering for 5 hours by batteries m Internal ringing generator Support of up to 96 narrowband timeslots and full broadband capacity 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 1 General ONU information ONU main compo The ONU is designed for indoor applications It is wall mounted and includes all nents internal cabling The following components are used or can be used in the ONU m The ONU housing for wall mounting with all internal cabling m The ONU Subshelf for inserting the optical controller pack OCP the 8 ap plication packs APs and the ringing generator unit RGU m The rectifier shelf for inserting the power rectifier unit PRU and the low voltage disconnect unit LVD with the rectifier backplane and connectors m The 7A fan unit m The four IR 30EC batteries in the battery compartment The following figure shows a front view of an equipped ONU Figure 2 1 Front view of an equipped ONU 2 2 Issue3 June
305. on removing or inserting a live power supply plug Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes Ensure that the line circuit breaker on the fuse panel is in the OFF position be fore removing or inserting the power supply plug 1 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Example 2 IMPORTANT Destruction of components by incorrect handling The power should be turned off before inserting or removing a pack unless other wise specified Before replacing a circuit pack check the identification code to ensure that the proper pack is being used 1 6 Classification of safety instructions Danger There are five classes of safety instructions Danger Warning Caution classification Important and Notice which class is relevant depends on the consequences of ignoring the safety instruction DANGER Serious injury is definite or likely WARNING Serious injury is possible CAUTION Minor injury is definite likely or possible or material damage to the product or in the product environment is definite or likely IMPORTANT Material damage to the product or in the product environment is possible NOTICE A fault that is considerable impairment to operation will be caused or may be caused 1 7 Warning symbols The following warning symbols are used Table 1 Warning symbols Symbol Common application General warning about a danger Warning abou
306. oor applications Grounding circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the AnyMedia optical network unit The minimum size of the independent ground connection should be gt 6 mm or lt AWG 9 The framework must be correctly connected to the protective earth before the start of work Never operate the AnyMedia optical network unit with a disconnected ground Internal ground The following Figure 5 7 page 5 20 shows the connecting principle for powering ringing and earthing The ONU Subshelf backplane and the rectifier shelf backplane will support two connections ground signals m 48RTN Common analog digital ground signal and return path for both 48 V power feeders 48A and 48B FRMGND Frameground 1 Meshed bonding network 2 Meshed isolated bonding network 5 18 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures 363 211 150 The ONU Subshelf has a common ground signal used by all packs for analog and digital ground 48RTN which will be in common with the 48V return path Inside the ONU Subshelf the 48RTN and FRMGND are not connected internally All the ONU Subshelf metalwork is connected to the ONU housing metalwork po tential frameground FRMGND via the mounting screws no additional green wire is necessary On the backplane of the rectifier shelf the 48RTN and the FRMGND are con nected internally All rectifier shelf metalwork is connected to the ONU housing metalwork pot
307. op DSL Digital Subscriber Line Provides full duplex service on one or two metallic pairs at bit rate which are capable of supporting ISDN BRA ISDN PRA DLL or n x 64 kbit s digital leased lines and additional framing timing recovery and operations and maintenance functions Duplex mode Two COMDACs are equipped in the AnyMedia Access System One COMDAC is active and controls the whole system the other is in stand by mode During operation the memories NVPS NVDS and RAM of both are mutu ally consistent One reason to perform a side switch is if the active COMDAC fails In this case the COMDAC previ ously in stand by mode is now active E E1 E1 is the standard acronym for the 2 048 Mbit s interface defined in the ITU T Recommendations G 703 G 704 E1 feeder E1 link between the AnyMedia Access System and a service node ECI Equipment Catalog Item the equipment catalog item code is a 6 character code assigned by Bellcore identifying each pack This code corresponds to the bar coded label on the faceplate of the pack and is uniquely equivalent to the CLEI code for a given CLEI there is a unique ECI It is used internally in the databases of external inventory systems for cataloging equipment and is useful in accounting and inventory control EIDR Enhanced Inventory Data Record the enhanced inventory data record is a set of parameters that are stored in the nonvolatile memory of packs The parameters relate to the function per
308. or For For For For For For For For For Figure 4 16 Application pack faceplate except the gt NOTE Note For the AP POTS LPZ100C 32 Z ports are used no wire is unused he AP Periodic Pulse Metering LPP 100B 24 Z ports are used 16 wires are unused he Metallic Test Pack TAP 100 2 ports are used 60 wires are unused he ISDN APs LPU112 LPU430 12 16 ports are used 40 32 wires are unused he ADSL4p AP LPA400 LPA400B 8 ports are used 48 wires are unused he ADSL8p AP LPA408 16 ports are used 32 wires are unused he ADSL16p AP LPA416 32 ports are used 32 wires are unused he ADSL4i AP LPA414 8 ports are used 48 wires are unused he ADSL16i AP LPA414 32 ports are used no wire is unused he HDSL APs LPS501 LPS503 4 ports are used 56 wires are unused he SHDSL AP LPS510 8 ports are used 48 wires are unused he SDSL AP LPS716 16 ports are used 32 wires are unused OCP SHDSL AP Four pins on this 68 pin connector are shorted so that the AnyMedia Access System can verify whether an application pack cable is connected or not 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 23 Parts description 4 5 2 3 4 24 Faceplate of the single pair high bit rate DSL AP Issue 3 The LPS510 is an 8 port SHDSL AP which provides 8 SHDSL ports each support ing the ETSI SDSL and ITU T G shdsl standards The LPS510 can additionally provide four 2 048Mbit s 120 Q balanced G 703 ports used whi
309. or i inventory data 8 P02 Ju P03 P04 Jo PO5 P06 P07 P08 1 1 r OTO a A OCP Slot positions AP 1 to AP 8 for application packs AP1 to AP8 Figure 6 6 ONU backplane arrangement as viewed from front no pack in serted 6 12 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly 6 5 5 Preparing the ONU with the ONU Subshelf identifier ONU addressing The ONU shelf is equipped with a DIP switch with 8 switches The DIP switch is via DIP switch IMPORTANT 363 211 150 located on the ONU backplane near the position where the OCP has to be in serted The DIP switch is front accessible if the OCP is not inserted The switches are in the ON position if the appropriate switch is moved to its upper position on the switch marked ON Step Procedure 1 If required remove the blank faceplates of the slots AP 1 to AP 4 2 Locate the DIP switch inside the ONU shelf on the left side of the back plane Switch the 8 switches to ON OFF as stated in the engineering work order using a very small screwdriver The switches are inverse binary coded The address adjustments for the ONU Subshelf identifiers 1 to 8 can be found in Figure 6 7 page 6 14 Broken backplane Broken or bent backplane connector due to reduced space Take care during the adjusting that no connectors on the backplane or the DIP switch are
310. or IR 30EC batteries Constant potential charger for IR 30EC batteries Constant current charger for IR 30EC A potential of 13 5 0 06 V per battery is recommended for an ambient tempera ture of 25 C for constant potential charging For details of external charging Tyco IR 30EC batteries see Figure 7 3 page 7 9 gt NOTE For constant voltage application failure to reduce the float voltage in sys tems without temperature compensation may result in premature failure or thermal run away For constant current charger the battery manufacturer specifies the following When batteries are used in plants with a constant current charger such as Tyco batteries Technologies 337A1 a constant current that results in 13 38 to 14 4 V per battery at ambient temperature of 25 C is recommended for float standby applications Battery cable The IR 30EC batteries are equipped with cable assemblies and a keyed 2 pin assembly connector The cable is designed for 15 A current at maximum Short circuit WARNING Destruction of IR 30EC cable assemblies by improper external charg A ing The standard cable assembly mounted on the IR 30EC batteries is designed only for charging currents below 15 A Charging currents exceeding 18 A will destroy the cable If the battery is charged externally in no case should the charging current of the external charger be allowed to exceed 18 A if the delivered cable assembly is used gt NOTE For battery
311. or concrete wall mounting only Hexhead machine screw M6 x 25 35 Hexagonal nut M6 Spring washer B6 For rack mount ing only ing Table 5 3 Item Qty 1 1 2 1 3 3 1 9 2 9 3 6 1 9 2 9 3 6 gt NOTE In all cases follow local regulations and practices for mounting Bear in mind that the wall rack condition must be able to bear the weight of the ONU Use only anchors and screws fitting to the wall rack material condition The weight of the ONU completely equipped with all packs batteries and cables is about 75 kg 5 14 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures Mounting to the For lifting the ONU housing two persons are recommended To mount the ONU plywood proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Transport the ONU to its proper wall location Exercise care when moving the ONU avoiding sudden shock or strain to equipment shelves gt NOTE For wall mounting the ONU should be mounted about 900 up to 1200 mm above the ground level to ease installation and maintenance 2 Level and attach the delivered mounting bracket 848403937 with the 6 hexagonal or roundhead wood screws to the plywood so that the two tabs for suspension point to the top For dimensions see Figure 5 3 page 5 12 for mounting see Figure 5 5 page 5 16 gt NOTE Ensure that the wall and plywood condition is able to bear the weight of the ONU Use only anchors and screws fittin
312. or grounding the ONU is shown in Figure 5 9 To make the connections proceed as follows Step Procedure June 2001 Move the cable access cover to the front for about 5 mm and remove the cover Crimp the lug for M6 to the earthing wire on the ONU side Soldering is not allowed 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures 363 211 150 The ONU housing must be connected via the shortest route possible to the available protective ground The minimum cross section of the stranded grounding cable Cu must be gt 6 mm lt 9 AWG Open the ONU door and loosen the fixing screw for the cable access cover on the right side of the ONU housing For positions of the cable ac cess cover see Figure 5 8 page 5 21 Move the cable access cover to the front for about 10 mm and remove the cover Fasten the M6 cable lug at the earthing stud using the external toothed lock washer and the M6 hexagonal nut with torque of approximately 2 Nm see Figure 5 9 for mounting Provide the earthing wire on the approved earth side with the connecting material matching to the earthing terminal and connect to the approved earthing point The two shelves in the ONU are connected to the ONU framework poten tial FRMGND via mounting screws If required tighten securely all mount ing screws M4 with torque of approximately 1 5 Nm Issue 3 June 2001 5 23 Mounting and installation procedures 5 5 5 5 24 Issue 3 Checking
313. ove the fiber connector between the left ONU housing side and the ONU Subshelf where the fiber is protected Move the fiber with its spiral wrap under the fiber fixing bar in the front of the ONU Subshelf so that the fiber is protected against mechanical stress For location of the fiber fixing bar see Figure 9 2 page 9 9 below 363 211 150 Fiber test and installation P Fiber with spiral wrap moved under Fiber fixing bar the fixing bar and routed into the gap between the ONU Subshelf and the ONU housing for later connection to the OCP Figure 9 2 Location of the fiber fixing bar and placing the fiber under the fixing bar 14 Arrange the fiber with the already installed a b cables routing on the right side of the ONU housing and fix it horizontally Add cable ties as needed so that the fiber is affixed separately as can be seen in Figure 9 1 page 9 8 15 On the back of the right side of the ONU housing route the fiber at 90 de grees upward or downward as required and fix it to the wall Bear in mind that the fiber should not be stressed mechanically Optical cable break IMPORTANT Fiber microdefects and or cable break with a bending radius less than 30 mm There is a risk to cause microdefects in the single fiber or a risk of a cable break if the bending radius of optical fiber cables is less than about 30 mm Microdefects can increase the fiber attenuation and reduce the long term stability
314. ovisionable for every Z port of the pack programmable per port d The LPZ12xB APs are country specific and cost efficient variants of the LPZ100C LP Z120B used for China LPZ121B used for Taiwan LPZ122B used for Brazil For details please ask your local Customer Team e If ISDN is included 1 or 2 HDLC packs must be used in the AnyMedia Mainshelf except only leased lines n x 64 kbit s are used f For the customer s equipment on the remote side a network termination unit NTU is required g The formerly deliverable HDSL APs LPS501 108447996 V5 ISDN PRA VLL GL and LPA 503 108841925 V5 ISDN PRA V3 ISDN PRA VLL GLL are replaced by the LPS504 for newly deployed ONUs h For the customer s equipment on the remote side a splitter and an ADSL modem are required i If xDSL is included the COMDAC the CIU and the AFM pack must be used in the AnyMedia Mainshelf Only LPA400B packs may be used do not use LPA400 packs j The formerly deliverable ADSL4 APs LPA400 108603945 no G lite are replaced by the LPA400B for newly deployed ONUs 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 3 5 Parts lists and kits k The LPA419 replaces the LPA416 for newly deployed ONUs For all ADSL modems and network termination units NTU recommended for AnyMedia Access System see the ordering section of the APOG 3 3 2 Orderable external cables and fibers External copper These cables are required to connect the AnyMedia optical network unit to the cables MDF a b cabling Z
315. pect the delivered battery cable assemblies for corro sion Report any sign of acid or corrosion to Tyco 11 4 11 Acid spills and corrosion In the event of acid spills the battery trays must be cleaned properly Only in this case use a wire brush Any damaged areas have to be varnished anew WARNING Danger of short circuit A Clean only the metal battery compartment with a wire brush Never bring the wire brush close to battery terminals or inter battery connectors 11 4 12 Retorquing inter battery connections Instruction 11 14 Issue 3 The inter battery connections for the delivered battery cable assemblies are fac tory delivered Retorquing these connections using an insulated socket and torque wrench set is only required for replacement of the cable assembly The battery is equipped with screws for 10 32 x 0 50 thread Do not use M5 screws If retorquing is required retorque IR 30EC batteries with 40 10 inch pounds about 4 4 Nm for IR 30EC batteries June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Discharge Capacity Test CAUTION Overtightening of the inter battery connectors could strip the bolt and or nut threads resulting in loose connections Ensure that all battery connections are tight with the exception of the connection that is being opened For retorquing use an insulated torque wrench Always consider the allowed torque values as specified by the battery manufactu
316. pment side Tip wire HEM e A 15 G W from TAP 100 Z port 1 EQ from TAP 100 Z port 2 FAC prese WBR 34 TAPB EQ R Equipment side Ring wire Facility side Tip wire _FACT_____O 16 BR W TAPB FAC R TA e Rho FAC _ ___ FAV acility side Ring wire TAPB_FACTI 17 356 TAPB_FAC_E 36 8 Od 376 TAPB_EQ E _ 19 _ __ Me Metallic test path for Facility Note AnyMedia specifies Equipment EQ as testingthe subscriber side Facility FAC as testing the switching side AP port side Cable colors valid for the ED7C818 36 Gr1 1A 1B 1C cable Figure 4 8 Pinning of TAP connector C1 For the crosswiring see Table 6 4 page 6 24 4 12 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 4 1 3 Alarm in connector D1 ALARM Connector D1 Note shown is the contact side of connector D1 on the ONU Subshelf connection panel identical to soldering side of cable connector D1 o9 50o ___ TMS ABRTN Yo a8 40 Tm TLM8 lt 6 7 30 _ TLN3 TLM7 O e 20 nm TLM6 6 LM1 E Figure 4 9 Pinning of the alarm in connector D1 gt NOTE All the TLM alarm inputs are provisionable for the alarm severities Major MJ and Minor MN and Critical CR All TLM alarm inputs must be provi sioned during turn up for recommended settings for the AC powered rack see Table 2 4 page 2 17
317. pped with rack and move them out of the way 5 Position the first battery No 1 with its terminals facing to front in the rear left corner of the battery compartment as shown in Figure 7 5 page 7 13 Move the 2 pin battery assembly to the right 6 Repeat with the second battery No 2 and position it in the rear right cor ner of the ONU Move the 2 pin battery assembly to the left Ta Repeat with batteries No 3 and No 4 as shown in Figure 7 5 7 14 Issue3 June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries Battery thermal probe inserted between metallic case and plastic battery housing of battery 3 Figure 7 6 Position of the thermal probe 8 Move the batteries 1 and 3 and also batteries 2 and 4 close together and move them to the side walls of the housing 9 Verify that the connector J3 on the rectifier side is not connected For lo cation of the LVD and the other parts see Figure 2 6 page 2 20 10 Connect the keyed 2 pin plugs of the batteries to the appropriate connec tors of the battery cable and arrange the battery cabling in the free space between the batteries 11 Measure the battery string voltage on the outermost pins of the battery cable connector J3 and record in the Installation and Maintenance Record Verify that the batteries are connected properly and that the po larity is correct Short circuit when taking voltage readings WARNING A Risk of a short or arcing due to
318. protected not temperature controlled storage locations 1 25 1 7 Climatogram according to ETS 300 019 1 3 Class 3 2 for indoor operation of the ONU 1 35 rr gg ggg9gg 2 General ONU information 241 2 1 Front view of an equipped ONU 2 2 2 2 Example of applications with the ONU 2 4 2 3 Principle of ONU powering earthing and ringing 2 8 2 4 Rectifier voltage operation characteristic typical 2 11 2 5 Temperature compensation of charging voltage typical 2 13 2 6 ONU with batteries LVD PRU RGU and a fully equipped ONU Subshelf 2 20 2 7 Pack arrangement and connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 2 22 2 8 Connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf connection panel 2 23 2 9 ONU backplane arrangement as viewed from front no pack inserted 2 24 2 10 Backplane of the rectifier shelf Del 2 11 Faceplate and Margin switch of the power rectifier unit 2 28 2 12 Faceplate of the LVD 2 29 2 13 Position of the fan unit with the fan filter 2 30_ 2 14 IR 30EC battery 231 2 15 ONU Subshelf cabling arrangement 2 36_ 363 211 150 Issue 3 June2001 XIII Figures eII 3 Parts lists and kits 3 1 el 4 Parts description 4 1 4 1 D type connectors 4 6 4 2 Earthing and grounding points and door switch of the ONU 4 7 4 3 Terminal arrangement of the ONU door switch 4 8 4 4 Pack arrangement and connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf 4 9 4 5 Connector arrangement of the ONU Subshelf connection panel SCP 4 10 4 6 Power supply connector A1 pin as
319. quency range 47 to 63 Hz Inrush current Compliant with ETS 300 132 1 EMC Compliant with EN55022 Class B Input harmonics Compliant with EN61000 3 2 A2 1998 The rectifier is designed for 540 W at maximum The rectifier has a constant volt age characteristic up to an output current of 10 A followed by a constant power characteristic down to 40 5 V 13 A and followed by a constant limited current characteristic down to approximately 26 V for characteristic see Figure 2 4 page 2 11 gt NOTE The 540 W power rectifier unit for the indoor ONU is situated for operating in over voltage category 2 according to IEC 60664 1 locations Mains tran sients may never cross 2 5 kV Additional surge arrestors may be required depending on the site conditions 2 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information Table 2 2 Output specification of the PRU Parameter Value Output voltage with battery 54 5 V 0 2 V at 25 C temperature sensing probe Margin switch set to middle position 0 Output voltage without battery Approx 52 5 V 0 2 V temperature sensing probe Output power Constant voltage characteristic up to an out put current of 10 A 540 W Constant power characteristic down to 40 5 V 13 A Constant limited current characteristic down to 26 V Load current sharing Parallel or n 1 redundant operation with ac tive load sharing Ripple and noise Less than 75 MVims or 200 MVp
320. r BL Y YIBL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BL R R BL SW W S BR W W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL Wiring side Figure 4 27 Pinning of HDSL connector 4 ports Blue binder BL Y Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BL R R BL S W W S BR W W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL Ring R16 Tip not used T16 R15 T15 not used R14 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 not used not used not used R11 Ti R10 T10 R9 T9 R8 not used T8 R7 HDSL3 copper pair q7 for HDSL port 4 not used not used not used R6 not used T6 R5 HDSL2 copper pair T5 for HDSL port 3 R4 not used T4 R3 HDSL1 copper pair T3 for HDSL port 2 R2 not used T2 Ring RI HDSLO copper pair Tie for HDSL port 4 Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alert the circuit pack that the connector is attached The connector is used for HDSL cables of HDSL application pack LPS501 with V5 interface providing 4 HDSL ports in positions AP 1 to AP 8 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 35 Parts description 0 0 0 1 nm pM IM1l_rmc lt lt x x lt i YrwR R HDSL AP connec tor for 4 ports V3 interface 4 36 Issue 3
321. r the AEM m TL1 system interface TL1SI means any interface for operations using TL1 commands In the text acronyms are expanded the first time they are used in the main text of a chapter for example permanent leased line PLL If the acronym is a trademark it will not be spelled out A list of acronyms is provided at the end of this docu ment The trademarks used in this document are identified after the title page Trade marks used in this document are identified after the title page Trademarks are in italics and the trademarks modify a noun Trademarks are identified with the regis tered mark or trademark symbol the first time the trademarks are used ina chapter for example Lucent Technologies AnyMedia Access System The trademarks of other companies are identified with a footnote reference the first time the trademarks are used in a chapter A trademark is not treated as an acronym it is not spelled out or expanded Issue 3 June 2001 XXVII About this document 3 Related documentation Document list ONU installation Table 1 List of documents for the ONU installation The following is related documentation for installation of the AnyMedia optical net work unit CIC ordering num Component Manual type Comcode ber AnyMedia Access System ONU Installation Manual for In 108626367 363 211 150 door Applications IR 30EC and IR 40EC Se Product Manual 107078859 157 622 020 ries B
322. r Narrowband and Broadband Services Cabinet power system CPS 2000 PWR3003 1 M WaveStar ADM 4 1 TR5881 A 3 Engineering and installation services Overview Engineering and installation services group Testing A 2 Issue 3 The Lucent Technologies Customer Operations and Program Management COPM organization is committed to providing customers with quality product support services Whether you need assistance in engineering installation nor mal system maintenance or disaster recovery the support staff provides the qual ity technical support you need to get your job done Each segment of the COPM organization regards the customer as their highest priority and understands your obligation to maintain quality service for your customer Please contact your local Account Executive for more information on these ser vices Within the COPM organization the Engineering and Installation Services group provides a highly skilled force of support personnel to provide customers with quality engineering and installation services These engineering and installation specialists use state of the art technology equipment and procedures to provide customers with highly competent rapid response services These services in clude analyzing your equipment request preparing a detailed specification for in stallation creating and maintaining job records installing the equipment and test ing and turning over a working system The Eng
323. r blocks as applicable Laser safety CAUTION Injury to eyes caused by invisible laser radiation A Although at present the transmitting power levels for Class 1 lasers are below those known to cause injury to the eye at distances greater than 250 mm 10 inches direct exposure should always be avoided Don t look into the end of an exposed fiber or optical connector of a pack as long as the optical source is switched on Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical instruments other than indirect image converting devices such as the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Opti cal Systems Inc since viewing optics tend to collimate the energy from an opti cal connector and hence increase the potential risk of injury Never view any unterminated optical connector with optical microscope as long as the laser source is switched on Always test with an optical power meter that the fiber is deenergized and ensure that the laser source can not be activated during inspection with the microscope Always observe the laser warning instructions see page 1 13 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 1 29 General safety information Short circuit and arcing in the batteries area DANGER A Destruction of batteries in the event of a short circuit A short circuit in the batteries will cause destruction by arcing of batteries and ca bles and thus malfunctioning of the complete system Be aware of potential hazards before servic
324. r broadband applications Apparatus code The apparatus code is an 8 byte item of ASCII information stored in the nonvolatile data storage NVDS of a pack e g LPZ100 DTP500 It is a unique identifier which specifies the function of the pack AUXID Auxiliary ID Code The AUXID helps to distinguish packs that have identical main ID codes The AUXID is of 2 characters in length Currently not used in the AnyMedia Access System B b wire One of the two wires of an a b copper pair The a b copper pairs are used for subscriber lines connected with e g Z interfaces U interfaces HDSL interfaces or ADSL interfaces The b wire is sometimes called ring wire Battery backup In addition to a power plant a battery pack is supplied to provide a power backup in cases of AC power failures BIST Built in Self Test The BIST is a procedure executed by a pack either after power up or on demand The task is to check the functions of the hardware Bit error ratio The quality of transmission is measured in the number of errored bits per number of bits received BORSCHT BORSCHT is an abbreviation for interface functions provided by Z ports for POTS m Battery Subscriber loop feeding Overvoltage Overcurrent protection Ringing Ringing signal provided for subscriber s terminal Supervision Loop signaling Coding Decoding PCM Hybrid 2 to 4 wire conversion Test provide a test access to subscriber s line and line circuit Bridge A ne
325. r cable break with a bending radius less than 30 mm There is a risk to cause microdefects in the single fiber or a risk of a cable break if the bending radius of optical fiber cables is less than about 30 mm Microdefects can increase the fiber attenuation and reduce the long term stability Ensure that the bending radius for the single fiber is not less than 30 mm Always use the special protective spiral wrap of the delivered fiber jumper on the ONU side 363 211 150 10 Mark the fiber connector with the ONU Subshelf identifier ONU address ing if more than one ONU is located on the site Issue 3 June 2001 9 7 Fiber test and installation 9 8 Issue 3 Fiber Figure 9 1 Fiber routing 11 June 2001 If the OCP is already inserted remove the protective cap from the SC type fiber connector of the OCP and place it inside the ONU Subshelf Orient the mating fiber connector so that the fiber routes upwards towards the OCP For cabling arrangement inside the ONU Subshelf see also Figure 6 1 page 6 3 Arrange the fiber so that it reaches the grounding bracket fingers of the ONU Subshelf directly below the OCP and affix with cable tie If no OCP is inserted do not affix with cable tie Locate the protective cap and add to the fiber connector so the fiber is protected against impurifica tion M
326. r into the eye and allow at least 1 liter of water to run over the eye and under the eyelid Eye injuries should be treated by a physician immediately Sulfuric acid IMPORTANT Acid spillage cleanup Acid spillage from batteries must be cleaned up and disposed of in accordance f with the local regulations If large acid spillage occurs use agricultural or industrial lime instead of soda for neutralization before cleanup If lime is not available you may use baking soda Wear eye protection devices and rubber gloves when using lime on electrolyte spills Sprinkle the lime on the spillage allow it to absorb the electrolyte and then sweep it up and dispose of it in the proper manner Wash hands and face thor oughly after cleanup 1 12 Handling the rectifier shelf of the ONU 1 22 Issue 3 High leakage currents and high voltages may be possible on the rectifier shelf es pecially if batteries are connected Make sure the ONU housing and the rectifier shelf are properly safety earth grounded before connecting power Hazardous en June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information ergy and voltages are present in the rectifier shelf and on the AC mains cable that can shock or cause serious injury Follow all safety warnings and practices when servicing this equipment High voltage feed The power rectifier unit PRU is connected to the 100 240 V AC mains via the ing IEC60320 AC mains inlet and the delivered power cord The AC m
327. r specific application pack data or PSTN protocol data belong to this kind of configuration data Colloquially customer specific is sometimes called country specific D Default configuration The configuration that is achieved by initially programming the COMDAC s nonvolatile data storage NVDS With a default configuration the system should be able to recover with default values in the system database Defaults Defaults are the parameter values built into the AnyMedia Access System when it is shipped from the factory The sum of all defaults forms the default configuration Default values are restored upon execution of an Initialize Sys tem command For TL1 commands there are defined defaults for parameter values which are used for parameters not given in the command line 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 GL 3 Glossary Digital local line A metallic local line that is able to simultaneously carry bidirectional digital transmission providing ISDN BRA subscribers and leased line subscribers between LT and NT1 DLL Digital Leased Line Used for point to point connections The DLL bypasses the LE Downstream The bit stream direction from the network towards the NT or the customer Downstream Direction Transmission direction from ATM data network or telephony switch to customer Drop See subscriber loop Drop testing Checks for open circuits shorts leakages to ground foreign voltages or other faults on the subscriber lo
328. r termination box to the OAP in the AnyMedia Mainshelf Optical cable break IMPORTANT Fiber microdefects and or cable break with a bending radius less than 30 mm There is a risk to cause microdefects in the single fiber or a risk of a cable break if the bending radius of optical fiber cables is less than about 30 mm Microdefects can increase the fiber attenuation and reduce the long term stability Ensure that the bending radius for the single fiber is not less than 30 mm Always use the special protective spiral wrap of the fiber if equipped For the office fiber cable the allowed bending radius depending on the cable used must be observed 4 Remove the protective caps of the fiber and place them inside the AnyMedia Mainshelf and in the termination box The caps are required if the fiber is disconnected later 5 Connect the fiber to the OAP and to the fiber termination box Which fiber has to be connected to which OAP is specified in the engineering work or der Mark the fiber connector with the OAP number on the AnyMedia Mainshelf side Comment The SC type connector is keyed Therefore it must be correctly orientated before mating 9 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Fiber test and installation 6 Mark the fiber in the termination box The marking should be specified in the engineering work order or follow local regulations If not specified it is recommended to mark the fiber just installed with the AnyMedia Ma
329. r up 8 1 8 1 General information for the initial power up 8 1 8 1 1 Principle of power up sequences 8 1 8 2 Mounting the packs for powering 8 2 8 2 1 Equipping the rectifier shelf for powering 8 2 8 2 2 Equipping the ONU Subshelf for ringing 8 5 8 3 Powering up the AC mains 8 7 8 4 Check the rectifier and batteries 8 8 8 5 Connecting and charging batteries 8 10 iii i 9 Fiber test and installation 9 1 9 1 Principle of fiber cabling sequences 91 9 2 General fiber information 9 1 9 2 1 Optical link interface 9 2 9 2 2 Assumptions for the fiber installation on the AnyMedia Mainshelf side da 9 3 Fiber cabling of the ONU 9 6 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 IX Contents 10 Equipping the ONU Subshelf 10 1 10 1 Installing sequence 10 1_ 10 2 General information for installing the packs 10 1 10 3 OCP installation at ONU Subshelf 10 2 10 4 AP installation 10 7 e 11 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries 11 1 11 1 General maintenance information 11 1 11 2 Principle of maintenance sequences i2 11 3 Maintenance of the fan unit 11 2 11 3 1 Cleaning the fan filter 11 2 11 3 2 Checking and replacing the fan filter 11 3 11 3 3 Replacing the fan unit 11 4 11 4 Battery maintenance 11 5 11 4 1 General for maintenance 145 11 4 2 Maintenance intervals for IR 30EC batteries 11 5 11 4 3 Required tools 11 6 11 4 4 Safety il 7 11 4 5 The correctness of the battery string float voltage 11 8 11 4 6 Measuring the voltage of the batter
330. rder number to the Installation and Maintenance Record Take out each battery and place each battery on a level surface Mark the first battery the 2 pin connector and the cardboard box with number 1 The number is required for the installation record Verify on the cardboard box that the battery has not reached the allowed open circuit time see Figure 7 2 page 7 8 Follow the instructions stated in the Product Manual IR Series Batteries for Initial Charging see Figure 7 3 page 7 9 Possibly the battery should have been charged ex ternally The charging regulations of the battery manufacturer must be ob served The procedures required are vendor specific and can vary for dif ferent battery types gt NOTE If IR 30EC batteries are older than the allowed open circuit time and have not been maintained in this period the batteries may not be installed and must be replaced Inspect the battery for shipping damage obvious damage and for any sign of acid spillage Check the battery for fractured housings Batteries with fractured hous ings are defective and must not be used Return damaged batteries to the manufacturer in their original packing gt NOTE Return damaged batteries to the manufacturer Record any indications of acid spillage on the bill of lading before signing it Acid spillage is a valid cri terion for rejection of product If it is determined that the battery should be returned to the manufacturer it wi
331. red by the rectifier and that the batteries are not connected to the ONU For disconnecting power completely the AC mains connector must be disconnected and the battery circuit breaker on the LVD must be switched to OFF The battery circuit breaker is of single pole switching type The 48V path is disconnected by the battery circuit breaker the 48VRTN path is fuse protected on the LVD by a front accessible GMT type fuse of 15 A additionally The GMT type fuse in the low voltage disconnect unit LVD can produce sparks during interruption or clearing of a fault on a high energy circuit Use only GMT type fuses delivered by Tyco The battery cable should be dressed and strain relieved to avoid damage to the conductors caused by routing around sharp edges or routing in areas where wires could get pinched and undue stress on the connectors Issue 3 June 2001 1 23 General safety information gt NOTE The battery connections from the battery to the LVD are not fuse protected Output connectors should not be disconnected under load unless otherwise spec ified 1 13 Transport and storage warnings Observe the following instructions for safe transportation and storage Weight WARNING A Risk of injury due to unsecured ONU The delivered ONU with the packaging weighs up to 200 kg The delivered ONU housing partly equipped without packaging as it has to be mounted to the wall weighs up to 25 kg The ONU compl
332. required if the test application pack TAP100 is installed option For the TAP100 cable one of the a b cables is used which have been installed and connected to the cross connect already For marking proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 If the slot for the TAP100 plug in is known mark the appropriate a b cable on the MDF 2 Locate the 4 wires for Z port numbers 1 and 2 tip and ring wire of sub scribers 1 and 2 and mark them gt NOTE Only these 2 ports are used by the TAP100 for the test application path B These 4 terminals have to be connected to the TAP B cable which runs from the ONU connector C1 TAP to the MDF On the TAP B cable 5 wires are used for the test application path B where the fifth wire is reserved for future use seizing For crossconnecting see also If cross connections exist for these two ports to the distribution side and subscribers are connected remove these four cross connections between the feeder and subscriber side if the cross connect is located in the same building If cross connections exist for these two ports to the distribution side and subscribers are connected remove the four subscribers if the cross con nect is located outside of the building Continue with making the four cross connections which are described in the chapter below If the MDF is located inside the building the cross connections should be made on the feeder side of the cross connect see Figure 6 10 page
333. rer CAUTION Danger of explosion An explosion could occur if sparks are created near the battery string Check that the batteries are not charging or discharging before loosening or re moving battery connections as sparks may occur Switch the battery circuit breaker to OFF Use insulated tools and discharge all static electricity from your body before per forming any work As always adequate ventilation must be provided 11 4 13 Discharge General capacity test option Since the batteries have a lifetime of 5 years at an ambient temperature of 25 C this test is not required as a routine maintenance procedure However a dis charge test is the best way to determine if sufficient reserve power is available Battery strings to be tested should be on float for at least one month without a power failure exceeding 30 minutes gt NOTE The following descriptions are based on the Product Manual for IR 30EC and IR 40EC Batteries For performing this test follow exactly the instruc tions in this manual CAUTION Loss of power due to old and stressed batteries during discharge test Ensure that all batteries have been on float for at least one month without a power failure exceeding 30 minutes Always monitor the battery string voltage continuously In no case should the string voltage be allowed to drop below 45 6 V for the IR 30EC batteries during the discharge test 11 4 13 1 General aspects
334. rounding Before continuing the installation check the following Step Procedure 1 Verify that no AnyMedia plug ins are inserted 2 The connection from the framework to the approved earthing terminal must be measured according to local regulations 3 Ensure the electrical continuity of the connections between 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 6 11 Cabling wiring and assembly FRMGND framework approved earth conductor terminal to which the grounding wire is connected framework of adjacent ONU housings if mounted 6 5 3 Checking internal delivered cabling If not already done refer to Chapter 5 3 3 page 5 5 to check the internal cabling For the connector positions and the cables which have to be checked use Figure 6 4 page 6 7 and Table 6 1 page 6 8 6 5 4 Inventory data of the ONU Subshelf Inventory data The ONU shelf is equipped with 1 to 4 resistors of 0 Q on the backplane repre senting the shelf inventory data No action is required for adjusting The ONU shelf is always factory equipped with resistors for the correct setting The representing value for the ONU is 9 The figure below shows the location of the resistors and also the position of the DIP switch for ONU addressing 22 22 122 22 22 22 2 22 19 DIP switch ONU address z subshelf identifier i 23 7 12 Resistors f
335. s with 2B1Q 4B3T can be combined via 16 on board splitters m The LPS716 provides 16 SDSL ports Capacity for NB The transport capacity for narrowband subscriber channels is 96 timeslots A timeslot corresponds to the transport capacity of one bearer channel resulting in for example 96 POTS or 48 ISDN BRA subscribers supported per ONU Capacity for BB Additional the full transport capacity of the broadband feeder E3 or DS3 is avail able in the ONU 2 1 3 Earthing grounding powering and ringing Powering For powering of the ONU the internal power rectifier unit PRU is used which de livers the 48 V DC voltage The PRU is fed by the customer s AC mains For buffering a non outgassing carefree back up battery of valve regulated lead acid type is required VRLA type For the ONU IR 30EC batteries from Tyco are used The batteries are mounted inside the ONU housing The batteries are con nected to the PRU via a low voltage disconnect unit LVD 2 1 3 1 Earthing grounding Grounding The AnyMedia optical network unit is designed to work in mesh BN or mesh Environment IBN environments according to ETS 300 253 Earthing For earthing the ONU housing is equipped with an M6 grounding stud on the right side of the ONU under the cable access cover The earthing connection required for each ONU housing serves several purposes m A direct earth ground connection for lightning protection in common bond ing networks Acomm
336. s rubber overshoes and apron Cleaning cloth Lime and or soda sodium bicarbonate or sal soda Insulated socket drive or nut driver set 1 4 inch through 3 4 inch sockets and torque wrench 0 to 60 in lbs 6 Nm for maintenance replacement Sandpaper or abrasive cloth for cleaning the battery compartment only DMM Digital Multimeter for example Tek DM254 or Fluke 8060A or equivalent The accuracy of an equivalent meter should be 0 05 percent on the DC scale Current converter transformer or current probe 1 10 for multimeter used for up to 20 A Thermometers for measuring the ambient temperature and the battery temperature contact type For safety a Class C fire extinguisher should be reachable 11 6 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Safety 11 4 4 Safety Battery handling For safe battery handling always take the following basic precautions m Use only properly insulated tools and test equipment m Remove all metallic objects key chains glasses rings watches or any other jewelry m Wear safety glasses m Test circuits before touching Lock out and tag any circuit breakers fuses when possible to prevent acci dental turn on Be aware of potential hazards before servicing equipment m Identify exposed hazardous electrical potentials on connectors wiring etc Note the condition of these circuits especially any wiring m Take care when removing or replacing an
337. scharge m Ensure that the ONU housing is grounded properly m Wear conductively connected wrist straps and connect them to the ONU Subshelf ESP bonding point m Work in an area which is protected against electrostatic discharge Use conducting floor and bench mats which are conductively connected to the rack ESP bonding point m Conductively connect all test equipment and trolleys to the rack ESP bond ing point m Wear working garments made of 100 cotton to avoid electrostatic dis charge m Touch the packs with previously discharged hands wrist strap at the edges or the insertion and removal facilities card pullers only m Store and ship packs and components in their shipping packaging Packs and components must be packed and unpacked only at workplaces suit ably protected against build up of charge 1 8 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information m Never place circuit packs on ungrounded metal shelving or on ungrounded portable carts without insulated surfaces m Return items for repair in suitable antistatic packaging only Do not rub or wipe circuit packs containing ICs to clean them or their con tacts unless both the individual and the circuit pack are the same ground potential m Work areas must be kept clear of common plastics a major source of static electricity When rubbed or handled these plastics produce a static charge that will not readily dissipate when grounded These plastics must
338. sed not used not used not used not used not used R32 T32 R31 T31 R30 T30 R29 T29 R28 T28 R27 T27 R26 T26 R25 T25 R24 T24 R23 T23 R22 T22 R21 T21 R20 T20 R19 T19 R18 T18 R17 T17 Ring Tip Ring Tip Note The top pair 34 amp 68 and bottom pair 1 amp 35 are each shorted to alertthe circuit pack thatthe connector is attached Note For the ADSL4 AP only 8 a b ports are used Orange binder BL Y YIBL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BL R R BL SW W S BRW W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL Wiring side Blue binder BL Y Ring Y BL Tip S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BUR R BL S W W S BR W W BR G W W G ow W O BL W Ring W BL Tip R16 T16 R15 T15 R14 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 R11 Ti R10 T10 R9 T9 R8 T8 R7 T7 R6 T6 R5 T5 R4 T4 R3 T3 R2 T2 R1 TI not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used Z port 4 ADSL port 4 Z port 3 ADSL port 3 Z port 2 ADSL port 2 Z port 1 ADSL port 1 Note lt 4 means cabling from MDF switch side gt means cabling to MDF subscriber side Figure 4 21 Pinning of ADSL connector 4 ADSL ports 4
339. shelves liquid of any kind is never spilled on the shelves IMPORTANT 363 211 150 Condensation Condensation causes malfunctioning Condensation can occur in the AnyMedia Access System especially during transport on moving from the outside to closed rooms this can cause malfunc tioning of the packs Ensure that packs and shelves have reached room temperature and are dry be fore taking them into operation Never spill liquid of any kind on the product Issue 3 June 2001 1 27 General safety information 1 15 General wiring warnings Trained personnel WARNING gt Risk of injury due to untrained personnel Installation and maintenance procedures must be followed and performed by trained personnel only Do not allow non service personnel to access electri cal wiring Read and understand all instructions and warning labels Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product and in the manu als High voltage WARNING gt Dangerous voltage The power rectifier unit of the ONU is fed by AC mains of 110 V up to 240 V AC Touching live parts will shock or cause serious injury or death Take care when servicing in this area Follow all safety warnings and local regulation practices High ringing voltage WARNING gt Dangerous ringing voltage The AnyMedia Optical Network Unit can be fed by ringing voltages of 57 V DC maximum superimposed up to 105
340. side in the AnyMedia Mainshelf only E3 interface refers to the 34 368 Mbit s digital feeder interfaces of the broadband system that carries the ATM payload cells The E3 interface is provided by the ATM feeder multiplexer AFM_E3 DS3 interface refers to a bit rate of 44 736 Mbit s and a framing according to ITU T recommendations G 804 1 432 and ANSI T1 107 without specify ing the physical interface The term DSX 3 interface refers in the AnyMedia Mainshelf only to every thing that DS3 refers to with the addition of a specific physical interface ac cording to Bellcore standard GR 499 The ATM feeder multiplexer AFMDS3 provides a DSX 3 interface In this manual the more general term DS3 in terface is used The ATM feeder multiplexer AFM_E3 in the AnyMedia Mainshelf provides an E3 ATM user network interface If a DS3 interface is required the ATM feeder multiplexer AFMDS3 has to be used instead AFM pack is used in text sections where only the function of the ATM feeder is described independent of the interface E3 DS3 Inband signaling via ATM Operation Channel within ATM permanent virtual connection PVC means sending messages not via a special OAM amp P in terface but embedded in the ATM cell stream ADSL line refers to the twisted copper pair carrying broadband and narrow band services When depicting the broadband signal only the term data is used xDSL service means any broadband service transmitted over twisted pairs Ex
341. side the building Table 6 4 shows the in ternal connections between these 4 wires The subscriber lines of the application packs are numbered from 1 to 256 per ONU shelf AP8 therefore would use terminals 225 to 256 the TAP B cable would use terminals 257 to 271 for example Nevertheless only 96 narrowband subscrib ers can be served by the ONU Issue 3 June 2001 6 21 Cabling wiring and assembly Cross connect feeder side distribution side Note If the MDF is outside of the building TAPB SEIZE the TAP 100 cable and all open wires of the 9 TAP B cable should have primary protection TAPB_FACR as applicable S oO TAPB_FACT i Te lao m lt le 13 Protector block if subscriber connected subscriber can t be operational Open or no subscriber connected PFUIRGU 64 okaso gt pa okaso a b cable TAP100 cable o olala aii O lt lt lt 01 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 do I i I 12 I I ica ie zii Cable routing area Figure 6 10 Cabling for integrated testing with TAP100 inserted in slot posi tion AP 8 for colocated cross connect 6 22 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly Cross connect feeder side distribution side No subscriber connected TAP B cable oo
342. signment 1st 48 V power feeder 4 11 4 7 Power supply connector B1 pin assignment 2nd 48 V power feeder 4 11 4 8 Pinning of TAP connector C1 4 12 4 9 Pinning of the alarm in connector D1 4 13 4 10 Ringing connector E1 pin assignment 4 14 4 11 ONU backplane arrangement as viewed from front no pack inserted 4 16 4 12 DIP switch for ONU addressing on the OCP position 4 18 4 13 OCP faceplate 4 19 4 14 CHAN MON DROP connector of the OCP 4 21 4 15 RMC connector on the OCP 4 21 4 16 Application pack faceplate except the OCP SHDSL AP 4 23 4 17 SHDSL AP LPS510 faceplate 4 25 4 18 Pinning of the POTS AP connectors 4 26 4 19 Pinning of TAP100 connector 4 27 4 20 Pinning of ISDN connectors 4 28 4 21 Pinning of ADSL connector 4 ADSL ports 4 POTS splitter 4 29 4 22 Pinning of ADSL connector 8 ADSL ports 8 POTS splitter 4 30_ 4 23 Pinning of ADSL connector 16 ADSL ports 16 POTS splitter 4 31 4 24 Pinning of ADSL connector 4 ADSL ports 4 ISDN splitter 4 32 4 25 Pinning of ADSL connector 16 ADSL ports 16 ISDN splitter 4 33 4 26 Pinning of SDSL connector symmetrical DSL 4 34 XIV Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Figures 4 27 Pinning of HDSL connector 4 ports 4 35 4 28 Pinning of HDSL connector 4 ports 4 36_ 4 29 Pinning of SHDSL connector 8 ports 4 37 4 30 Pinning of the E1 cable connector E1 4 unstructured E1 ports 4 38 4 31 Location and configuration of the jumpers on the RGU for ringing frequencies 4 39 4
343. slots AP 1 through AP 8 of the ONU Subshelf 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 5 5 Mounting and installation procedures Completeness check 5 6 Issue 3 For a completeness check proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Verify that the separately delivered packs and the separately packed bat teries comply with the packing list 2 Verify that the delivered external cables comply with the packing list or use Figure 5 2 page 5 9 for checking gt NOTE The AC mains cord can either be shipped loose in the battery compartment or the cord is mounted to the ONU housing already 3 Verify that the ONU is equipped with the ONU subshelf the rectifier shelf and with the fan unit including the fan filter gt NOTE For the position of shelves or fan units to be mounted in the ONU see Figure 5 1 page 5 7 4 Verify that the cable access cover is mounted on the right side of the ONU gt NOTE If there are any problems with the equipment or equipment is missing refer to the job specification or equipment order for the name and telephone number of the local manager to contact and rectify the problem June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation procedures sd TAP Ringing ONU Subshelf conn conn connection panel 48V Alarm 1 connector conn Door switch Interconnection plug E1 Plugs for door switch E2 E3 Alarm connector Fan connector 48V connector Place for LVD or LVD installed
344. ssue 3 June 2001 8 7 System power up 8 4 8 8 5 Check visually or by listening that all fans in the fan unit work properly check the air current above the ONU and above the rectifier shelf 6 Connect the thermal probe cable connector to the connector Battery Temp Probe of the PRU Response The LEDs have the following states LED on the PRU Color State Cause Normal Operation Green Extinguished Batteries not connected Warning Yellow Extinguished Thermal probe connected Alarm Red Lights Battery failure Thermal Shutdown Red Extinguished Rectifier o k Check the rectifier and batteries Issue 3 For the first charging the batteries and the rectifier should be checked for the cor rect polarity and for the correct charging voltage gt NOTE The PRU voltage is temperature compensated with 72 mV C in the tem perature range from 5 C to 53 C if the delivered thermal probe is used and connected thermistor 10kQ 0 1 If the thermal probe is not con nected the rectifier voltage is fixed to about 52 5 V 4 53 C The maximum voltage is limited to about 57 58 V For the compensated PRU voltage see Figure 2 5 page 2 13 The rectifier current is limited to 13 A at maxi mum see Figure 2 4 page 2 11 gt NOTE June 2001 Due to the two inner protective 100 KQ resistors of the test terminals inside the LVD the measured voltage will be about 1 V lower than expected For
345. stripped end of the cable wire 9 Route the cable to the AC source terminals and attach the cable with ca ble ties as needed Issue 3 June 2001 6 27 Cabling wiring and assembly Front view looking onto the contacts of the IEC 60320 AC mains inlet Input on the power rectifier unit L1 N L2 contact gt sa Front view of the IEC 60320 plug of the AC mains power cord 848506820 PE contact protective earth BR N L2 L1 contact PE G Y BL Notch 3m Input cross section gt 1 mm Sig RE PE Note The IEC 320 plug is not equipped with the notch The rectifier can be equipped with an IEC 60320 or with an 1EC 320 inlet Use the appropriate power cord 848506820 for IEC 60320 or 848471181 for the IEC 320 inlet Figure 6 13 IEC 60320 mains connector and power cord 10 Insert the PE wire into the PE terminal and screw tight or connect fix 11 Insert the brown and the blue wire into the correct terminals for L1 and L2 N and screw tight or connect fix For connecting follow local regula tions 12 Check that the wires are fixed 13 Remove the short of the deactivated mains if done in Step 2 Follow local regulations 14 If the installation continues soon the AC mains can be switched ON Bear in mind that the AC cord is energized 6 5 12 Installing serial cable for the PC GSI The serial cable is required for connecting the GSI PC to the
346. subscriber lines HDSL Broadband services are supported in the AnyMedia Access System using ATM cell transfer In the current release of the AnyMedia Access System broadband services comprise Internet and remote LAN access via asym metrical digital subscriber line ADSL Issue 3 June 2001 XXV About this document XXVI Issue 3 June 2001 Mixed configuration means a configuration of the AnyMedia shelves includ ing packs for narrowband services and for broadband services The term pack is generally used for circuit packs in the AnyMedia Main shelf COMDAC CIU IO_E1 IO_HDLC PFU and AFM_E3 DS3 or in the ONU Subshelf OCP RGU PRU PFU and LVD and also for all application packs The term application pack is generally used for the packs in the AnyMedia Mainshelf and also in the ONU Subshelf which are located in any of the AP slots of the AnyMedia Access System APs for POTS ISDN HDSL and ADSL In this manual the subscriber interface for analog POTS is named Z inter face In some countries this interface can be called a b interface where the a leg sometimes may be called tip T and the b leg ring R a b cables refer generically to the tip ring pair cables that attach to the faceplate of all application packs APs In some countries this cable can be called V F cable voice frequency cable or T R cable E1 interface refers to the 2048 kbit s digital feeder interfaces of the narrow band system on the network
347. t 6 mm or lt AWG9 The framework must be correctly connected to the protective earth before the start of work For powering up the AC mains proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Be sure that the ONU housing is correctly connected to an approved earth otherwise check the earthing continuity see also Chapter 5 5 5 page 5 24 2 For the first power up be sure that no packs are inserted in the ONU Sub shelf except the RGU otherwise it is recommended to remove these packs temporarily 3 Verify that the battery cable is not connected to connector J3 of the LVD 4 Locate the AC plug and connect to the IEC 60320 AC mains inlet of the PRU If the customer s mains is equipped with a mains breaker mains cir cuit breaker mains fuse switch to ON or insert the fuse respectively Comment For the first deliveries the rectifier is equipped with an IEC 320 AC inlet These rectifiers require the appropriate power cord 848471181 for the IEC 320 inlet see also Figure 6 13 page 6 28 Response The fan unit works the red LED Fan Alarm may not light and on the PRU the Normal Operation LED the Warning LED the Alarm LED and the Thermal Shutdown LED have the following states LED on the PRU Color State Cause Normal Operation Green Extinguished Batteries not connected Warning Yellow Lights Thermal probe not connected Alarm Red Lights Battery Probe failure Thermal Shutdown Red Extinguished Rectifier o k I
348. t a dangerous electrical voltage Warning about laser radiation gt gt b gt 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 1 5 General safety information Special safety Table 1 Warning symbols Common application Warning about explosion Warning about battery acid Warning about devices sensitive to electrostatic dis charge ESD 3 66 The safety instructions for the classes Danger Warning and Caution always have a warning symbol the Important and Notice safety instructions can but do not always have a warning symbol The aspects of handling of components sensitive to electrostatic discharge instructions ESD and laser safety are of vital importance for equipment in the AnyMedia Access System The key safety instructions for these subjects are summarized in Chapter 1 8 and Chapter 1 10 1 8 Handling components sensitive to electrostatic discharge 1 8 1 ESD consequences All semiconductor components are basically sensitive to static charges Most cir cuit pack integrated circuit IC damage can be attributed to a discharge of static electricity For a person to feel the discharge of static electricity a minimum level of 3500 volts must exist A person walking across a floor can generate electrostatic volt ages in excess of 5000 volts Tests have shown that ICs can be damaged by dis charges of less than 100 volts Since electrostatic discharges ESD contai
349. taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measuring operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never remove connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery Remove test lead connections at the battery immedi ately after each reading is taken 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 11 9 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Battery String Float Voltage 3 Measure the battery string voltage on the outermost connector pins The outer pin with the black wire is the negative terminal of the battery string Record the string voltage in the installation record Requirement The string voltage must be at least 51 2 V Comment Between the middle pin and the outer pin black wire you will measure the string voltage of batteries 4 and 3 between the middle pin and the outer pin red wire you will measure the string voltage of batteries 1 and 2 Front view looking onto the Side view of contacts of cable connector J3 cable connector J3 front view m Lp 1 RTNBAT R C of battery string 2 MIDPOINT R 3 48BAT BK of battery string Figure 11 2 Pinning of battery cable connector J3 You can also measure the string voltage without interrupting the buffering by measuring on
350. th step 9 8 4 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 System power up 9 Unpack the LVD 108784109 and verify that the battery circuit breaker is switched to OFF Otherwise switch to OFF 10 Check that the GMT type fuse is equipped with the correct value of 15 A If not locate the spare GMT type fuses 15 A Comcode 408026243 which have been separately packed and were removed during the first in spection and insert the fuse 11 Slide the LVD into the upper position of the rectifier shelf push back and tighten the two fixing screws left and right on the bottom of the faceplate For positions of the packs see the figure above 12 Do not connect the battery cable to connector J3 8 2 2 Equipping the ONU Subshelf for ringing For the standard application the ONU Subshelf must be equipped with the RGU which is delivered separately for ordering see Chapter 3 3 1 page 3 4 gt NOTE The RGU can be adjusted for different ringing frequencies of 17 20 25 or 50 Hz via two jumpers The factory setting is 25 Hz Proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Locate the following packs Table 8 3 Packs of the ONU Subshelf for ringing Pack designation Comcode Apparatus Code Ringing generator unit RGU 108489741 RGU500 2 Unpack the RGU and verify that the jumpers are set to the correct ringing frequency as stated in the engineering work order For adjusting see fig ure below 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 8 5
351. the Fluke 8060A multimeter the voltage drop will be exactly 1 V at 25 C am bient temperature 363 211 150 System power up For checking the batteries and the rectifier proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Locate the Installation and Maintenance Record into where the battery readings the installation date and the first readings have already been re corded see Chapter 7 3 4 page 7 11 Warranty and installation and maintenance record 2 Verify that the battery cable is not connected to connector J3 Battery In put of the LVD 3 Switch the battery circuit breaker on the LVD to ON 4 Measure the rectifier voltage on the test terminals on the faceplate of the LVD add 1 V due to the voltage drop caused by the protective resistors and record in the installation record Comment Due to the inner voltage drop inside the LVD the voltage measured on the test terminals will be 1 V lower than the voltage which feeds the ONU Subshelf really You can alternatively measure the rectifier voltage on the terminals of connector J3 on the LVD without voltage drop but you must take care to avoid a short For the pinning of J3 see Figure 8 4 page 8 10 Short circuit when taking voltage readings WARNING A Risk of a short or arcing due to battery cabling without fuse protection The battery cabling is not fuse protected for the battery interconnections up to the battery circuit breaker A short in this area will ca
352. the battery thermal probe and the position of the Margin switch 4 7 2 1 Rectifier Margin switch The output voltage can be adapted via the Margin switch for 3 different voltages Table 4 9 Charging adjustments for the PRU via Margin switch Recommended Margin switch position Charging voltage V battery type MARG position 54 9 0 2 V MARG position 0 54 5 0 2 V MARG position 54 1 0 2 V IR 30EC a The voltage is valid for 25 C and the thermal probe is connected to the PRU If the thermal probe is not connected the voltage is fixed in the rectifier to 52 5 V b Factory setting as it is delivered 4 48 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Parts description 4 7 2 2 Faceplate of the PRU PRU faceplate Margin switch for adjusting charging voltage DUVA Normal Operation Warning Alarm nali Battery 2 Temp E Probe Thermal Shutdown O INPUT o o Note The rectifier can be equipped with an IEC60320 inlet Issue S1 1 or with an IEC320 inlet Use the appropriate power cord Figure 4 37 Faceplate and Margin switch of the power rectifier unit 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 4 49 Parts description 4 7 2 3 Thermal probe connector Connector front view looking onto the contacts Thermal probe connector on the PRU faceplate Option Connector designated
353. the chapter Initial Charg ing in the Product Manual for IR Series Batteries A copy of these instructions is included in Figure 7 3 page 7 9 The purpose of an initial charge is to compensate for self discharge that has oc curred in the interval between manufacture and installation Under normal circum stances the battery will regain most of its capacity after several hours on float charge 90 capacity should be obtained within 24 hours of float charge See Figure 7 3 page 7 9 for the detailed initial charging instructions gt NOTE All batteries should have similar storage histories If batteries are older than the allowed open circuit time and have not been maintained in this period the batteries may not be installed and must be replaced June 2001 363 211 150 Mounting and installation of batteries Table 6 A Initial Charging Battery Condition All batteries have similar date codes and storage histories and none are more than 6 months old or they have been maintained according to the Battery Storage section of this product manual The batteries have dissimilar date codes more than one month apart and they are within the required recharge period charge by date The batteries are older than 6 months or have not been maintained according to the Battery Storage section of this product manual Action Make voltage and polarity checks and connect string s to plant Charge at the f
354. the wiring side of the battery cable connector J3 plugged in the LVD by inserting the probes into the opening for the wires using small test probes 11 4 7 Measuring the string current The battery string current can be measured with a pliers shaped DC current con verter or current probe 1 10 for multimeter used for up to 20 A 11 10 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Battery Voltage Instruction For measuring no cable need to be disconnected Proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Locate the Installation and Maintenance Record where the battery read ings the installation date and the first readings have already been re corded see Chapter 7 3 4 page 7 11 Warranty and installation and maintenance record 2 Connect the current probe to the probe tips locate the battery cable open the probe pliers and insert the battery cable 3 Record the string current into the installation record 11 4 8 Measuring the voltage of a single battery General Instruction 363 211 150 The individual battery voltages should be measured periodically to ensure that they are floating properly Readings for each battery must be within 0 18 V of the string average gt NOTE The string average is calculated by dividing the string voltage by the num ber of batteries in the string Additionally the power rectifier unit is equipped with a supervision component which compares the
355. ting instruments 2 32 2 4 2 Principle of installation activities and test sequences 2 95 2 4 2 1 Cabling directions for the ONU Subshelf 2 36 2 4 3 Tests 2 37 ee 3 Parts lists and kits 3 1 3 1 General information 3 1 3 2 Basic AnyMedia optical network unit hardware 3 2 3 2 1 ONU for indoor applications in wall mounted housing 3 2 3 3 Packs units and additional equipment 3 4 3 3 1 Orderable packs units for the ONU 3 4 3 3 2 Orderable external cables and fibers 3 6 3 3 3 Orderable customer documentation 3 7 3 4 Batteries 3 8 3 5 Components of the ONU for replacement 3 9 3 6 Additional information 3 10 ae 4 Parts description 4 1 4 1 General information 4 1 4 2 General cable description 4 2 4 2 1 Types of cables 4 2 4 2 2 Color coding sequence for factory assembled cables 4 3 4 2 3 Connector types and connector assembly 4 5 4 2 3 1 D type connectors 4 5 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 Contents 4 2 3 2 General for application pack connectors 4 3 Connectors in the ONU housing 4 3 1 Grounding connecting points M6 4 3 2 Earthing 4 3 3 Door intrusion switch 4 4 Pinning of connectors and connecting points of the ONU Subshelf 4 4 1 Connectors of the ONU Subshelf connection panel SCP 4 4 1 1 Power connectors A1 48A B1 48B 4 4 1 2 TAP connector C1 TAP 4 4 1 3 Alarm in connector D1 ALARM 4 4 1 4 Ringing connector E1 RING 4 4 2 Connecting points of the ONU Subshelf backplane 4 4 2 1 Backplane connector designations 4
356. to 30 B channels 30 x 64 kbit s and one D channel 64 kbit s and can only be connected to a V5 2 interface ISDN U AP Integrated Services Digital Network Application Pack with U Interface A pack containing 2B1Q U ports that pro vide service to ISDN BRA subscribers and leased line subscribers ISDN AP Integrated Services Digital Network Application Pack A pack containing 2B1Q or 4BST U ports that provide ser vice to ISDN BRA subscribers and leased lines subscribers ISDN BRA The requested bandwidth at the V5 network interface is two bearer channels plus a frame relay over a communica tion channel for the 16 kbit s signaling channel that is a 2 x 64 kbit s bearer channel connection plus a 16 kbit s D channel The following type of ISDN BRA subscriber is implemented in the AnyMedia Access System NT1 outside the AnyMedia Access System at the CPE ISDN user port Delivers digital telephony and data services to an ISDN subscriber It is addressed by a logical 13 bit address en velope function address used in the relevant protocols on the V5 x interface With respect to the V5 x interface the envelope function address uniquely identifies one ISDN user port J Jitter Short term noncumulative variations of the significant instants of a digital signal from their ideal positions in time The most significant form of jitter arises from imperfections in the circuitry e g quantizing distortions in phase locked loops PLL 363 211 150
357. tor is attached Orange binder BL Y Y BL S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BL R R BL SW W S BRW W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL Wiring side Blue binder BL Y Y BL Tip S BK BK S BR BK BK BR G BK BK G O BK BK O BL BK BK BL S R R S BR R R BR G R R G O R R O BUR RIBL S W W S BR W W BR G W W G O W W O BL W W BL Ring R16 Z port 8 T16 R15 ADSL port 8 T15 R14 Z port 7 T14 R13 T13 R12 T12 ADSL port 7 Z port 6 R11 T11 R10 Z port 5 ADSL port 6 ADSL port 5 Z port 4 ADSL port 4 Z port 3 ADSL port 3 Z port 2 ADSL port 2 Z port 1 ADSL port 1 Note means cabling from MDF switch side gt means cabling to MDF subscriber side Figure 4 23 Pinning of ADSL connector 16 ADSL ports 16 POTS splitter The connector is used for ADSL cables of ADSL16p application pack LPA416 LPA419 in positions AP 1 to AP 8 Issue 3 June 2001 4 31 Parts description ADSL4i connector for4 ADSL 4ISDN 7 Pete Note Shown is the wiring soldering side of the splitter AP cable connector of the a b cable identical to the contact side of the AP Orange binder Blue binder Ring BLIY BUY Ring d Re Y BL Ti He d not use Ti Y BL not use T32 Li SBK e T16 BK R31 di R15 not
358. tory cabled to issue an alarm if the door is open The alarm meaning can be changed by connecting the wire of the middle door switch contact to the upper door switch contact instead the alarm is issued if the door is closed 2 3 2 Arrangement of the ONU Subshelf Features The ONU Subshelf consists of a metal mechanical structure that serves to guide and fasten packs locate and mount a multi layer backplane allows mounting into supporting structures such as the ONU and provides an interface for internal and external connections Arrangement of The ONU Subshelf is arranged to accommodate one 1N pack in the upper row of ONU Subshelf slots and nine 3N packs in the lower row of slots The figure below shows the ONU Subshelf arrangement when the ONU Subshelf is fully equipped 1N is 96 mm high 3N is 336 mm high Lucent Technologies One NS Hardware Standard 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 21 General ONU information A A Space for air outlet o I PFUIRGU A BEE e aE ESD warning label o o o o o 1N size D 16 E ALA pack O o o o A CC ESD socket o FAULT O MISCO CL O TESTO E E CHAN MON 3N size S i packs Le o e a
359. ture failures caused by cell dry out Boost charging the IR 30EC batteries is not recommended without the concur rence of Tyco Refer to the Product Manual for IR 30EC and IR 40EC Batteries Section Operations During installation consider the following warnings June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Short circuit DANGER A Destruction of batteries in the event of a short circuit A short circuit of the batteries will cause an arc destruction of batteries and ca bles and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU Be aware of potential hazards before servicing battery equipment You must therefore always use properly insulated tools and test equipment for in stalling and connecting batteries When working on batteries always wear splash proof safety goggles acid resis tant gloves rubber overshoes and an apron Short circuit and arcing in the batteries area DANGER A Destruction of batteries in the event of a short circuit A short circuit in the batteries will cause an arc destruction of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete system Be aware of potential hazards before servicing battery equipment A metallic ob ject causing a short of the battery terminals may be thrown or vaporized due to the battery energy Never short out the battery s terminals Always verify the polarity before connecting cables to the battery poles in the event of servicing The keyed 2
360. twork layer device that passes packets between two or more network segments that use the same data link communications protocol OSI layer 2 The network segments appear as one segment to protocol levels higher than the data link layer C Centralized powering The AnyMedia Access System is powered by a central DC power plant This power plant normally feeds other tele communication equipment as well Circuit See port GL 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Glossary Circuit testing Verifies the ability of an AP port to provide proper transmission and signaling The actual circuit tests needed de pend on the particular service being provided i e POTS and ISDN need different circuit tests In the AnyMedia Access System only the self test capability of the AP is used See also drop testing CIT Craft Interface Terminal The Craft Interface Terminal is a dumb terminal used to enter and receive TL1 Transac tion Language 1 messages in ASCII format A CIT emulation is running on the GSI CIT interface Interface for the Craft Interface Terminal A serial RS 232C interface 9 pin Dsub on the faceplate of the commu nication interface unit CIU where a craft interface terminal CIT or a graphical system interface GSI is con nected to the AnyMedia Access System CIU Communication Interface Unit This pack is used to provide several OAM amp P interface terminations to the AnyMedia Access System CLEI Common Language Equip
361. ue lens cleaning paper for example 9300 0761 of Hewlett Pack quired and ard depending cotton swaps Q tips for example 9300 1351 of Hewlett Packard on fiber and adhesive cleaning tape for example 15475 68701 of Hewlett Packard fiber test isopropyl alcohol without additives equipment pipe cleaner with soft bristles for coupling cleaning used or fiber cleaning kit for example kit 15475A from Hewlett Packard Purified compressed air for example spray can Optical microscope enlargement gt 40 up to 200 for example type M10 from Wild or the FIND R SCOPE of FJW Optical Systems Inc 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 2 33 General ONU information Use for Table 2 5 List of tools and equipment Continued Tools Remark Test equipment only if required DMM Digital Multimeter Tek DM254 or Fluke 8060A or equivalent the accuracy of an equivalent meter should be 0 05 percent on the DC scale insulated test leads with a diameter of 2 mm for the probe tips are required for measurement via the battery connectors or via test jacks on LVD DC current converter or current probe 1 10 for multimeter used for up to 20 A Test load of 48 V 15 A additional only Thermometer for ambient temperature measurement Contact thermometer for battery temperature measurement Test equipment for drop test physical line testing in the U S e g ITE 6675 Streak Mate ITE 7079 AIU Test Fixture additional only
362. ulations or regulations given by the network provider Do not use a wrist strap that does not pass these checks June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information IMPORTANT A Atei Electrostatic discharge ESD Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge Hold packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities Always observe the ESD instructions see page 1 8 Overheating CAUTION A Risk of fire due to overheating Inadequate heat dissipation can cause heat accumulation or even a fire in the AnyMedia Optical Network Unit You must therefore ensure that the ventilation openings in the door of the ONU housing are not covered up the minimum separation 35 mm is ensured between the top of the ONU Subshelf and the ONU housing all slots in the ONU Subshelf which are not equipped with application packs are closed with blank faceplates the installed fan unit works properly because the natural convection does not ensure the necessary ventilation Fire or electrical shock WARNING A Risk of fire or electrical shock Objects of any kind pushed through openings in the ONU housing or in the shelves may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a risk of fire or electrical shock You must therefore ensure that objects of any kind are never pushed into the
363. uld not leave the building premises unless connected to telecommunication devices providing primary protection e g pro tector blocks with gas discharge tubes as applicable June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information 1 9 2 1 9 3 363 211 150 Internal powering via AC mains delivery variant For internal powering the ONU is supplied by an internal power rectifier unit PRU which is fed by AC mains and buffered by batteries This delivery variant of the wall mounted ONU for indoor applications is delivered and therefore described in this Installation Manual The external mains source must be fuse protected for line protection nominal value for 110 V AC 13 A to 16 A or m nominal value for 220 240 V AC 10 A to 16 A where m the tripping current must be lt 1 4 x nominal fusing value The power rating for the ONU is m 100 127 200 240 V AC nominal 10 5 A gt NOTE The 540 W power rectifier unit for the indoor ONU is situated for operating in over voltage category Il according to IEC 60664 1 locations Mains tran sients may never cross 2 5 kV Additional surge arrestors may be required depending on the site conditions If a ringing source is required the ringing generator unit RGU can be used for in ternal ringing The RGU is located in the ONU Subshelf in the slot position where for other future applications the power filter unit PFU can be inserted alterna tively If the ring
364. ures for mounting the ONU to the wall 5 3 1 Handling Handling consider The shipping container is designed to lie lengthwise on the floor You can also ations transport or store the containers in an upright position When transporting crates or storing in a warehouse do not stack more than two containers high When removing containers from the shipping van place them on a dolly truck in their horizontal shipping positions Verify that the containers have not been dam aged Itis important that all containers be handled with care and precautions be taken not to drop the units gt NOTE The weight of the packed ONU in its shipping container can be up to 200 kg WARNING Risk of injury due to unsecured ONU A The ONU can cause considerable injuries if it is knocked over or dropped This can also cause serious damage to the already installed shelves Use a sturdy vehicle for transport and secure the ONU against being dropped Do not store more than one packaged ONU on top of the other 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 5 3 Mounting and installation procedures 5 3 2 Uncrating For uncrating proceed as follows Step Procedure Uncrating 1 Uncrate all material in quarters separate from the equipment room in or procedure der to keep to an absolute minimum dust lint and other undesirable parti cles which could create maintenance problems Comment The ONU is shipped in a dust protective antistatic plastic ba
365. use an destruction by arcing of batteries and cables and thus malfunctioning of the complete ONU Use insulated probes for measuring Be very careful when taking voltage readings to prevent accidental grounding or shorting of leads during measuring operations Connections at the meter must be secure and free of any possibility of touching or becoming grounded Never remove connections at the meter end without first disconnecting the test leads from the battery or battery cable connector Remove test lead connec tions at the battery or battery cable connector immediately after each reading is taken 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 8 9 System power up Front view looking onto the LVD connector J3 48RTN rectifier MIDPOINT for battery 48V rectifier BATTERY INPUT Front view looking onto the Side view of contacts of cable connector J3 cable connector J3 m EE 1 i RTNBAT R C of battery string 2 MIDPOINT R 3 48BAT BK of battery string l Figure 8 4 Pinning of connector J3 for the LVD and pinning of battery cable connector J3 5 Switch the battery circuit breaker to OFF 6 Locate the 3 pin battery cable connector J3 and measure the battery string voltage on the outermost connector pins The outer pin with the black wire is the negative terminal of the battery string
366. use objects such as a screwdriver in the pack area Never push objects of any kind into this product through slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or cause a short circuit IMPORTANT A Ata 1 30 Issue 3 Electrostatic discharge ESD Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge The wrist strap used must be checked periodically for a resistance between 250 kQ and 1 5 MQ to avoid electrostatic discharge Therefore before using the wrist strap check the wrist strap for shorts opens and proper resistance value For checking follow local regulations or regulations given by the network provider Do not use a wrist strap that does not pass these checks June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Electrostatic discharge ESD IMPORTANT Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge A Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge Hold packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities Ataf Always observe the ESD instructions see page 1 8 Circuit pack handling IMPORTANT Destruction of components by incorrect handling The power should be turned off before inserting or removing a pack circuit pack unless otherwise specified Before replacing a circuit pack check the identification code to ensure that the proper pack is being used Always use the wrist strap 36
367. ution frame MDF or at the ONU or simultaneously at any combination depending upon the availability and deployment of personnel m f required the optional TAP B cable should be installed at first because the cable opening of the ONU housing is too small for easy installation after the AP cables are inserted m Then all the delivered AP cables have to be routed to the AP positions and have to be connected to the blank faceplates m The connections on the MDF can be carried out and if required the cross connections for the metallic test path can be made These steps can also be carried out later m f ADSL APs are used the possibly required rerouting of POTS subscribers can be done m The ONU Subshelf identifier inside the ONU Subshelf must be adjusted m The delivered power cord has to be connected to the customer s AC mains m The four IR 30EC batteries have to be installed mechanically and con nected to the internal battery cable m The ONU Subshelf has to be equipped with the ringing generator unit RGU m The rectifier shelf has to be equipped with the power rectifier unit PRU and with the low voltage disconnect unit LVD m AC mains has to be powered up and the rectifier voltage must be checked m The battery cable has to be connected to the PRU and the batteries have to be charged for the first time m The fiber cable has to be installed and should be checked m The ONU Subshelf has to be equipped with the OCP an
368. vered thermal probe 10 KQ at 25 C is disconnected the rectifier output voltage is reduced to approx 52 5 V 0 4 V In the ambient temperature range 5 C to 53 C the voltage is compensated for battery charging at a compensation rate of 72 mV C up to approx 57 V at max imum and to approx 52 5 V at minimum for compensation see Figure 2 5 page 2 13 June 2001 363 211 150 General ONU information Charging voltage V Compensation with 72 mV C l Overvoltage protection 63 V at maximum about 57 4 626 9 x Margin 54 9 0 2 V he Margin 0 54 5 0 2 V Lai ip oe ea gt 7 Margin 54 1 0 2 V 54 5 Mmmm j ed oc olol o S Sai Ri ie ee SED Nace Dirge a Ps i ta ey oy Poy Sg Hy ne a G da Mua prison e p Ambient K l l l l l l about 5 0 10 20 25 30 40 a530 OMRE S 35 40 C a Allowed temperature range 5 C up to 55 C Figure 2 5 Temperature compensation of charging voltage typical Low voltage disconnect unit LVD Low voltage dis The low voltage disconnect unit LVD is designed for connecting the 4 IR 30EC connect batteries to the PRU The LVD is equipped with an automatic battery disconnect feature which disconnects the batteries automatically from the load at approxi mately 42 0 5 V and as long as the voltage is below 48 1 V hysteresis gt NOTE The LVD connects the battery to th
369. voltage of batteries 1 and 2 1st partial string to the voltage of batteries 3 and 4 2nd partial string The allowed difference is lt 1 7 V Values gt 1 7 V will generate a balance failure in the rectifier For measuring the batteries must be disconnected from the rectifier Be aware that this action will interrupt the battery buffering for the ONU Subshelf if the battery circuit breaker is switched OFF and the battery connectors Batt1 to Batt4 are disconnected A loss of AC mains during maintenance will cause a shut down of the complete ONU Issue 3 June 2001 11 11 Maintenance of the fan unit and of batteries Battery Voltage For measuring the single battery voltage proceed as follows Step Procedure 1 Locate the Installation and Maintenance Record where the battery read ings the installation date and the first readings have already been re corded see Chapter 7 3 4 page 7 11 Warranty and installation and maintenance record Requirement Be aware to be at uninterrupted float for 48 hours at least 2 Switch the battery circuit breaker to OFF locate the 2 pin battery connec tors Batt1 to Batt4 in the battery compartment and disconnect Short circuit when taking voltage readings WARNING Risk of a short or arcing due to battery cabling without fuse protection The battery cabling is not fuse protected for the battery interconnections up to the battery circuit breaker A A short in this area will cause an
370. wavelengths are used for transmit and receive The OAP and the OCP are equipped with SC type fiber con nectors 9 2 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Fiber test and installation The parameter for the optical link are as follows Table 9 1 Parameters of the optical link Parameter Value Description Laser type Laser transmitter of Laser Class Wavelength 1310 50 nm upstream 1550 50 nm downstream Fiber Single mode bidirectional wavelength division multiplexing Connector type Single connector SC type Optical link range about 15 km at least or about 30 km for fibers with 0 4 dBm km without splice connectors Optical laser transmit average 8 dBm min 2 dBm max power Optical receive sensitivity 23 5 dBm or better with 12 dB loss budget including fiber connectors splices Reflection max 20 dBm Bit error rate BER lt 1x1010 Automatic laser shutdown ALS No 9 2 2 Assumptions for the fiber installation on the AnyMedia Mainshelf side This section describes the fiber cabling on the AnyMedia Mainshelf side The fiber installation at the AnyMedia Mainshelf side should have been done al ready as follows Step Procedure 1 At the AnyMedia Mainshelf side remove the protective caps of the deliv ered fiber and test the SC SC fiber For fiber testing follow local regula tions If not specified use optical power meter and optical light source for 363 2
371. ways observe the laser warning instructions see page 1 13 High voltage WARNING A Dangerous voltage The ONU rectifier shelf is fed by AC mains of 110 up to 240 V AC Touching live parts will shock or cause serious injury or death Take care when servicing in this area Follow all safety warnings and local regulation practices High ringing voltage WARNING A Dangerous ringing voltage The AnyMedia Optical Network Unit can be fed by ringing voltages of 57 V DC maximum superimposed by 105 V AC maximum Touching live ringing cables will shock or cause serious injury or death Take care when servicing in this area Follow all safety warnings and local regulation practices Arcing for the internal powered ONU via AC mains WARNING A Arcing on removing or inserting a live battery connecting cable or other power cables Arcing can destroy the coating of the power connectors If service affecting handling is allowed ensure that the battery circuit breaker is switched OFF and that the AC mains is switched OFF or the AC mains con nector is disconnected before disconnecting a battery cable or a power cable 1 32 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 General safety information Cable assembly destruction WARNING A Destruction of IR 30EC cable assemblies for improper external charg ing The standard cable assembly mounted to the IR 30EC batteries is designed only for chargin
372. ween the metallic battery case and the battery on the right side of battery 3 Issue 3 June 2001 7 13 Mounting and installation of batteries Arcing batteries and short circuit DANGER Arcing of batteries destruction of batteries and risk of fire in the event of a short circuit A short circuit of the batteries will cause arcing on batteries AN A short circuit in the batteries will cause destruction by arcing of batteries and ca bles and thus malfunctioning of the complete system Arcing can cause burns to the hands and damage to the eyes Never short out the battery s terminals Be aware of potential hazards before servicing battery equipment A metallic ob ject causing a short of the battery terminals may be thrown or vaporized due to the battery energy Always use properly insulated tools and test equipment When working on batteries always wear splash proof safety goggles acid resis tant gloves rubber overshoes and an apron Place the batteries in the battery compartment and secure them as follows Step Procedure i If the LVD is equipped ensure that the battery circuit breaker is switched OFF for location of the LVD and the other parts see Figure 2 6 page 2 20 2 If the power rectifier unit is equipped ensure that the AC mains cord is not connected 3 Remove the locking screws for the battery fixing bracket and remove the bracket 4 Locate the battery cable and the thermal probe cable shi
373. wer cable Alarm cable Interconnection cable LVD 48RTN FRMGND installed Door switch o 5 Door switch cable 408 i P q 0000009 9000000 J202 EI 2 aL o J201 ooo J203 J3 oii oii o BI oif oif omni ort ort alt nllalalnja E2 E3 Fan cable Thermal XI Battery cable w i J3 O Thermal probe cable Connectors not connected AC mains eee o o o o o o A AC mains cord already connected or shipped loose oo aE 33 l QQ EC SE ss I D SD TI o oO ol Bes To Battery 1 I je al I a000 Il POR To Battery 4 i Figure 5 2 Empty ONU with cabling which has to be 363 211 150 checked
374. wer should be turned off before inserting or removing a pack circuit pack unless otherwise specified Before replacing a circuit pack check the identification code to ensure that the proper pack is being used Electrostatic discharge ESD Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge The wrist strap used must be checked periodically for a resistance between 250 kQ and 1 5 MQ to avoid electrostatic discharge Therefore before using the wrist strap check the wrist strap for shorts opens and proper resistance value For checking follow local regulations or regulations given by the network provider Do not use a wrist strap that does not pass these checks Electrostatic discharge ESD Destruction of components by electrostatic discharge Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge Hold packs only at the edges or on the insertion and removal facilities Always observe the ESD instructions see page 1 8 Condensation Condensation causes malfunctioning Condensation can occur in the AnyMedia Access System especially during transport on moving from outside to closed rooms this can cause malfunctioning of the packs Ensure that packs and shelves have reached room temperature and are dry be fore taking them into operation Never spill liquid of any kind on the product Climatic conditions Damage to packs un
375. y covers avoid contacting any cir cuits m For cleaning batteries use a damp soft cloth only Do not use solvents par affin abrasive or proprietary cleaning fluids Short circuit DANGER Destruction of batteries in the event of a short circuit A A short circuit in the batteries will cause destruction by arcing of batteries and ca bles and thus malfunctioning of the complete system Be aware of potential hazards before servicing battery equipment You must always use properly insulated tools and test equipment for installing and connecting batteries When working on batteries always wear splash proof safety goggles acid resis tant gloves rubber overshoes and an apron Maintenance rules Precautions 363 211 150 While maintaining the batteries you must m Never place metal objects including tools on top of a battery m Never short out the battery s terminals m Never use an open flame near batteries All lead acid batteries generate hydrogen gas even under open circuit conditions If not permitted to escape this gas can build up to explosive concentrations gt NOTE Any mechanical power switches even electrostatic voltages are sources of spark gaps An explosion could occur when sparks are created near the battery string Check that the batteries are not charging or discharging before loosening or removing battery connections as sparks may occur As always adequate ventilation must be provided Issu
376. y excess may be cut off Table 6 3 Length of a b cables ED7C818 30 Group 1x Description Code Length a b cable 32 wire pairs ED7C818 30 Group 1 50 ft 15 m ED7C818 30 Group 1A 100 ft 30 5 m ED7C818 30 Group 1B 200 ft 61 m ED7C818 30 Group 1C 300 ft 91 5 m Cable marking If not factory prepared all a b cable connectors should be marked by hand by the labeling installer customer in accordance with the route system numbering scheme The MDF circuit labeling should follow this numbering pattern 6 16 Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Cabling wiring and assembly y MS t lJ 5 gt JI B IS PON 55N gt gt gt gt A HM i i AH A A ji5H HH I Installing and attaching the a b cables 363 211 150 The a b cables should be installed in the following order Step Procedure 1 Pull the first a b cable with its connector end through the right hand side of the ONU opening and route the cable along the bottom of the ONU shelf to the AP 1 position Orient the mating cable connector so that the a b cable exits upwards towards the application pack For cable routing of the ONU shelf see Figure 6 1 page 6 3 gt NOTE How many a b cables have to be installed and to which AP position they have to be routed is stated per ONU shelf in the engineering work order or must be given by the network provider 96 subscribers can be co
377. y string 11 9 11 4 7 Measuring the string current 11 10 11 4 8 Measuring the voltage of a single battery 11 11 11 4 9 Measuring the battery temperature 11 13 11 4 10 Cleaning and inspecting 11 14 11 4 11 Acid spills and corrosion 11 14 11 4 12 Retorquing inter battery connections 11 14 11 4 13 Discharge capacity test option 14 18 11 4 13 1 General aspects 11 15 11 4 13 2 Discharge test 11 16 11 4 14 External charging 11 16 11 4 14 1 Charging voltage for IR 30EC batteries 11 17 11 4 14 2 Voltage ripple for external charging 1117 11 4 15 Battery replacement 14 18 X Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Contents mk r 1 0 11 5 Appendix for Installation and Maintenance Record ae A Product support A 1 A 1 Overview A 1_ A 2 Training A 1 A 3 Engineering and installation services A 2 A 4 Customer assistance requests entry system CARES A 3 _r_n AB Abbreviations and acronyms AB 1 GL Glossary GL 1 IN Index IN 1 363 211 150 Issue 3 June 2001 XI Contents XII Issue 3 June 2001 363 211 150 Figures LEE About this document XXIII rr _ G 1 General safety information 1 1 1 2 ESD wrist strap 1 8 1 3 Laser warning labels for Class 1 lasers 1 15 1 4 Optical connectors on the optical controller pack example 1 16 1 5 Climatogram according to ETS 300 019 1 2 Class 2 3 for public transportation 1 25 1 6 Climatogram according to ETS 300 019 1 1 Class 1 2 for weather

AnyMedia Access System Releases up to R1.6 and R1.13D ONU

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents